Temperature sensors by PYROCONTROLE| 2nd edition by CHAUVIN ARNOUX GROUP

SENSORS

CATALOGUE TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT IN INDUSTRIAL ENVIRONMENTS

2ND EDITION

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

CONTENTS n TECHNICAL GUIDE

n PRESTATIONS DE SERVICE D’ÉTALONNAGE

n SHEATHED SENSORS

n SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATONS

102

n SURFACE AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSORS

142

n PROCESS SENSORS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE ELEMENTS

172

n SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ENVIRONMENTS

182

n THERMOWELLS

270

n SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS

292

n BIMETAL THERMOMETERS

324

n ACCESSORIES

338

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

INTRODUCTION

Founded in 1893 by Raphaël CHAUVIN and René ARNOUX, CHAUVIN ARNOUX is an expert in the measurement of electrical and physical quantities in the industrial and tertiary sectors. Total mastery of product design and manufacturing in-house enables the Group to innovate constantly, proposing a very broad product and service offering to meet all its customers’ needs. The Group’s quality policy means it supplies customers with products which fulfil its commitments and comply with both the international and national standards in the metrological, environmental and user safety sectors.

Metering, measurement & energy performance

Portable test & measurement instrumentation

Chauvin Arnoux®, Metrix and Multimetrix® brands

Temperatures in industrial processes

expert measurement companies

Design of optical sensors for quality control in the laboratory and on in-line processes.

Metrology & regulatory testing

Quality measurement of agri-food and cereal products by fluorescence process

A FEW FIGURES • S ales revenues of 100 million d’euros • 1 0 subsidiaries all over the world

•1 ,000 staff •6 R&D teams worldwide

• 8 production sites • 1 1% of revenues invested in R&D

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

INTRODUCTION

PYROCONTROLE PYROCONTROLE joined the Chauvin Arnoux Group in 1997, benefiting since then from the Group’s six Research and Development centres and its international sales network backed by ten subsidiaries in Europe, the USA and China. Based near Lyon in the Auvergne-Rhône-Alpes region of France, PYROCONTROLE’s industrial site designs highly accurate sensors for severe environments in all thermal process industries and solutions to deal with their temperature measurement and control requirements. A wide range of sensors and expertise built up over many years in the industrial process chain make PYROCONTROLE an essential partner

for sectors such as the nuclear, petrochemicals, glass and metallurgy industries. PYROCONTROLE also offers control equipment such as temperature controllers, electrical power controllers, paperless recorders and Human-Machine Interfaces associated with I/O Modules. From tailored products to standardized, mass-produced models, PYROCONTROLE is capable of adapting to each customer’s specific requirements and handling any temperature measurement issues thanks to its comprehensive mastery of the thermal process chain.

OUR BUSINESS SECTORS MEASUREMENT With more than 70 years' expertise, PYROCONTROLE's core business is the measurement of very high temperatures. The company designs temperature sensors, probes, pyrometric sensors and thermocouples for cutting-edge industries: nuclear, chemicals, petrochemicals, cement manufacturing, metallurgy and transport.

CONTROL Any industrial manufacturing process requires the use of instruments and solutions for controlling the temperature and power. PYROCONTROLE's ranges of temperature and power controllers guarantee that your processes operate correctly.

SUPERVISION Because it is essential to keep an eye on all your manufacturing processes, PYROCONTROLE has developed a range of paperless data recorders and supervision equipment which are crucial for validating a process, testing in real time, analysing and understanding afterwards what happened on an installation. It also guarantees reliable, unfalsifiable recordings.

METROLOGY Equipped with a COFRACaccredited metrology laboratory; PYROCONTROLE provides calibration services (which may be performed in situ) for temperature sensors and measuring instruments.

ACKNOWLEDGED KNOW-HOW IN KEY SECTORS

Nuclear

Chemicals & petrochemicals

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Cement, glass, ceramics, metallurgy, agri-food

Rail, aviation

INTRODUCTION

A COMPREHENSIVE OFFERING WITH A Drawing on its total mastery of the thermal process chain, PYROCONTROLE proposes appropriate, reliable solutions to meet each customer’s needs, with a unique offering constantly expanded by new product launches.

TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT • F rom standardized sensors to tailored sensors from -268 °C to +1 800 °C. • T emperature sensors: industrial thermocouples, sensor assemblies, specific sensors, Pt100…

METROLOGY

COMPLETE MASTERY OF THE THERMAL PROCESS CHAIN

• Cofrac Metrology Laboratory • Calibration range from -40 °C to +1,500 °C • Calibration systems and equipment N° 2-1385 Scope available at cofrac.fr

HEATING ELEMENTS • PHR range

PROCESS RECORDING • PYROtracer video recorders with touch screen®

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

INTRODUCTION

SOLUTION FOR EACH REQUIREMENT SIGNAL PROCESSING • C .A 3420 universal transmitter for conditioning all the temperature and process signals.

TEMPERATURE CONTROL • STATOP ® temperature controllers: analogue or digital, in different formats, with fixed or universal inputs, etc. For further information on our range of temperature controllers (product datasheets, sales literature, etc.), please contact us.

POWER CONTROL

3 4

• Thyritop range of single-phase, bi-phase or three-phase thyristor power controllers from 15 A to 600 A for resistive and inductive loads. • Training and commissioning services: “Control process”.

SUPERVISION • CPS Touch© range of 4.3 to 15-inch touchsensitive Human-Machine Interfaces for highperformance, intuitive industrial supervision. • PDM input/output modules: a comprehensive range of economical, modulatable transmitters. • P yrotracer© “plug and play” paperless recorders, providing the data instantaneously for immediate processing.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TECHNICAL GUIDE

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TEMPERATURE

THERMOCOUPLES

TECHNICAL OVERVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAWS GOVERNING THE USE OF THERMOCOUPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THERMOCOUPLE PRODUCTION MODES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF THE THERMOCOUPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECTION CRITERIA FOR DEFINING A TEMPERATURE SENSOR MAKING USE OF THERMOCOUPLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11 11 12 13 16

Pt100 RESISTANCE SENSORS

TECHNICAL OVERVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 MOUNTING OF THE PT100 SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 STANDARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

THERMOWELLS

MATERIALS FOR THERMOWELL CONSTRUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 DIRECTIVE No. 2014/68/EU: PRESSURE EQUIPMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TECHNICAL GUIDE

A - TEMPERATURE There are several definitions of temperature, depending on the field to which it refers. For example: Physics: Physical phenomenon occurring as a manifestation of the kinetic energy which indicates the degree of thermal agitation of the molecules in a body or a substance; arbitrary parameter used to measure this phenomenon. Climatology: Energy state of the air leading to varying degrees of heating. Physiology: Heat level of a human or animal body. Temperature is therefore an intensive quantity (quantity used to describe the state of a system whose numeric value does not depend on the amount of material constituting the system), which makes it difficult to measure and encourages the use of a practical scale based on repeatable, easily identifiable physical phenomena which enables it to be monitored. Today, the applicable scale is the 1990 international temperature scale (ITS-90). It is the result of improved knowledge of thermometry from the first scale, dating from 1927, through to the present. It is based on fixed temperature points (themselves based on the phase transitions of pure substances), instruments (thermometers) and formulae for interpolation between the fixed points or for extrapolation. This scale necessarily evolves over time due to the improved accuracy of the fixed-point temperatures, bringing the scale value closer to the thermodynamic temperature. It is possible to identify two categories of temperature measurement units: absolute and relative. • Absolute units start from absolute zero, theoretically the lowest temperature possible. It corresponds to the point where the molecules and atoms in a system have the lowest possible thermal energy. - Kelvin (international system) : represented by the letter K without any “º” degree symbol. It was created by William Thomson. This unit was included in the international system of units in 1954. The thermodynamic temperature unit (the Kelvin) is defined on the basis of the triple point of water , 273.16 K (or 0.01 °C). • Relative units because they are compared with a physical and chemical process which always produces the same temperature. - Degrees Celsius (international system): also called degrees centigrade and represented by the symbol ºC. This measurement unit is defined by assigning the value 0º to the freezing point of water and the value 100º to the boiling point of water when both measurements are taken at a pressure of one atmosphere. The scale is then divided into 100 equal portions in which each corresponds to 1 degree. This scale was proposed by the Swedish physicist and astronomer Anders Celsius in 1742. - Degrees Fahrenheit (international system): this measurement unit is based on divisions between the freezing and evaporation points of ammonium chloride solutions. In this way, Daniel Gabriel Fahrenheit’s proposal in 1724 established the zero and hundred

for the freezing and evaporation temperatures of ammonium chloride in water. He used a portable mercury thermometer into which he introduced a mixture of equal measures of crushed ice and ammonium chloride. This concentrated saline solution gave the lowest temperature possible in the laboratory at the time. He then made another mixture of crushed ice and pure water which determined the point 30 ºF, later set at 32 ºF (melting point of ice), and exposed the portable thermometer to the steam from boiling water to obtain the point 212 ºF (boiling point of water). The difference between the two points is 180 ºF which, divided into 180 equal portions, determines the degree Fahrenheit. . ITS-90 is defined for temperatures above 0.65 K and up to the highest temperature measurable according to Planck’s law for monochromatic radiation. The temperature measured with this scale (T90) is the closest to the thermodynamic temperature. This means it is universal.. ITS-90 covers several temperature ranges. For each temperature range, it therefore defines fixed temperature points and a specific instrument for measurement and interpolation between these fixed points. The fixed temperature points correspond to phase transitions in pure substances. For example, the freezing points of zinc, tin or silver, the melting point of gallium or the triple points of oxygen, mercury or water. FIXED-POINT TEMPERATURE (IN K)

SUBSTANCE

TYPE OF POINT

3 to 5

helium

saturation vapour pressure

13.8033

hydrogen

triple

approx. 17

hydrogen (or helium)

saturation vapour pressure (or gas thermometer)

approx. 20.3

hydrogen (or helium)

saturation vapour pressure (or gas thermometer)

24.5561

neon

triple

54.3584

oxygen

triple

83.8058

argon

triple

234.3156

mercury

triple

273.16

water

triple

302.9146

gallium

melting

429.7485

indium

freezing

505.078

tin

freezing

692.677

zinc

freezing

933.473

aluminium

freezing

1,234.93

silver

freezing

1,337.33

gold

freezing

1,357.77

copper

freezing

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TECHNICAL GUIDE

In particular, for the most widely-encountered temperatures, ITS-90 defines : • 1 4 fixed points between 13.803 K (-259.346 °C) and 1,234.93 K (+961.78 °C) and the interpolation instrument is a standard platinum resistance thermometer; • 3 fixed points above 1,234.93 K (961.78 °C) and the temperature is measured by optical pyrometry, using Planck’s radiation law by extrapolation at one of these three fixed points. Today, temperature is the most widely-measured quantity apart from time. In industry, this quantity is particularly important. Indeed, it often conditions the quality of manufactured products. In addition, it is measured and controlled (by controllers, PLCs or other devices) to ensure safe processes and keep energy spending in check. This means you must use sensors suited to the processes and enabling the most accurate measurement possible according to the conditions of use. There are two types of sensors widely used to perform this function.

B - THERMOCOUPLES 1 - TECHNICAL OVERVIEW The Seebeck effect (or thermo-electric effect): The German physicist Thomas Johann Seebeck gave his name to the phenomenon which he discovered in 1821. It corresponds to the appearance of an electromotive force (emf) caused by a temperature difference between the junctions of two conductors of different types (A and B below). The emf depends on the temperature difference and the nature of the conductors used. This is the phenomenon which is used for temperature measurement. A thermocouple is therefore composed of two wires of different metals, welded at one of their extremities. This junction is called the “hot junction” and is set up in the milieu whose temperature we are seeking to measure. The other two extremities are connected to the instrument measuring the emf produced by the thermocouple. This junction is called the “cold junction”. The reference temperature of this cold junction is usually 0°C.

A junctions B

θa

The thermocouple defined above is characterized by: Its operating range Its resolution limit, in mV/°C. This corresponds to the emf caused by a temperature difference between the two junctions.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

The emf generated by this temperature difference can be calculated using the following formula:

ΔV =

∫

Tc Sab(θ) dθ

Tref

Tc : temperature of the milieu to be measured in which the hot junction is immersed. Tref : temperature of the cold junction Sab : Seebeck coefficient depending on the nature of the conductors A and B In practice, this emf is often indicated by forcing the cold junction temperature to 0°C. For a cold junction maintained at 0 °C, the evolution of the emf as a function of the hot junction temperature is not linear. A thermocouple whose emf varies significantly can be used to perform measurements with greater sensitivity. This means the measurement is more accurate.

2 - LAWS GOVERNING THE USE OF THERMOCOUPLES 3 fundamental principles govern the thermo-electric phenomenon: • T he Seebeck effect (see above) • T he Peltier effect • T he Thompson effect The following 3 laws are derived from these 3 principles • L aw of intermediate metals (or conductors) • L aw of homogeneous metals (or circuits) • L aw of intermediate (or successive) temperatures Law of intermediate metals: This law stipulates that a metal (a conductor of a different type) added to the thermocouple circuit has no effect on the emf produced, as long as the junctions of the metal added to the other metals are at the same temperature. This situation is very frequent. It is the case when a voltmeter or other instrument (equivalent of a single conductor) is used: it will not modify the emf to be measured. A (+) E = EMF

T1 B (-)

C T3

T2 B (-)

TECHNICAL GUIDE

Law of homogeneous metals: This law stipulates that “an electric current cannot be maintained in a circuit composed of a single homogeneous metal, whatever the variations in terms of cross-section, simply by applying heat”. If a junction of two different metals is maintained at temperature T1, while the other is kept at T2, the emf effect produced is independent and not affected by the temperature distribution along the wires T3 and T4. A (+)

E = emf

T1 T4 E not affected by T3 and T4

B (-)

T1 < T2

Law of intermediate temperatures: In industrial installations, it is not easy to keep a thermocouple’s reference junction at a constant temperature (0°C). Indeed, systems need to be implemented so that the emf produced at the level of the reference junction is equivalent to the emf which would be generated if the reference junction was kept at a standard temperature, usually 0°C. The law of intermediate temperatures provides a means of linking the emf produced by a thermocouple in ordinary conditions to a constant standardized temperature. This law stipulates that the sum of the emf values produced by two thermocouples (one with its junctions at 0°C and at a standard reference temperature, the other with its junctions at the reference temperature and at the temperature measured) is equivalent to the emf produced by a single thermocouple with its junctions at 0°C and at the temperature measured. Conclusion: By combining these three fundamental laws, we can use the thermocouple to measure a temperature: • T he algebraic sum of the thermo-electric emf generated in any circuit containing homogeneous metals of different natures only varies as a function of the temperature at the level of the junction. • I f all the junctions of a circuit except one are kept at a given reference temperature, the emf generated only varies as a function of the temperature of that junction and can therefore be used to measure the temperature.

3 - THERMOCOUPLE PRODUCTION MODES In general terms, thermocouples are very widely used in industry due to their versatility: they can be used over a very wide temperature range (up to 2,000 °C) while offering a quick response time and a long life span. They are also rugged, because they are relatively simple to build and resist shocks and vibrations. They are easy to integrate because they do not take up much space. Nevertheless, no thermocouple is designed to meet all requirements. Many types of thermocouples are now available on the market. Each 12

type offers advantages and drawbacks which you need to be familiar with to determine whether it is suitable for the environment in which it will be used. It is a question of finding the best compromise. There are several production modes. They most widespread are: • B are-wire thermocouples • T hermocouples with mineral insulation 3.1 BARE-WIRE THERMOCOUPLES: The wire thermocouple is the most basic type. It is composed of two metals of different types connected at one end in order to create a measurement junction (hot junction). The common feature shared by this type of thermocouples is that they all have one measurement junction exposed. For most of them, the advantages are: quick response time, rugged design and use at high temperatures. The fact that the junction is exposed is nevertheless a disadvantage, as this exposure makes it sensitive to the environment (particularly in oxidizing and reducing environments). As a result, they need to be protected. The illustration below shows the different mounting options for barewire thermocouples. Single

Duplex

Thermocouple in ceramic sheath

Thermocouple under several beads

Single

Duplex ceramic

3.2 THERMOCOUPLES WITH MINERAL INSULATION: To overcome the disadvantages of the wire models, thermocouples with mineral insulation can be used. The thermocouple’s two wires are incorporated in a ceramic insulator and protected by a metal sheath. To ensure a long life span for the thermocouple, sheaths which protect against contamination by chemical products and known physical compounds are used. The two main components are: A : The material of the mineral insulation: The table below shows the four most widely-used materials for this type of thermocouple.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TECHNICAL GUIDE

STABILITY INSULATION

FORMULA

MELTING POINT

Alumina Magnesium Thorium dioxide Zirconium dioxide

Al 2 O 3 MgO

2037°C 2760°C

MAX. TEMP. IN OXIDIZING ENVIRONMENT 1954°C 2395°C

RES. TO THERMAL SHOCKS Good Satisfactory

REDUCING ATM.

CARBON

ACIDIC SLAG

BASIC SLAG

METAL

Good Low

Satisfactory Good

Good Low

Good Good

Good Satisfactory

ThO 2

3315°C

2700°C

Low

Good

Satisfactory

Low

Good

Excellent

ZrO 2

2590°C

2510°C

Satisfactory

Good

Satisfactory

Good

Low

Good

The most important parameters to be taken into consideration when choosing mineral insulation are the maximum temperature limit and the performance levels at that temperature. Obviously, other parameters may also be taken into account, such as the resistivity, purity and fragmentation. These parameters remain secondary to the temperature, however. For example: MgO, which is the most widelyused insulator, has a maximum temperature limit of 2.395 °C, high resistivity, excellent purity and is very rugged. B : The metal sheath The table below shows some of the numerous materials which may be used to protect thermocouples with mineral insulation. The two most important parameters for choosing the sheath are: the operating temperature and the environment. The environment may be oxidizing, reducing, neutral or in a vacuum. For example, the stainless-steel 304 sheath can be used in any type of environment with a maximum operating temperature of 890 °C. MATERIAL OF THE SHEATH WITH MINERAL INSULATION SHEATH 304 SS 310 SS 316 SS 321 SS 347 SS Inconel Copper Aluminium Platinum Molybdenum Tantalum Titanium

MELTING MAX. AIR TEMP. TYPE OF POINT IN °C IN °C ENVIRONMENT 1400°C 1400°C 1250°C 1415°C 1425°C 1398°C 1082°C 660°C 1770°C 2620°C 3004°C 1815°C

1048°C 1071°C 960°C 815°C 915°C 1095°C 315°C 425°C 1648°C 535°C 400°C 315°C

O,R,N,V O,R,N,V O,R,N,V O,R,N,V O,R,N,V O,N,V (*) O,R,N,V (**) O,R,N,V O,N (*) V,N,R V V,N

MAX. CONTINUOUS TEMPERATURE 895°C 1145°C 930°C 871°C 871°C 1145°C 315°C 371°C 1648°C 2626°C 2760°C 1090°C

4 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF THERMOCOUPLES 4-1 : THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF HOT JUNCTIONS: The part where the hot junction is made is exposed to the temperature to be measured. There are three main types of assembly: • E xposed hot junction • E arthed hot junction • I nsulated hot junction Exposed hot junction: This type of junction provides a very quick response time. However, the thermocouple must be used in environments where the conditions are mild (neutral atmosphere, at atmospheric pressure, without any mechanical shocks or abrasions, etc.). In more severe conditions, the thermocouple may be designed for single use (in metallurgy for example). Earthed hot junction: For this type of assembly, sheathed thermocouples are used. The hot junction is itself welded to the sheath to ensure a quick response time. In this way, the thermocouple is protected from the environmental conditions in which it is set up. With this production mode, thermocouples with small diameters may have a response time identical to or even better than the exposed junctions. Indeed, thanks to the sheath, the operational capability (better resistance to reducing or oxidizing atmospheres, for example) and the maximum temperature withstand are improved.

O = Oxidizing R=Reducing. N = Neutral. V = Vacuum (*) = Sensitive to sulphuric corrosion (**) = Deteriorates quickly in oxidizing environments

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TECHNICAL GUIDE

Insulated hot junction: In this assembly, the hot junction and the sheath of the sheathed thermocouple are insulated by mineral insulation. This type of junction will be chosen if the thermocouple is used in an industrial environment. Indeed, without insulation, there may be electrical disturbances which interfere with the measurement. They may also damage or even destroy the instruments to which the sensors are connected. The drawback is a longer response time than the two previous types of assembly with an equivalent external diameter.

4-2 – RESPONSE TIME: The value of the response time in seconds can be used to characterize the rapidity of the thermocouple’s response after a thermal stress. This value represents the time necessary to reach 63% of the final value.

The values in the table below are valid for thermocouples made with a sheathed cable and mineral insulation. They are given for information purposes. DIAMETER 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 1.0 mm 1.0 mm 3.0 mm 3.0 mm 4.5 mm 4.5 mm 6.0 mm 6.0 mm 6.0 mm

HOT JUNCTION Insulated Earthed Insulated Earthed Insulated Earthed Insulated Earthed Insulated Earthed Exposed

RESPONSE TIME (S) 0.3 0.05 0.4 0.1 1.5 0.7 2.0 1.1 4.0 2.1 0.1

Generally, the larger the diameter of the thermocouple, the longer the response time and the longer the life span of the sensor.

(below: graph showing a response time measurement) Temperature in °C

80°C 70°C 60°C 50°C 40°C 30°C 20°C 10°C 1

Time in seconds

Depending on the type of hot junction used, the characteristic response times which can be obtained are indicated below: • E xposed: 0.1 seconds • E arthed: 2.1 seconds • I nsulated: 4.5 seconds

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TECHNICAL GUIDE

4-3 – REFERENCE STANDARD: The IEC 584 standard and its French version NF EN 60584 cover thermo-electric couples

Part 1: Specifications and tolerances regarding emf Part 3: Extension and compensation cables

Table of the correspondence between temperature and emf according to the type of thermocouple (extract from the NF EN 60584-1 standard): TEMP. T -1.475 0 2.036 4.279 6.704 9.288 14.862 20.872

-40°C 0°C 50°C 100°C 150°C 200°C 300°C 400°C 500°C 600°C 800°C 1000°C 1200°C 1400°C 1600°C 1800°C 2000°C

TYPE OF THERMOCOUPLE Type T Type E Type J Type K Type N

Type R or S Type B Type C Type A

J -1.960 0 2.585 5.269 8.010 10.779 16.327 21.848 27.393 33.102

K -1.527 0 2.023 4.096 6.138 8.138 12.209 16.397 20.644 24.905 33.275 41.276 48.838

TYPE OF THERMOCOUPLE IEC 584 N R -1.023 -0.188 0 0 1.340 0.296 2.774 0.647 4.302 1.041 5.913 1.469 9.341 2.401 12.974 3.408 16.784 4.471 20.613 5.583 28.455 7.980 36.256 10.506 43.846 13.228 16.040 18.843

S -0.194 0 0.299 0.646 1.029 1.441 2.323 3.259 4.233 5.239 7.345 9.587 11.951 14.373 16.777

ASTM E988 WRe 3 % -25 %

B 0 0.002 0.033 0.092 0.178 0.431 0.787 1.242 1.792 3.154 4.834 6.786 8.956 11.263 13.591

0 0.528 1.145 1.841 2.603 4.287 6.130 8.078 10.088 14.170 18.230 22.149 25.882 29.412 32.712 35.717

TOLERANCE VALUES (±°C) AND TEMPERATURE LIMITS FOR VALIDITY CLASS 1 CLASS 2 CLASS 3 0.5 or 0.004 x [t] 1 or 0.0075 x [t] 1 or 0.015 x [t] -40°C to +350°C -40°C to +350°C -200°C to +40°C 1.5 or 0.004 x [t] 2.5 or 0.0075 x [t] 2.5 ou 0.015 x [t] -40°C to +800°C -40°C to +900°C -200°C to 40°C -40°C to +750°C -40°C to +750°C -40°C to +1,000°C -40°C to + 1,200°C -200°C to 40°C -40°C to +1,000°C -40°C to +1,200°C -200°C to 40°C 1 for t < 1,100°C. [1 + 0.003 x (t= 1,100)] 1.5 or 0.0025 x [t] 4 or 0.005 x [t] for t > 1,100°C 0°C to +1,600°C 0°C to +1,600°C +600°C to +1,700°C - 600°C to +1,700°C 0.01 x [t] +426°C to +2.315°C +1,000°C to +2,500°C -

EXTENSION OR COMPENSATION CABLES TC TYPE

EXTENSION CODE

COMPENSATION CODE

IEC 584-3 JULY 90

+ -

R-S

KC / SCA

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TECHNICAL GUIDE

5 -THERMOCOUPLE SELECTION CRITERIA FOR DEFINING A THERMOCOUPLE-BASED TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Max. operating temperature for sheathed thermocouples:

The thermocouples defined in the standard have different temperature ranges according to the atmosphere in which they are immersed. It is essential to know these parameters when choosing the type of thermocouple to use. The table below indicates the theoretical temperature range for use of the thermocouples and the acceptable atmospheres: TYPE OF THERMOCOUPLE

TEMPERATURE RANGE

CODE

Cu - CuNi

Fe - CuNi

NiCr - Ni alloy

Nicrosil - Nisil

Pt - PtRh13% Pt - PtRh10% PtRh6 % PtRh30% Tungsten W) Rhenium (Re)

R S

Moderately oxidizing or reducing Reducing, limited -20 °C / +760 °C use in oxidizing atmospheres Oxidizing when -40 °C / +1100 °C clean or inert Oxidizing when clean, limited 0 °C / 1100 °C use in reducing atmospheres 0 °C / 1600 °C Oxidizing 0 °C / 1550 °C Oxidizing

100 °C / 1600 °C

Oxidizing

C, A

0 °C / 2300 °C

Reducing, inert, hydrogen

ATMOSPHERE

-20 °C / +350 °C

5-1 BARE-WIRE THERMOCOUPLE In many applications, type-K thermocouples can be used (temperature less than 1100°C). We recommend the beaded types for platinum/rhodium thermocouples which can be used at higher temperatures. For R, S and B thermocouples, we use a nominal wire size of 0.5 mm. The insulant used for this type of thermocouple is 99.7 %-pure alumina. 5-2 CHOOSING THERMOCOUPLES WITH MINERAL INSULATION The behaviour of sheathed thermocouples is closely linked to their diameter in relation to the operating temperature.

TEMP. MAXI. (°C)

SHEATH

TC Ø (MM) 1 1.5 2 3 4.5 6 8 1 1.5 2 3 4.5 6 8 1 1.5 2 3 4.5 6 8 1 1.5 2 3 4.5 6 8 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4.5 6 8 1.5 2 3 4.5 6 3 4.5 6 8 1.5 2 1.5

TYPE

Stainless steel 304L

AISI 310

AISI 446

Inconel 600

Pyrosil

Inconel 600 PtRh10%

260 260 260 315 350 350 350 260 440 440 520 620 720 720 650 650 700 750 800 800 800 700 920 920 1070 1100 1100 1100 600 650 650 700 750 800 1000 1050 650 700 750 800 1000 1070 1150 1150 1150 800 800 1300

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TECHNICAL GUIDE

Notes: Other diameters and sheaths are available on request. For example: type-N thermocouples are available with several Nicrobel and/or Pyrosil sheaths.

C - RESISTANCE SENSORS 1 - TECHNICAL OVERVIEW A resistance sensor, also called an RTD (Resistance Temperature Detector) works by taking advantage of the fact that the electrical resistance of certain metals increases or decreases when the temperature changes and these variations are reproducible and predictable. RTD temperature ranges are smaller than those of some thermocouples and their response times are longer, but they are more stable and offer better repeatability over long periods of time. Compared with thermocouples, they have the following advantages: 1. L arge temperature range from -200 °C to +650 °C (theoretical, see below) 2. Characteristic quasi-linear curve 3. High accuracy 4. Good interchangeability In industry, the most widely-used RTD is the Pt100 sensor. It is made of platinum (Pt) and has a resistance of 100 ohms at 0°C. Other variants also exist: Pt50, Pt200, Pt1000, as well as RTDs made of copper or nickel (used less and less frequently).

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Two different technologies are used: • resistors made of platinum wire wound on an insulating support. In most cases, this support is ceramic, but glass supports are also used. The operating ranges extend up to 450 °C, and exceptionally up to 850 °C. These sensing elements are used because of their high accuracy and stability. • platinum film deposited on a ceramic substrate. The operating ranges extend up to 450 °C. They are less stable than traditional wound elements, but they offer excellent vibration withstand up to 200 °C, shorter response times and lower costs.

2 - MOUNTING OF A PT100 SENSOR There are 3 possible ways of mounting a Pt100 probe in a sensor: 2-WIRE MOUNTING

3-WIRE MOUNTING

White

B Red

B C Red

4-WIRE MOUNTING White Pt 100 Ω

OUR STANDARD DIAMETERS FOR OUR MI CABLES (CABLES OF THERMOCOUPLES WITH MINERAL INSULATION) DIAMETER TC TYPE SHEATH 0.5 mm K,N,J and T Inconel 600 or SS 316 1.0 mm K,N,J and T Inconel 600 or SS 316 1.5 mm K,N,J and T Inconel 600 or SS 316 3.0 mm K,N,J,R,S and T Inconel 600 or SS 316 6.0 mm Inconel 600 or SS 316 K,N,J,R,S and T

Pt 100 Ω

Periodic calibration may be appropriate or even necessary to detect this drift. The table below shows the most widely-used thermocouples.

LAW OF RESISTANCE VARIATION/TEMPERATURE The fundamental values of platinum measurement resistors in the 0 to 850°C and -200 to 0°C operating ranges are determined on the basis of the following interpolation functions (values based on ITS-90): R(t) = R0 (1 + At + Bt2) from 0°C to 850°C 2 3 R(t) = R0 [1 + At + Bt + Ct (t-100)] from -200°C to 0°C A = 3.9083 x 10-3 °C-1 B = -5.775 x 10-7 °C-2 C = -4.183 x 10-12 °C-3

Pt 100 Ω

These max. operating temperatures are provided as an indication. The operating conditions (oxidizing or reducing atmosphere, thermal cycling, etc.) may alter these characteristics. Particular attention should be paid to drift, which may be significant with thermocouples (pollution, metallurgical diffusion at the hot spot, etc.).

A B C D Red

These three mounting methods each have advantages and disadvantages. • 2 -wire mounting is the simplest and cheapest but it is also the least accurate. Indeed, the resistance of the connection cables is added to the sensor’s resistance, leading to a significant error which increases with the length of the cable.

GUIDE TECHNIQUE

The resistance of the cables is: R= Ro xL/s where Ro is the resistivity of the cable (depends on the material used) L : is the cable length S : is the cross-section of the conductor Copper has a resistivity of 17x10-9 ohms/metre. If you use a copper cable with two conductors whose cross-section is 0.25mm² and whose length is 1 metre to hook up the Pt100, the resistance will be: R = 17x10-9 x 1 / 0.25x10-6 = 0.068 ohm per conductor. The total resistance will be 0.136 ohm. As it is known that the resistance of a Pt100 varies by 0.3851 ohm/°C, 0.136 ohm represents an error of 0.35 °C! • 3 -wire mounting is the most widely-used method in industry because it offers the best compromise between cost and accuracy. Indeed, with this type of mounting, the cable’s resistance is

compensated by measuring the resistances of the loops A-B and B-C by means of a Wheatstone bridge. This implies that the three conductors have the same resistance. As this is never the case, there is still an error but it is minimal. • 4 -wire mounting is the most accurate because the line and contact resistance are eliminated by measurement (measurements between A-D and B-C). This solution is mainly used in the laboratory because it is more expensive to implement (addition of an extra conductor).

3 - STANDARD The IEC 60751 international standard (Industrial platinum resistance thermometers and platinum temperature sensors) defines the specifications for the sensing elements and for temperature sensors, including: • T he relation between resistance and temperature • t he tolerances for the elements • t he tolerances for the sensors

IEC 751 CORRESPONDENCE TABLE (EXTRACTS): TEMPERATURE AND RESISTANCE °C ITS 90 -200 -190 -180 -170 -160 -150 -140 -130 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0

Ω 18.52 22.83 27.10 31.34 35.54 39.72 43.88 48.00 52.11 56.19 60.26 64.30 68.33 72.33 76.33 80.31 84.27 88.22 92.16 96.09 100.00

°C ITS 90 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200

Ω 103.9 107.79 111.67 115.54 119.4 123.24 127.08 130.90 134.71 138.51 142.29 146.07 149.83 153.58 157.33 161.05 164.77 168.48 172.17 175.86

°C ITS 90 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 400

Ω 179.53 183.19 186.84 190.47 194.10 197.71 201.31 204.90 208.48 212.05 215.61 219.15 222.68 226.21 229.72 233.21 236.70 240.18 243.64 247.09

°C ITS 90 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 600

Ω 250.53 253.96 257.38 260.78 264.18 267.56 270.93 274.29 277.64 280.98 284.30 287.62 290.92 294.21 297.49 300.75 304.01 307.25 310.49 313.71

°C ITS 90 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 700 710 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 850

Ω 316.92 320.12 323.30 326.48 329.64 332.79 335.93 339.06 342.18 345.28 348.38 351.46 354.53 357.59 360.64 363.67 366.70 369.71 372.71 375.70 378.68 381.65 384.60 387.55 390.48

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TECHNICAL GUIDE

SENSOR TOLERANCE CLASSES The IEC 751 standard defines the interchangeability tolerances as follows: TOLERANCE CLASS

TOLERANCE

0.15 + 0.002 x [t]

0.3 + 0.005 x [t]

[t] is the absolute temperature value in °C. According to the standard, the temperature sensors must not be exposed to temperatures higher than 600°C. Drawing on our experience, we limit our industrial Pt 100 sensors to 450 °C in Class A. TOLERANCE CLASSES FOR PT100 SENSORS TEMPERATURE (°C) -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TOLERANCE CLASS A (+/-°C) 0.55 0.35 0.15 0.35 0.55 0.75 0.95

CLASS B (+/-Ω) 0.24 0.14 0.06 0.13 0.20 0.27 0.33

(+/-°C) 1.30 0.80 0.30 0.80 1.30 1.80 2.30

2.80 3.30

(+/-Ω) 0.56 0.32 0.12 0.30 0.48 0.64 0.79 0.93 1.06

The standard offers the possibility of having tolerance classes defined on the basis of a fraction of Class B. Class B/3: Tolerance: 0.1 + 0.0017 x t

D - THERMOWELLS Thermowells and protective tubes are used to protect the measuring elements of the thermocouples (hot junctions) or Pt100 sensors against mechanical damage and corrosive or contaminating environments. The various types of construction available help users to choose the right combination for their needs. For example: cast-iron protective tubes are mainly used in installations using molten aluminium, magnesium or zinc. Ceramic tubes are used in sectors such as the steel, glass, cement and lime industries. Their main advantages are their resistance to high temperatures and thermal shocks, their chemical inertness, their good resistance to abrasion and their high dielectric strength.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Thermowells must do two main jobs: : The first involves protecting the temperature sensors against corrosion or oxidization linked to the treatment and against mechanical stresses. Each of the aforementioned materials provides different levels of protection for different operating conditions. They also enable the sensors to be dismantled without halting production. The second is to ensure safety on the installation by providing perfect tightness between the process and the exterior. This means they must be designed to withstand the sometimes severe conditions in terms of pressure, flow rate and viscosity of the medium in which they are immersed. When Directive No. 2014/68/EU: PRESSURE EQUIPMENT is applicable on our customers’ installations, we can provide elements ensuring compliance (see chapter D-2). In the pages which follow, you will find a list of the different materials, accompanied by recommendations concerning their use. As a general rule, it is advisable to use elements with a high chrome content because of its resistance to oxidization and sulphur at high temperatures. The presence of aluminium (1-2 %) in the surface is also useful because of its high resistance: a protective film forms, made up of a mixture of chrome oxide and alumina.

D-1 : MATERIALS FOR THERMOWELL CONSTRUCTION Many types of steels and nickel-based alloys are used to manufacture thermowells. No other material is capable of withstanding the required operating conditions. It is important to use the right metal for this type of product. Obviously, the use of an unsuitable metal will lead to premature malfunction, while a metal exceeding the required specifications for a given installation will lead to pointless expenditure. The main metals used to make thermowells are carbon steel, chromium molybdenum steel, stainless steels (304, 310, 316, 321, 347, 304L, 316L, 446) and nickel-based alloys (Inconel, Incoloy, Hastelloy). - STAINLESS STEELS: Metals in this group form an invisible film of chrome oxide which withstands oxidization and corrosive attack by chemicals and acids. To be effective, they must contain at least 14 % chrome. Stainless steels in the 300 series are termed “austenitic”, while those in the 400 series are called “ferritic”. Unlike ferritic steels, austenitic stainless steels do not become brittle at low temperatures.

TECHNICAL GUIDE

SS 304 : This austenitic stainless steel is generally the most widely recommended. Like the other stainless steels in the 300 series, SS 304 steel is subject to “carbide precipitation” between 370 and 900 ºC. In other words, the chrome produces carbides when SS 304 steel is cooled slowly within this temperature range. The ultimate result is localized depletion of the chrome around the carbides, which may lead to intergranular corrosion by acids or other corrosive substances.. This effect is particularly visible at the level of the welds (leading to disintegration of the welds). The maximum air temperature which SS 304 steel can withstand in continuous operation is 900 ºC. Constant vigilance is necessary because the solidity of the metal falls significantly at high temperatures. SS 304 steel is very widely used for producing thermowells for low-temperature applications as most organic and inorganic chemicals have no effect on it. SS 310 : Contains more chrome (25 %) and nickel (20 %) to improve its high temperature withstand. SS 310 steel is subject to carbide precipitation between 400 and 870 ºC. The maximum air temperature which SS 310 steel can withstand in continuous operation is 1,150 ºC. It is used for applications requiring a good high temperature withstand or in carburizing and reducing environments. SS 316 : This austenitic stainless steel is used widely due to its great versatility. SS 316 steel contains 18 % chrome and 12 % nickel, but also contains 2-3 % molybdenum to improve its resistance to chlorides. SS 316 steel is subject to carbide precipitation between 400 and 870 ºC. The maximum air temperature which it can withstand is 900ºC. SS 316 steel is used when greater resistance to corrosion is required, particularly in the presence of chlorides. 304L and 316L : The low-carbon versions of SS 304 and SS 316. These alloys help to solve the problem of carbide precipitation due to their low carbon content (0.03 % instead of 0.08 % maximum). 3 - NICKEL-BASED ALLOYS: A. Incoloy, Inconel, Monel The nickel-based alloys Inconel and Incoloy are a very important group of alloys. They offer excellent resistance to corrosive attack by a large number of aggressive chemicals. Their oxidization withstand is also excellent at high temperatures and their high temperature withstand is good. They usually contain 15 to 23 % chrome to create a protective film of oxide. Inconel contains 40 to 73 % nickel, while Incoloy contains 32 to 42 % and 30 to 36 % iron. Some classes contain a small amount of titanium or tantalum to improve their high temperature withstand and aluminium to strengthen the protection provided by the oxide film when it is subjected to high temperatures (a film composed of

a mixture of chrome oxide and aluminium oxide). Inconel 600 : High level of nickel (76%) and chrome (15.5%) to withstand oxidizing and reducing environments. This alloy is used in several high-temperature corrosive environments. Inconel 601: High level of nickel (76%) and chrome (15.5%), plus 1.5% aluminium. Good high temperature withstand. I601 offers remarkable resistance to oxidization and good resistance against carburizing environments and environments containing sulphur. Incoloy 800: 32.5 % nickel, 46.0 % iron and 21 % chrome. Resistant to oxidization and corrosion in many environments. Incoloy 800H: 32.5 % nickel, 46.0 % iron and 21 % chrome. Withstands oxidization and carburization at high temperature. Resistant to sulphuric attack and corrosion in many environments. Monel 400 : High level of nickel (76%) and chrome (15.5%). Monel ensures good corrosion resistance in saltwater. Not subject to fissuring due to corrosion by chlorides. Monel is used for heat exchangers and applications involving sulphuric acid. B. Hastelloy This type of nickel-based alloy is used for excellent resistance to corrosion in many aggressive environments due to their high molybdenum content. Hastelloy B : 61 % nickel, 28 % molybdenum. Excellent resistance to corrosion caused by hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric and acetic acid, as well as hydrogen chloride. Hastelloy C : 54 % nickel, 16 % molybdenum, 15.5 % chrome and 4 % tungsten. Excellent resistance to corrosion in many chemical environments, including ferric acid and copper chloride, contaminated inorganic acids and wet chlorine gas. Withstands oxidization at 1,000 °C. Hastelloy X : 47 % nickel, 9 % molybdenum, 22 % chrome, 0.5% tungsten. Good high temperature withstand and resistant to corrosion at 1,200 °C. Also offers good resistance to reducing environments.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TECHNICAL GUIDE

4 – OTHER MATERIALS: For many applications, the temperature is too high to perform measurements with standard stainless-steel materials or with thermowells manufactured with nickel-based alloys. The most widely-used stainless steels and nickel-based alloys melt below or at 1,400 °C and weaken or become less rigid before reaching 1,400 °C. Other materials have to be used for this type of applications. There are two types of metals with melting points significantly higher than stainless steels and nickel-based alloys: tantalum, which melts at 2,996°C and molybdenum, which melts at 2,610°C. The nature of these metals limits their use at high temperatures, however: • t hey oxidize quickly (tantalum oxidizes above 276 °C and molybdenum oxidizes above 500 °C). This means they cannot be used to manufacture thermowells, except in strictly non-oxidizing environments. • I n addition, they are too expensive to be used to manufacture standard thermowells or protective tubes. These materials are only used in a few applications, such as sintering furnaces for the nuclear industry. The solution is to use protective tubes made of non-metallic or ceramic materials. Many materials of this type are available which withstand high temperatures, each with its own capabilities: quartz, silicon carbide, boron nitride, mullite and alumina.

withstands attack by many corrosive chemicals and molten metals. Unfortunately, the fact that quartz is an overmelted “glass” limits the possibilities for its use. It devitrifies at around 1,094 °C, so it cannot be used for installations operating above this temperature. In addition, any surface contamination accelerates devitrification at high temperatures (devitrification means that the quartz recrystallizes and cannot be used above 1,094 °C). Quartz is often used in metal-casting industries as a disposable protective tube for a thermocouple due to its excellent resistance to thermal shocks. The quartz tube is immersed in the molten metal to measure the casting temperature. Due to its excellent resistance to thermal shocks, molten quartz can withstand sudden changes in temperature, from the ambient temperature to the melting temperature. Silicon carbide: Silicon carbide is another mineral resistant to the corrosion caused by many aggressive environments, such as acid gases. Its low thermal expansion coefficient gives it excellent resistance to thermal shocks and good thermal conductivity. This material is manufactured by the Carborundum Company, part of the St-Gobain Group. There are two types of silicon carbide: Carbofrax A, with approximately 90 % silicon carbide and the rest mainly silica, and KT silicon carbide, with approximately 96 % silicon carbide.

Although these materials withstand high temperature to different degrees, they also have their disadvantages. As they are almost entirely ceramic, they are extremely brittle and can easily be broken when subjected to mechanical shocks. Furthermore, most of these materials do not withstand thermal shocks very well. If the material is suddenly exposed to a flame on one side, it expands. As the other side is colder, the expansion is not uniform. If the thermal shock is sufficiently strong, the protective tube will end up fissuring. The lower the thermal expansion coefficient of these materials, the greater their resistance to thermal shocks, which means they will crack less easily.

Thermowells made of Carbofrax are much less expensive than those made of KT silicon carbide, but they are not gas-tight. Their high temperature withstand is excellent, however, extending up to 1.649 °C. When this type of sensor is suitable, an internal “sleeve” made of alumina helps to protect platinum-rhodium thermocouples against contamination. KT silicon carbide is used for special applications, when gas-tight thermocouples are necessary. Silicon carbide is often used in metallurgy due to its good resistance to thermal shocks and its high-temperature capabilities. It is used as a protective tube, inserted into a ladle to measure the melting temperature.

Below, you will find a presentation of the aforementioned materials with a few examples of widespread applications. Quartz : Quartz, which is pure silica, has a very low thermal expansion coefficient. This means it is particularly resistant to fissuring due to thermal shock. It is also particularly chemically inert and

Boron nitride: Boron nitride is a synthetic material manufactured by the Carborundum Company Groupe St-Gobain and which can be used in oxidizing environments up to approximately 1,094 °C or in reduction of inert environments up to approximately 2,760 °C. Its thermal expansion coefficient is very low, making it highly resistant

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TECHNICAL GUIDE

to thermal shocks. It is not subject to the wettability of many molten metals. Its main advantage is that is can be machined with ordinary equipment and it has lubricant qualities similar to those of graphite. Recently, boron nitride has started being used for thermowells with a calibrated type-B thermocouple to measure the casting temperature of cupronickels. Alumina and Mullite: Alumina (aluminium oxide) and mullite (a composite of alumina and silica) have been used for many years for thermowells for chromealumel and platinum-rhodium thermocouples. They can be used at high temperatures: 1,900 °C for highly pure alumina and 1,700 °C for mullite. One of the problems of these two materials is that they are sensitive to thermal shocks. They may crack if they are exposed to sudden, localized, uneven temperature changes, whether during heating or cooling. The thermal expansion coefficient of mullite is equal to approximately 2/3 of alumina’s thermal expansion coefficient, making it proportionally more resistant to thermal shocks. Both these materials are gas-tight. Unlike mullite, alumina must be used for platinum-rhodium thermocouples with applications in all types of environments except oxidizing environments. Indeed, silicon may be reduced by mullite and it contaminates platinum-rhodium thermocouples, compromising their calibration. Generally, alumina and mullite are used to make protective tubes for high-temperature applications, where the risk of thermal shock or mechanical damage is low. This type of protective tube is also widely used in the glass industry.

D-2 - DIRECTIVE N°2014/68/UE : PRESSURE EQUIPMENT The European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) specifies the requirements concerning pressure equipment for the distribution of pressure equipment inside the European economic area. The version currently in force is directive 2014/68/EU of the European Parliament and Council dated 15th May 2014 regarding harmonization of the legislation in the member states concerning the commercialization of pressure equipment. After examining the datasheets from the Pressure Equipment Liaison Committee (CLAP) concerning Directive 2014/68/EU, PYROCONTROLE can inform you that: • A n isolated sensor does not meet the definition of a pressure accessory (Guideline number A-25 – CLAP number X029) • I f a sensor is considered to be a component incorporated in an item of equipment, the requirements must be checked but the marking is not applicable (Guideline number A-22 – CLAP number X027) • T he compliance assessment procedures and the essential safety requirements in PED 97/23/CE are applicable to the whole safety chain (Guideline number A-25 – CLAP number X029) Consequently, CE marking cannot be placed on an isolated sensor (in the context of the Pressure Equipment Directive). To fulfil the requirements, we are capable of supplying the following: • d esign calculation note (ASME 19.3 or other reference frameworks) • t raceability of materials • q ualification of the welds • q ualification of the welders • t ests and inspections (penetrant tests, helium test, PMI, hydraulic test, etc.)

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TECHNICAL GUIDE

EXAMPLE OF SENSOR CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering MODEL

PROCESS CONNECTION

HEAD

TCG

Reference in table and diagram

None: 5 With extension and G1/2” connector: 6 With G1/2” connector under head: 9

DAN : 2

Possible choice

SHEATH TYPE

TC -

1J 3

Ø SHEATH (mm) -

1T 316L : AC 1J INCONEL600 : CM 1K PYROSIL : DB 1N 2K 2J

5 4,5 6 8

LENGTH L (mm) -

500

6 100 à 30000

EN OPTION TRANSMITTER TRANSMITTER SCALE

HOT JUNCTION

0-600°

OPTIONS -

7 Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

LC5334A-100 : A LC5331A-321 : B LC5335A-100 : C

IP65 : 1 Epoxy : 2 IP65 + epoxy : 3

DIAGRAM

6 4

TCG52

TCG62 1

TCG92

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 3

TC Class 1

T (class 2) J K N 2J 2K

TRANSMITTER (NOT COMPATIBLE FOR DUPLEX)

Input TC TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Sheath diameter (mm) 6 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

4.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA 1,5kV 4-20mA 1,5kV 4-20mA + HART 1,5kV

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Reference LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

8 316L 316L INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

CONNECTION Single thermocouple

Duplex thermocouple

Red +

Red + Black -

Black -

Green + -

CALIBRATION SERVICES

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

PYROCONTROLE CALIBRATION

COFRAC-ACCREDITED CALIBRATION

IN-SITU SENSOR CALIBRATION

STANDARD REFERENCE SENSORS

ETR REFERENCE STANDARD. . . . . . . . . . 32 ETT SECONDARY STANDARD. . . . . . . . . . 34

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

LABORATORY  PYROCONTROLE CALIBRATION

CALIBRATION SERVICE FOR TEMPERATURE SENSORS DESCRIPTION

PYROCONTROLE is equipped with its own temperature metrology laboratory, enabling it to offer the following services: • Calibration of new sensors from Pyrocontrole and other manufacturers. • Periodic recalibration of sensors from Pyrocontrole and other brands. Equipped with measuring instruments linked to the national and international reference standards, our laboratory performs high-quality calibration from -40 °C to +450 °C for resistance sensors and -40 °C to +1,500 °C for thermocouples, in accordance with the applicable standards. Depending on the severity of the requirements, two levels of service are proposed: • Pyrocontrole calibration with provision of a Calibration Certificate guaranteeing reliable measurements which meet the customers’ requirements. • Cofrac-accredited calibration; the Cofrac accreditation guarantees mastery of the resources, methods and expertise by the staff involved. All these points contribute to the provision of a top-level service acknowledged nationally and internationally. Calibration Report or Cofrac? Our specialists can advise you according to your needs and how strict your requirements are.

•C ofrac-accredited metrology

laboratory no. 2-1385

• T wo possible services:

Pyrocontrole calibration with calibration certificate

N° 2-1385 Scope available at cofrac.fr

Cofrac-accredited calibration

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

LABORATORY  PYROCONTROLE CALIBRATION

PYROCONTROLE CALIBRATION PYROCONTROLE's laboratory performs calibration by comparison and issues a calibration certificate linked to reference standards of the SI system of international units. Calibration by comparison of Pt100 resistance sensors (sensor alone or measurement line linked to a display) Calibration by comparison of thermocouples (TC alone or TC measurement line linked to a display) Calibration by comparison of sensor with current-output transmitter Calibration by comparison of thermocouple with current-output transmitter UNCERTAINTY OF THE LABORATORY Item calibrated

Measurement range -40 to 90°C 90 to 450°C -40 to 90°C 90 to 450°C -40 to 290°C 290 to 450°C 450°C to 980°C 980 to 1200°C 1200 to 1500°C -40 to 290°C 290 to 450°C 450°C to 980°C 980 to 1200°C 1200 to 1500°C

Calibration uncertainty 0.07 0.12 0.10 0.13 0.30 0.56 1.50 1.60 2.70 0.30 0.56 1.50 1.60 2.70

Means

Measurement range

Thermostatted bath Thermostatted bath Fluidized bath Oven Oven Oven

-40 to 90°C 90 to 300°C 300 to 450°C 450 to 1200°C 500°C to 800°C 800 to 1500°C

Diameter of sensors to be calibrated Ø ≤ 10mm Ø ≤ 14mm Ø ≤ 11mm Ø ≤ 8mm Ø ≤ 8mm Ø ≤ 8mm

Platinum resistance probe Measurement line (resistance probe) Platinum resistance probe linked to a current-output transmitter Thermocouple Measurement line (thermocouple)

Thermocouple linked to a current-output transmitter

Method and means Comparison with a standard reference platinum resistance thermometer.

Comparison with a standard reference S thermocouple.

Comparison with a standard reference platinum resistance thermometer. Comparison with a standard reference S thermocouple.

SENSOR DIMENSIONS Length of sensors to be calibrated L ≥ 130mm L ≥ 150mm L ≥ 350mm L ≥ 350mm L ≥ 400mm L ≥ 650mm

NOTE: We cannot calibrate sensors longer than 1 m. Possibility of calibrating platinum resistance thermometers with 2 and 3 wire mounting. The uncertainty indicated on the calibration certificate issued may be downgraded according to the performance of the sensor or measurement line. Count 50 mm extra for the straight part of elbowed sensors ≥ 90°. Possibility of supplying a correspondence table showing RESISTANCE or EMF / TEMPERATURE (Pt100 or Thermocouple)

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

LABORATORY  COFRAC-ACCREDITED CALIBRATION

COFRAC-ACCREDITED CALIBRATION PYROCONTROLE's laboratory performs calibration by comparison and provides a calibration certificate issued by our COFRAC-accredited laboratory (Accreditation no. 2-1385) N° 2-1385

Calibration by comparison of Pt100 resistance sensors (sensor alone or measurement line linked to a display) Calibration by comparison of thermocouples (TC alone or TC measurement line linked to a display) UNCERTAINTY OF THE LABORATORY Item calibrated

Measurement range -40 to 90°C 90 to 450°C -40 to 290°C 290 to 450°C 450°C to 980°C 980 to 1200°C 1200 to 1500°C

Calibration uncertainty 0.07 0.12 0.30 0.56 1.50 1.60 2.70

Means

Measurement range

Thermostatted bath Thermostatted bath Fluidized bath Oven Oven Oven

-40 to 90°C 90 to 300°C 300 to 450°C 450 to 1200°C 500°C to 800°C 800 to 1500°C

Diameter of sensors to be calibrated Ø ≤ 10mm Ø ≤ 14mm Ø ≤ 11mm Ø ≤ 8mm Ø ≤ 8mm Ø ≤ 8mm

Platinum resistance probe Measurement line (resistance probe) Thermocouple Measurement line (thermocouple)

Method and means Comparison with a standard reference platinum resistance thermometer.

Comparison with a standard reference S thermocouple.

SENSOR DIMENSIONS Length of sensors to be calibrated L ≥ 130mm L ≥ 150mm L ≥ 350mm L ≥ 350mm L ≥ 400mm L ≥ 650mm

NOTE: We cannot calibrate sensors longer than 1 m. Possibility of calibrating platinum resistance thermometers with 3-wire mounting. The uncertainty indicated on the calibration certificate issued may be downgraded according to the performance of the sensor or measurement line. Count 50 mm extra for the straight part of elbowed sensors ≥ 90°.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

LABORATOIRES  ÉTALONNAGE PYROCONTROLE

IN-SITU CALIBRATION  SENSORS

SENSOR DRIFT...

... IN-SITU CALIBRATION!

During use, depending on the process constraints, the accuracy of a temperature sensor declines at varying rates and therefore no longer guarantees the correct measurement defined initially (according to the standard: Pt100 Ω sensor or thermocouple). • This means it requires regular calibration. A TC always drifts downwards, by several degrees a year. To compensate this phenomenon, industrial companies set the temperature of their process higher than nominally necessary with a sufficient margin to offset this drift until the next calibration operation, usually performed once a year. In this way, they define a setpoint higher than the optimum temperature for the heat treatment. • T his additional heating naturally has consequences: possible creation of faults and heterogeneity on the parts, premature wear of the refractories and, lastly, excessive energy consumption. This is why it is important to control sensor drift.

Sx3 30

SPS

Pyrocontrole’s temperature measurement assemblies with in-situ calibration enable you to monitor the evolution of your temperature sensors’ drift over time, using a method which is easy to implement. This technology offers numerous advantages in terms of energy saving, productivity, quality and traceability: • T he reduced uncertainty of your measurements allows you to lower the heating setpoint, thus saving energy. By avoiding overheating, the life span of your equipment is improved. • T he process remains available because there is no longer any need to halt production; calibration is performed on the equipment while it is operating, without having to dismantle the sensors so there is no risk of breakage. Maintenance time is thus reduced. This technology provides significant flexibility for scheduling your metrological monitoring operations. • T he improved accuracy of your measurements helps to reduce your standard deviations; the quality of the finished product is also improved and quality monitoring is facilitated. Lastly, you benefit from better traceability of your thermal process.

TCG 52 SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

IN-SITU CALIBRATION  SENSORS

IN-SITU CALIBRATION METHOD WITHOUT DISMANTLING THE SENSOR This method* of verification by comparison is quick and simple to implement. • O pening of the connecting head of the sensor to be checked. • I nsertion of the standard reference sensor into the guide tube. • C onnection of the standard reference sensor to the precision thermometer. • T emperature stabilization. • C alibration by comparison of the temperature on the reference standard and the temperature on the process sensor.

* Patent filed: no. 0213616

DECIDE ON THE FREQUENCY OF THE TESTS

At the point of operation, regular comparison of the temperature reading against the temperature given by the standard reference sensor enables you to detect any measurement drift.

✘

Standard reference temperature

✘

Criterion

✘ ✘ ✘

Time

Non-contractual document - Please confirm specifications before ordering.

Pyrocontrole has a temperature metrology calibration laboratory. COFRAC accreditation no. 2-1385 - Calibration by comparison. • From -40 °C to +450 °C for Pt100 Ω sensors • From -40 °C to +1,500 °C for thermocouples We can add the “in-situ calibration” function on all sensors equipped with DIN/DAN heads, starting at a diameter of 6 mm. Please contact us if you want to benefit from this feature on your next sensors. SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Accreditation N°2-1385 21385 N° Scope available at www.cofrac.fr

906 210 192 - Ed 1 - 06/2009.

RELATED SERVICES

STANDARD REFERENCE SENSORS  ETR

ETR

PT100 & THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 60751

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1554°C

DESCRIPTION

These reference standards, used only in laboratories, enable you to perform calibration with a good level of uncertainty (schedule periodic calibration by a COFRAC-accredited laboratory). Delivered in a case with a certificate of calibration by comparison or at the ITS fixed points: please contact us for details. SPECIFICATIONS ETR-PT Pt100 sensor Ranges Resistance at 0°C Stability Measuring current Alpha coefficient

-100°C to +450°C 100 Ω Up to 0.05°C 1 mA 0.003850°C ±4ppm 1 mA

S thermocouples Model LNE S80 0°C à +1554°C -

Nominal current Diameter and length 6 x 450 mm of sensing element Interchangeability Class A as per IEC 60751 class Calibration by comparison certificate Produced under LNE licence 10% rhodium-platinum / Material pure platinum Dimensions 7 mm x 650 mm Accessories Delivered in a case

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

STANDARD REFERENCE SENSORS  ETR

DIAGRAM (MM)

TO ORDER

Pt100 sensor Delivered in a case with a certificate of calibration by comparison. Possibility of an emf/temperature correspondence table for each degree: please contact us. Domain -100 °C to +450 °C

Reproducibility ≤ 10mΩ (or ≤ 26mK)

Reference L918746-001

S thermocouples Reference standard Model BNM-LNE S80: 0 °C to 1,554 °C Delivered in a case with a certificate of calibration by comparison (7 points: 400, 600, 800, 1,000, 1,200, 1.400 and 1,500 °C) or at the IT fixed points. Possibility of an emf/temperature correspondence table for each degree: please contact us. Related service Without calibration Calibration by comparison Fixed-point calibration

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Model BNM-LNE S80 BNM-LNE S80 BNM-LNE S80

Reference L918189-000 L968028-001 L968028-002

SECONDARY REFERENCE SENSORS  ETT

ETT

PT100 & THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 60751

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1554°C

DESCRIPTION

These secondary reference sensors are used in workshops or laboratories, used for calibration. They must also be calibrated periodically against a reference standard. Possibility of a certificate of calibration at the ITS 90 fixed points or by comparison.

SPECIFICATIONS ETT-PT Pt100 sensor Ranges Resistance at 0°C Stability Measuring current Alpha coefficient

-100°C to +400°C and -100°C to +550°C 100 Ω Up to 0.05°C 1 mA 0.003850°C ±4ppm 1 mA

Nominal current Diameter and length 6 x 450 mm of sensing element Interchangeability Class A as per IEC 60751 class Option Case

ETT-TCS S thermocouples Model S90-03 0°C to +1554°C -

Material

Dimensions Calibration certificate Accessories

10% rhodium-platinum / pure platinum 7 mm x 650 mm

By comparison

Delivered in a case

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SECONDARY REFERENCE SENSORS  ETT

DIAGRAM

TO ORDER

Reproducibility ≤ 25 mΩ (or ≤ 60 mK)

Reference L918749-002 L918749-001

ETT-TCS Type S thermocouples Secondary reference Model S90-03: 0 °C to 1,554 °C Delivered in a case with a certificate of calibration by comparison. Possibility of an emf/temperature correspondence table for each degree: please contact us. Domain Calibration by comparison

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Model Model S90-03

Reference L918189-000

SHEATHED SENSORS 36

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

THERMOCOUPLES TCG1: bare-wire and insulated output.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 TCG3: PVC cable, withstand 105°C.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 TCG31: ø 0.5 mm - FEP wires, withstand 205°C.. . . . . . . . . 42 TCG32: FEP cable, withstand 205°C.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 TCG33: silicone cable, withstand 250°C.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 TCG34: glass silk cable, withstand 350°C.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 TCG35: glass silk cable, withstand 250°C.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 TCG4: output via JAEGER connector.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 TCG5: output via LEMO connector.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Pt100 S1: output via cable, temperature up to 450°C.. . . . . . . . . . 74 S2: o utput via cable, temperature up to 200°C.. . . . . . . . . . 76 S41: output via JAEGER connector.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 S40: output via LEMO connector.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 S44: output via standard 3-pin connector.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

38 TCG6: output via standard connector.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 TCG11: output via miniature connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 TCG51: MA head output.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 TCGx2: DAN head output.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 TCGx3: DIN B head output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 TA: undemanding industrial applications.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 TB: demanding industrial applications.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 TMA: abrasive environments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 SKxx: for portable thermometers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

74 S43: output via miniature 3-pin connector.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 S51: MA head output.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Sx2: DAN head output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Sx3: DIN B head output.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 SPxx: for portable thermometers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

TCG1

THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

up to 1150°C

DESCRIPTION

Bendable flexible sheathed thermocouple for adaptation to the application, even in confined spaces. Small-diameter sensor with a short response time. Thermocouples up to 3 mm in diameter must be handled with caution to avoid any breakage. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple Length L Min/ Max (mm)

Max. temp. in air (°C) (without air flow) (theoretical)

Output Lf (wire length) (mm) Accessories (p. 338)

ø 0.5 mm ø 1 to 2 mm ø > 2 mm ø 0.5 mm ø 1 -1.5 mm ø 2 mm ø 3 mm ø 4.5 mm ø 6 mm ø 8 mm

TCG1 IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 K J T N 316L (single) Inconel600 316L / 304L Inconel 600 Pyrosil (Duplex) 1 2 1 0,5 / 1 / 1,5 / 2 / 3 / 4,5 / 6 / 8 Insulated/Earthed Simple / Duplex Simple 100 to 2 500mm 100 to 36 000 mm 100 to 30 000 mm 600°C 250°C 250°C 600°C 650°C 650°C 260°C 260°C 650°C 700°C 700°C 440°C 260°C 700°C 900°C 750°C 520°C 315°C 750°C 1000°C 800°C 620°C 350°C 800°C 1100°C 1000°C 720°C 350°C 1000°C 1100°C 1100°C 720°C 350°C 1100°C 1150°C Insulated bare wires 15mm if d≤2mm; 15 to 40mm if d≥3mm (standard: 40mm) Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

TCG1

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

SHEATH TYPE -

Ø SHEATH (mm)

LENGTH L (mm) -

12,000

HOT JUNCTION -

1T 1J 1K 1N 2T 2J 2K

304L: AB 316L: AC INCONEL 600: CM PYROSIL: DB

0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4.5 6 8

L for Ø 0.5: 100 to 2,500 mm L for Ø 1-1.5-2: 100 to 36,000 mm L for Ø 3 - 4.5 - 6 - 8: 100 to 30,000 mm

Insulated: I Earthed: M

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

4 2

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 1

TC Class 1

T (Class2) J K N 2T (Class 2) 2J

0.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 -

Sheath diameter (mm) 1.5 2 3 316L 316L 316L 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL PYROSIL PYROSIL 304L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

1 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 -

CONNECTIONS K

4.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 304L 316L INCONEL600

6 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 304L 316L INCONEL600

3 8 316L 316L INCONEL600 2 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

TO ORDER J

Order our standard references on p. 94

Simple

Duplex

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

TCG3

THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

CABLE PVC

up to 1150°C

DESCRIPTION

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple ø 1 to 2 mm Length L Min/ Max (mm) ø > 2 mm ø 1 -1.5 mm ø 2 mm Max. temp. (°C) of air in ø 3 mm sensor sheath ø 4.5 mm (without airflow) (theoretical) ø 6 mm ø 8 mm Type of cable Cable sheath Max. temperature Output Conductors Braid Length Lc Min/ Max (mm) Accessories (p. 338)

TCG3 IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 K J T N Inconel600 316L Inconel 600 1 1 1 1 / 1.5 / 2 / 3 / 4.5 / 6 / 8 Insulated/Earthed Simple / Duplex Simple 100 to 36,000 mm 100 to 30,000 mm 650°C 260°C 260°C 650°C 700°C 440°C 260°C 700°C 750°C 520°C 315°C 750°C 800°C 620°C 350°C 800°C 1000°C 720°C 350°C 1000°C 1100°C 720°C 350°C 1100°C Compensation PVC 105°C 2x0.22 mm², insulated PVC Internal, copper, not connected to sensor sheath

Pyrosil

700°C 900°C 1000°C 1100°C 1100°C 1150°C

200 to 10,000 mm Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

SHEATH TYPE

TCG3

Ø SHEATH (mm) -

HOT JUNCTION

LENGTH L (mm) -

20,000

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

1T 1J 1K 1N 2J 2K

304L: AB 316L: AC INCONEL 600: CM PYROSIL: DB

1 1.5 2 3 4.5 6 8

Ø 1-1.5-2: 100 to 36,000 Ø 3 - 4.5 6 - 8: 100 to 30,000

Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

LENGTH LC (mm) -

4,000

PROTECTIVE SPRING

CONNECTION -

Lc: 200 to 10,000 mm (standard: 2,000 mm)

Bare wires: FN (standard) Standard male connector: SM Standard female connector: SF Miniature male connector: MM Miniature female connector: MF

Without: 0 With: 1 (standard)

DIAGRAM (MM) 3 2

7 6

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 1

TC Class 1

T (class2) J K N 2J

1 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 -

1.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L -

2 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

Sheath diameter (mm) 3 4.5 316L 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL PYROSIL 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

CONNECTIONS K

6 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

8 3 316L 316L INCONEL600 2 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

TO ORDER J

Order our standard references on p. 95

Simple

Duplex

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

TCG31 THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

DIAMETER

0,5 MM

FEP SHEATHED WIRES

up to 600°C

DESCRIPTION

Bendable flexible sheathed thermocouple for adaptation to the application, even in confined spaces. Small-diameter sensor with a short response time. Equipped with a cable for easy connection even over long distances. The cable has been chosen to withstand most industrial environments. Thermocouples must be handled with caution to avoid any breakage.

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple Length L Min/Max (mm) Max. temp. (°C) of air in sensor sheath (without air flow) (theoretical) Type of cable Cable sheath Max. temperature Output Conductors Length Lc Min/Max (mm) Accessories (p. 338)

TCG31 IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 J 316L

K Inconel600 1

T 316L 2

0.5 Insulated/Earthed Single 100 to 2,500mm 600°C

250°C

Extension FEP 205°C 2x0.5 mm², twisted, flexible. 200 to 10,000 mm Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

SHEATH TYPE

TCG31

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

Ø SHEATH (mm) -

1J 1K 1T

316L : AC INCONEL 600 : CM

0,5

LENGTH L (mm) -

HOT JUNCTION

400

LENGTH LC (mm) -

4,000

3 0,5

100 to 2,500

CONNECTION

Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

Lc: 200 to 10,000 mm (standard: 2,000 mm)

Bare wires: FN (standard) Standard male connector: SM Standard female connector: SF Miniature male connector: MM Miniature female connector: MF

DIAGRAM (MM)

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 1

TC Class 1

T (Class2) J K

Sheath diameter (mm) 0.5 316L 316L INCONEL600

CONNECTIONS K

Simple

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

TCG32 THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

FEP CABLE

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple ø 1 to 2 mm Length L Min/ Max (mm) ø > 2 mm ø 1 -1.5 mm ø 2 mm Max. temp. (°C) of air in ø 3 mm sensor sheath ø 4.5 mm (without airflow) (theoretical) ø 6 mm ø 8 mm Type of cable Cable sheath Max. temperature Conductors Output Braid Length Lc Min/ Max (mm) Accessories (p. 338)

TCG32 IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 K J Inconel600 316L 1 1 / 1.5 / 2 / 3 / 4.5 / 6 / 8 Insulated/Earthed Single 100 to 36,000 mm 100 to 30,000 mm 650°C 260°C 700°C 440°C 750°C 520°C 800°C 620°C 1000°C 720°C 1100°C 720°C Extension FEP 205°C 2x0.22 mm², FEP insulation Internal, copper, not connected to sensor sheath 200 mm to 10,000mm Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

SHEATH TYPE

TCG32

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

Ø SHEATH (mm) -

LENGTH L (mm) -

HOT JUNCTION

520

1J 1K

316L : AC INCONEL 600 : CM

1 1.5 2 3 4.5 6 8

Ø 1-1.5-2: 100 to 36,000 Ø 3 - 4.5 - 6 - 8: 100 to 30,000

LENGTH LC (mm) -

Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

2,000

PROTECTIVE SPRING

CONNECTION -

Lc: 200 to 10,000 mm (standard: 2,000 mm)

Bare wires: FN (standard) Standard male connector: SM Standard female connector: SF Miniature male connector: MM Miniature female connector: MF

Without: 0 With: 1 (standard)

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 1

TC Class 1

J K

Sheath diameter (mm) 1 316L INCONEL600

1.5 316L INCONEL600

2 316L INCONEL600

3 316L INCONEL600

4.5 316L INCONEL600

6 316L INCONEL600

8 316L INCONEL600

3 2

CONNECTIONS K

J +

Simple

Duplex For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

TCG33 THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

SILICONE CABLE

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Classe Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple ø 1 to 2 mm Length L Min/ Max (mm) ø > 2 mm ø 1 -1.5 mm ø 2 mm Max. temp. (°C) of air in ø 3 mm sensor sheath ø 4.5 mm (without airflow) (theoretical) ø 6 mm ø 8 mm Type of cable Cable sheath Max. temperature Conductors Output Braid Length Lc Min/ Max (mm) Accessories (p. 338)

TCG33 IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 K J Inconel600 316L 1 1 / 1.5 / 2 / 3 / 4.5 / 6 / 8 Insulated/Earthed Single 100 to 36,000 mm 100 to 30,000 mm 650°C 260°C 700°C 440°C 750°C 520°C 800°C 620°C 1000°C 720°C 1100°C 720°C Extension Silicone 250°C 2 x 0.5 mm², glass silk insulation Internal, copper, not linked to the sensor sheath 200 mm to 10,000 mm Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

SHEATH TYPE

TCG33

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

Ø SHEATH (mm) -

LENGTH L (mm) -

HOT JUNCTION

30,000

1J 1K

316L : AC INCONEL 600 : CM

1 1.5 2 3 4.5 6 8

Ø 1-1.5-2: 100 to 36,000 mm Ø 3 - 4.5 - 6 - 8: 100 to 30,000 mm

LENGTH LC (mm) -

Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

2,000

PROTECTIVE SPRING

CONNECTION -

Lc: 200 to 10,000 mm (standard: 2,000 mm)

Bare wires: FN (standard) Standard male connector: SM Standard female connector: SF Miniature male connector: MM Miniature female connector: MF

Without: 0 With: 1 (standard)

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

7 6

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 1

TC Class 1

J K

Sheath diameter (mm) 1 316L INCONEL600

1.5 316L INCONEL600

2 316L INCONEL600

3 316L INCONEL600

4.5 316L INCONEL600

6 316L INCONEL600

8 316L INCONEL600

3 2

CONNECTIONS K

J +

Simple

Duplex

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

TCG34 THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

GLASS SILK CABLE

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Bendable flexible sheathed thermocouple for adaptation to the application, even in confined spaces. Small-diameter sensor with a short response time. Equipped with a cable for easy connection even over long distances. The cable must be chosen according to the ambient temperature and the environment in which it is used. The glass silk cable is protected by a stainless-steel braid and has a high temperature withstand for use in environments where the ambient temperature and mechanical risks are high. Thermocouples up to 3 mm in diameter must be handled with caution to avoid any breakage. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple ø 1 to 2 mm Length L Min/ Max (mm) ø > 2 mm ø 1 -1.5 mm ø 2 mm Max. temp. (°C) of air in ø 3 mm sensor sheath ø 4.5 mm (without airflow) (theoretical) ø 6 mm ø 8 mm Type of cable Cable sheath Max. temperature Output

Conductors Braid Length Lc Min/ Max (mm)

Accessories (p. 338)

TCG34 IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 K J Inconel600 316L 1 1 / 1.5 / 2 / 3 / 4.5 / 6 / 8 Insulated/Earthed Single / Duplex Single 100 to 36,000 mm 100 to 30,000 mm 650°C 260°C 700°C 440°C 750°C 520°C 800°C 620°C 1000°C 720°C 1100°C 720°C Extension Glass silk 350°C 2 x 0.5 mm², insulated with glass silk Internal, glass silk 200 mm to 10,000mm Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

SHEATH TYPE

TCG34

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

Ø SHEATH (mm) 3

LENGTH L (mm) -

HOT JUNCTION

4,000

1J 1K 2K

316L : AC INCONEL 600 : CM

1 1.5 2 3 4.5 6 8

Ø 1-1.5-2: 100 to 36000 Ø 3 - 4.5 - 6 - 8: 100 to 30000

LENGTH LC (mm) -

Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

7,000

PROTECTIVE SPRING

CONNECTION -

Lc: 200 to 10000 mm (standard: 2,000 mm)

Bare wires: FN (standard) Standard male connector: SM Standard female connector: SF Miniature male connector: MM Miniature female connector: MF

Without: 0 With: 1 (standard)

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

7 6

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 1

TC Class 1

J K

Sheath diameter (mm) 1 316L INCONEL600 -

1.5 316L INCONEL600 -

2 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

3 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

4.5 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

6 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

8 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

3 2

CONNECTIONS K

J +

Simple

Duplex

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

TCG35 THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

GLASS SILK CABLE

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Bendable flexible sheathed thermocouple for adaptation to the application, even in confined spaces. Small-diameter sensor with a short response time. Equipped with a cable for easy connection even over long distances. The cable must be chosen according to the ambient temperature and the environment in which it is used. The glass silk cable is protected by a galvanized steel braid for better mechanical resistance and has a good temperature withstand for use in environments where the ambient temperature and mechanical risks are high. Thermocouples up to 3 mm in diameter must be handled with caution to avoid any breakage. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple ø 1 to 2 mm Length L Min/ Max (mm) ø > 2 mm ø 1 -1.5mm ø 2 mm Max. temp. (°C) of air in ø 3 mm sensor sheath ø 4.5mm (without airflow) (theoretical) ø 6 mm ø 8 mm Type of cable Cable sheath Max. temperature Output

Conductors Braid Length Lc Min/ Max (mm)

Accessories (p. 338)

TCG35 IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 K J Inconel 600 316L 1 1 / 1.5/ 2 / 3 / 4.5/ 6 / 8 Insulated/Earthed Single 100 to 36,000 mm 100 to 30,000 mm 650°C 260°C 700°C 440°C 750°C 520°C 800°C 620°C 1000°C 720°C 1100°C 720°C Extension Glass silk 250°C 2 x 1.34 mm², insulated with glass silk External: galvanized steel 200 mm to 10,000 mm Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

SHEATH TYPE

TCG35

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

Ø SHEATH (mm) 3

LENGTH L (mm) -

HOT JUNCTION

30,000

1J 1K

316L : AC INCONEL 600 : CM

1 1.5 2 3 4.5 6 8

Ø 1-1.5-2: 100 to 36000 Ø 3 - 4.5 - 6 - 8: 100 to 30000

Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

LENGTH LC (mm) -

2,000

CONNECTION -

PROTECTIVE SPRING 0

Lc: 200 to 10,000 mm (standard: 2,000 mm)

Bare wires: FN (standard) Standard male connector: SM Standard female connector: SF Miniature male connector: MM Miniature female connector: MF

Without: 0 With: 1 (standard)

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

7 6

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 1

TC Class 1

J K

1 316L INCONEL600

1.5 316L INCONEL600

2 316L INCONEL600

Sheath diameter (mm) 3 4.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

6 316L INCONEL600

8 316L INCONEL600

3 2

CONNECTIONS K

J +

Simple

Duplex For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

TCG4

THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

JAEGER CONNECTOR

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Bendable flexible sheathed thermocouple for adaptation to the application, even in confined spaces. Small-diameter sensor with a short response time. Output equipped with a Jaeger plug-in connector for quick connection. Thermocouples up to 3 mm in diameter must be handled with caution to avoid any breakage. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple Length L Min/Max (mm) Max. temp. (°C) of air in sensor sheath (without airflow) (theoretical)

Output Accessories (p. 338)

ø 1.5 mm ø 2 mm ø 3 mm ø 4.5 mm ø 6 mm

Option

TCG4 IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 K J T N Inconel 600 316L 316L Inconel 600 Pyrosil 1 1 1 1.5/ 2 / 3 / 4.5/ 6 Insulated/Earthed Single / Duplex Single 100 to 30,000 mm 650°C 260°C 260°C 650°C 700°C 700°C 440°C 250°C 700°C 900°C 750°C 520°C 300°C 750°C 1000°C 800°C 620°C 350°C 800°C 1100°C 1000°C 720°C 350°C 1000°C 1100°C Male JAEGER plug-in connector, reference 532203 (single) or 532204 (duplex). Extension with female JAEGER plug and cable clamp, reference 42953 (single) or 43085 (duplex), and PVC extension cable, 2x0.22mm² conductors, PVC insulation, internal copper braid. Withstand 105°C. Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL TCG4

TC -

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM) Possible choice

SHEATH TYPE

Ø SHEATH (mm)

LENGTH L (mm) 1,000

1T 1J 1K 1N 2J 2K

316L : AC INCONEL 600 : CM PYROSIL : DB

1.5 2 3 4.5 6

Ø 2: 100 to 36,000 Ø 3 - 4.5 - 6: 100 to 30,000

OPTION EXTENSION CABLE

HOT JUNCTION -

10,000 5

Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

Length Lc: 200 to 25,000 mm

DIAGRAM (MM)

Extension option

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 1

1.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL -

T J K N 2J 2K

2 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

CONNECTIONS

4.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

6 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

For any other configuration, please contact us. 1+

Simple

Sheath diameter (mm) 3 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

43+

Duplex

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

TCG5

THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

LEMO

CONNECTOR

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Bendable flexible sheathed thermocouple for adaptation to the application, even in confined spaces. Small-diameter sensor with a short response time. Output equipped with a LEMO plugin connector for quick connection. As an option, the extension with the corresponding plug can be supplied with a PVC cable for a temperature withstand of 105°C. Thermocouples up to 3 mm in diameter must be handled with caution to avoid any breakage. SPECIFICATIONS Model TCG5 Compliance with standards IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 Type K J T N Material Inconel 600 316L 316L / 304L Inconel 600 Pyrosil Class 1 1 1 Diameter (d) (mm) 1 / 1.5/ 2 / 3 / 4.5 Hot junction Insulated/Earthed Thermocouple Single / Duplex Simple ø 1 to 2 mm 100 to 36,000 mm Length L Min/ Max (mm) ø > 2 mm 100 to 30,000 mm ø 1-1.5mm 650°C 260°C 250°C 650°C 700°C Max. temp. (°C) of air in ø 2 mm 700°C 440°C 250°C 700°C 900°C sensor sheath ø 3 mm 750°C 520°C 300°C 750°C 1000°C (without airflow) (theoretical) ø 4.5mm 800°C 620°C 350°C 800°C 1100°C Male plug-in LEMO PC connector Reference: PC1 for d = 1 to 3 mm Reference: PC2 for d = 4.5 mm Output Extension with LEMO F plug Reference: F1 for d = 1 to 3 mm Option Reference: F2 for d = 4.5 mm and PVC extension cable, 2x0.22mm² conductors, PVC insulation, internal copper braid. Withstand 105°C. Accessories (p. 338) Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

TCG5

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

SHEATH TYPE

OPTION

Ø SHEATH (mm) 1

LENGTH L (mm) -

34,000

HOT JUNCTION -

1T 1J 1K 1N 2T 2J 2K

304L : AB 316L : AC INCONEL 600 : CM PYROSIL : DB

1 1.5 2 3 4.5

Ø 1-1.5-2: 100 to 36,000 Ø 3 - 4.5: 100 to 30,000

LENGTH LC (mm) -

5,000 5

Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

Lc: 200 to 25,000 mm

DIAGRAM (MM) 2

3 5

Extension option

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 1

1 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 -

T J K N 2T 2J 2K

1.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL -

CONNECTIONS 1+

4.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 304L 316L INCONEL600

Single

F-M2

PC-M4

3 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

For any other configuration, please contact us.

PC-M2 TC1

Sheath diameter (mm) 2 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 304L 316L INCONEL600

Sensor

TC2

F-M4

TC1

Duplex

Extension

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

TCG6

THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

STANDARD CONNECTOR

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Bendable flexible sheathed thermocouple for adaptation to the application, even in confined spaces. Small-diameter sensor with a short response time. Output equipped with a standard plug-in male connector with compensated contacts for quick connection. As an option, the extension with the corresponding female plug can be supplied with a PVC cable for a withstand of 105°C. Thermocouples up to 3 mm in diameter must be handled with caution to avoid any breakage. SPECIFICATIONS Model TCG6 Compliance with standards IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 Type K J T N Material Inconel 600 316L 316L / 304L Inconel 600 Pyrosil Class 1 1 1 Diameter (d) (mm) 1 / 1.5 / 2 / 3 / 4.5 / 6 Hot junction Insulated/Earthed Thermocouple Single / Duplex Single Diam. 1 to 2 mm 100 to 36,000 mm Length L Min/ Max (mm) Diam.> 2 mm 100 to 30,000 mm Diam.1 -1.5mm 650°C 260°C 250°C 650°C 700°C Diam. 2 mm 700°C 440°C 250°C 700°C 900°C Max. temp. in air (without air flow) Diam. 3 mm 750°C 520°C 300°C 750°C 1000°C (theoretical) Diam. 4.5mm 800°C 620°C 350°C 800°C 1100°C Diam. 6 mm 1000°C 720°C 350°C 1000°C 1100°C Standard plug-in male connector with compensated contacts Extension with standard female plug with compensated contacts and cable Output Option clamp, PVC extension cable, 2x0.22mm² conductors, insulated with PVC, internal copper braid. Withstand 105°C. Accessories (p. 338) Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings, connectors

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL TCG6 Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM) Possible choice

TC -

SHEATH TYPE AB

Ø SHEATH (mm) 1

LENGTH L (MM) 450

1T 1J 1K 1N 2T 2J 2K

304L : AB 316L : AC INCONEL 600 : CM PYROSIL : DB

1 1.5 2 3 4.5 6

Ø 1-1.5-2: 100 to 36,000 Ø 3 - 4.5: 100 to 30,000

OPTION LENGTH LC

HOT JUNCTION M

520 5

Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

200 to 25,000 mm

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

(exept 2T)

Extension option

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 1

T J K N 2T 2J 2K

1 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 -

1.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL -

Sheath diameter (mm) 2 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 304L 316L INCONEL600

3 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

4.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 304L 316L INCONEL600

6 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 304L 316L INCONEL600

TO ORDER

CONNECTIONS -

Order our standard references on p. 96

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

TCG11

THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

MINIATURE CONNECTOR

up to 900°C

DESCRIPTION

Bendable flexible sheathed thermocouple for adaptation to the application, even in confined spaces. Small-diameter sensor with a short response time. Output equipped with a miniature plug-in male connector with compensated contacts for quick connection. As an option, the extension with the corresponding female plug can be supplied with a PVC cable for a withstand of 105°C. Thermocouples must be handled with caution to avoid any breakage. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple Length L Min/Max (mm) Max. temp. in air (without air flow) (theoretical)

Output Accessories (p. 338)

K Inconel 600 1

TCG11 IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 J T N 316L 316L Inconel 600 2 1 1 / 1.5 / 2 / 3 Insulated/Earthed Single 100 to 36,000 mm

Pyrosil

Diam.1 -1.5mm

650°C

260°C

250°C

650°C

700°C

Diam. 2 mm

700°C

440°C

250°C

700°C

900°C

Option

Miniature plug-in male connector with compensated contacts Extension with miniature female plug with compensated contacts and cable clamp, PVC extension cable, 2x0.22mm² conductors, insulated with PVC, internal copper braid. Withstand 105°C." Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings, connectors

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

TCG11

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

SHEATH TYPE CM

OPTION

Ø SHEATH (mm) 3

LENGTH L (mm) 4,200

1T 1J 1K 1N

316L : AC INCONEL 600 : CM PYROSIL : DB

1 1.5 2 3

100 to 36,000

HOT JUNCTION -

LENGTH LC (mm) 1,000

5 Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

Length Lc: 200 to 25,000 mm

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

Extension option

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 1

1 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 -

T J K N

CONNECTIONS

Sheath diameter (mm) 1.5 2 316L 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL PYROSIL

3 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL

TO ORDER -

Order our standard references on p. 97

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

TCG51 THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

up to 1150°C

DESCRIPTION

Sheathed thermocouple with output via MA head. For use when the space available for the connecting head is limited. SPECIFICATIONS Model TCG51 Compliance with standards IEC 584-1 Type K J T N Material Inconel 600 316L 316L Inconel 600 Class 1 1 1 Diameter (d) (mm) 3 / 4.5/ 6 Hot junction Insulated/Earthed Thermocouple Single / Duplex Single Length L Min/Max (mm) 100 to 30,000 mm Max. temp. Diam. 3 mm 750°C 520°C 300°C 750°C (°C) of air in Diam. 4.5mm 800°C 620°C 350°C 800°C sensor sheath (without airflow) Diam. 6 mm 1000°C 720°C 350°C 1000°C (theoretical) Head type MA Material Light alloy Output 1 cable gland PG09 Electrical connection Cable diam. 4 mm to 6mm Terminal strip 2 to 4 terminals IP IP54 Accessories (p. 338) Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

Pyrosil

1000°C 1100°C 1100°C

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

PROCESS CONNECTION

HEAD

TCG

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM) Without: 5

TC -

SHEATH TYPE -

Ø SHEATH (mm) -

LENGTH L (MM) -

20,000

MA : 1

1T 1J 1K 1N 2K 2J

316L : AC INCONEL600 : CM PYROSIL : DB

3 4.5 6

100 to 30,000

Possible choice

HOT JUNCTION I

Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

DIAGRAM (MM)

5 4

Ød

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 2

TC Class 1

3 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

T (class 2) J K N 2J 2K

CONNECTION

Sheath diameter (mm) 4.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

6 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

For any other configuration, please contact us.

Red +

Single Black Green +

Duplex -

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

TCGx2 THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

up to 1150°C

DESCRIPTION

Sheathed thermocouple with output via DAN head. The DAN head is versatile and easy to open with its valve lever and can be equipped with a terminal strip for connection or a 4-20mA transmitter. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple Length L Min/Max (mm) Max. temp. (°C) of air in sensor sheath (without airflow) (theoretical)

Accessories (p. 338)

Pyrosil

Diam. 4.5mm

800°C

620°C

350°C

800°C

1100°C

Diam. 6 mm

1000°C

720°C

350°C

1000°C

1100°C

Diam. 8 mm

1100°C

720°C

350°C

1100°C

1150°C

Process connection

Electrical connection

TCGx2 IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 K J T N Inconel 600 316L 316L Inconel 600 1 2 1 4.5/ 6 / 8 Insulated/Earthed Single / Duplex Single 100 to 30,000 mm

Head type Material Output Cable diam. Equipment Coating IP

Without - under G1/2 head - Extension + G1/2 fitting DAN Light alloy 1 cable gland M20x1.5 5.5 mm to 7.5 mm Ceramic terminal strip (standard) or 4-20mA transmitter (option) None (standard) or epoxy (option) IP54 (standard) or IP65 (option) Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

PROCESS CONNECTION

HEAD

TCG

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

TC -

1K 3

Without: 5 DAN : 2 With extension and G1/2” fitting: 6 With fitting under G1/2” head: 9

Possible choice

SHEATH TYPE -

Ø SHEATH (mm) -

1T 316L : AC 1J INCONEL600 : CM 1K PYROSIL : DB 1N 2K 2J

LENGTH L (mm) -

HOT JUNCTION

20,000

4,5 6 8

100 to 30,000

OPTION TRANSMITTER SCALE

TRANSMITTER -

0/420

OPTIONS -

7 Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

LC5334A-100 : A LC5331A-321 : B LC5335A-100 : C

Epoxy + screw (IP65): 1 Epoxy + lever (IP54): 2  If IP65, screwed cover and without valve lever

DIAGRAM (MM)

6 4

TCG52

TCG92 1

TCG62 6

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 3

TC Class

T (class 2) J K N 2J 2K

TRANSMITTER (NOT COMPATIBLE WITH DUPLEX)

Input TC TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Sheath diameter (mm) 6 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

4.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA + HART 1.5kV

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Reference LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

8 316L 316L INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

CONNECTION Single thermocouple

Duplex thermocouple

Red +

Red + Black -

Black -

For any other configuration, please contact us.

Green + -

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

TCGx3 THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

up to 1150°C

DESCRIPTION

Sheathed thermocouple with output via DIN B head. The DIN B head is versatile and economical and can be fitted with a terminal strip or a 4-20mA transmitter. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple Length L Min/Max (mm) Max. temp. (°C) of air in sensor sheath (without airflow) (theoretical)

Accessories (p. 338)

Pyrosil

Diam. 4.5mm

800°C

620°C

350°C

800°C

1100°C

Diam. 6 mm"

1000°C

720°C

350°C

1000°C

1100°C

Diam. 8 mm

1100°C

720°C

350°C

1100°C

1150°C

Process connection

Electrical connection

TCGx3 IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 K J T N Inconel 600 316L 316L Inconel 600 1 2 1 4.5/ 6 / 8 Insulated/Earthed Single / Duplex Single 100 to 30,000 mm

Head type Material Output Cable diam. Equipment IP

Without - under G1/2 head - extension + G1/2 fitting DIN B Light alloy 1 cable gland M20x1.5 5.5 mm to 7.5 mm Ceramic terminal strip (standard) or 4-20mA transmitter (option) IP54 Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

PROCESS CONNECTION

HEAD

TCG

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Without: 5 With extension and G1/2” fitting: 6 With fitting under G1/2” head: 9

DIN B : 3

1T 1J 1K 1N 2K 2J

316L : AC INCONEL600 : CM PYROSIL : DB

4.5 6 8

100 to 30,000

Possible choice

SHEATH TYPE

TC -

Ø SHEATH (mm)

LENGTH L (MM) -

2,500

OPTION TRANSMITTER TRANSMITTER SCALE

HOT JUNCTION I

Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

LC5334A-100 : A LC5331A-321 : B LC5335A-100 : C

DIAGRAM (MM) 6 4

TCG53

TCG93 2 1

TCG63

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 3

TC Class 1

T (class 2) J K N 2J 2K

TRANSMITTER (NOT COMPATIBLE WITH DUPLEX)

Input TC TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Sheath diameter (mm) 6 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

4,5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA + HART 1.5kV

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Reference LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

8 316L 316L INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

CONNECTION Single thermocouple

Duplex thermocouple

Red +

Red + Black -

Black -

For any other configuration, please contact us.

Green + -

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

THERMOCOUPLE IP

54 65

CLASS

Option

IEC 584-1

up to 1150°C

DESCRIPTION

Sensor for industrial applications. The TA assembly is a rugged product for undemanding applications. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple Length L1 Min/Max (mm) Max. temp. (°C) of air in sensor sheath (without airflow) (theoretical)

Electrical connection

TA IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 K J T N Inconel 600 316L 316L Inconel 600 1 1 1 4.5/ 6 / 8 Insulated/Earthed Single / Duplex Single 100 to 30,000 mm

Pyrosil

Diam. 4.5mm

800°C

620°C

350°C

800°C

1150°C

Diam. 6 mm

1000°C

720°C

350°C

1000°C

1150°C

Diam. 8 mm

1050°C

720°C

350°C

1100°C

1150°C

Head type Material Output Cable diam. Equipment Coating IP

DIN B ou DAN Light alloy 1 cable gland M20x1.5 5.5 mm to 7.5 mm Ceramic terminal strip (standard) or 4-20mA transmitter (option) Without (standard) or epoxy (DAN option) IP54 (standard) or IP65 (DAN option) Cables, cable gland. Interchangeable measuring elements.

Accessories (p. 338)

TYPES OF FASTENINGS

No fastening

Threaded fitting under head

Welded threaded fitting

Compression fitting

Sleeve threaded at the tip

EBA flange

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL TA

HEAD

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

SHEATH TYPE

Ø SHEATH (mm)

LENGTH L1 (MM) 4,500

HOT JUNCTION M

DAN : 2 DIN B : 3

1T 1J 1K 1N 2K 2J

316L : AC INCONEL600 : CM PYROSIL : DB

4,5 6 8

100 to 30,000

FASTENING 0

6 Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

Without: 0 Threaded connector under head: 1 Welded threaded connector: 2 Compression fitting: 3 Sleeve threaded at one end: 4 EBA flange: 5

OPTION THREAD: FLANGE SIZE A

LENGTH L2 (MM) -

G 1/2" : A 1/2" NPT : B 3/4" NPT : C

500

Ø SLEEVE -

LENGTH L3 (MM) -

200

TRANSMITTER -

TRANSMITTER SCALE -

100 to 500 mm

1/4" : 1 3/8" : 2 1/2" : 3

10 to 300 mm

LC5334A-100 : A LC5331A-321 : B LC5335A-100 : C

0/450

OPTIONS* -

Epoxy + screw (IP65): 1 Epoxy + lever (IP54): 2 (*): if DAN head  If IP65, screwed cover and without valve lever

DIAGRAM (MM) 1 6 8 3

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 2

TC Class 1

T (class 2) J K N 2J 2K

4.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

Sheath diameter (mm) 6 8 4 316L 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 3 PYROSIL PYROSIL 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

For any other configuration, please contact us. SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TRANSMITTER (NOT COMPATIBLE WITH DUPLEX)

Input TC TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA + HART 1.5kV

Reference LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

CONNECTION Red +

Green + Single

Black -

Duplex

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

up to 1200°C

DESCRIPTION

Sensor designed for applications in demanding environments such as powders in motion, sand, granulates, mixing of bitumen or rubber. The thermocouple is protected by a protective tube to improve its withstand.

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple Length L1 Min/Max (mm) Max. temp. (°C) of air in sensor sheath (without airflow) (theoretical)

Electrical connection

Accessories (p. 338)

TB IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 K J T N Inconel 600 316L 316L Inconel 600 1 2 1 4.5/ 6 / 8 Insulated/Earthed Single / Duplex Single 100 to 3000 mm

Pyrosil

Diam. 4.5 mm

800°C

620°C

350°C

800°C

1100°C

Diam. 6 mm

1000°C

720°C

350°C

1000°C

1100°C

Diam. 8 mm

1100°C

720°C

350°C

1100°C

1150°C

Head type Material Output Cable diam. Equipment Coating IP

DIN B or DAN Light alloy 1 cable gland M20x1.5 5.5 mm to 7.5 mm Ceramic terminal strip (standard) or 4-20mA transmitter (option) Without (standard) or epoxy (DAN option) IP54 (standard) or IP65 (DAN option) Cables, cable gland. Interchangeable measuring elements.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

HEAD

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

SHEATH TYPE

Ø SHEATH (mm) 6

LENGTH L1 (mm) 2,000

DAN : 2 DIN B : 3

1T 1J 1K 1N 2K 2J

316L : AC INCONEL600 : CM PYROSIL : DB

4.5 6 8

100 to 3000

HOT JUNCTION I

FASTENING A

6 Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

Without: 0 G1/2": A 1/2NPT: B 3/4 NPT: C

OPTION PROT. TUBE AC

PROT. TUBE Ø 1/4"

LENGTH L2 (mm) 1,500

TRANSMITTER -

TRANSMITTER SCALE

316L : AC 304L : AB AR25/20 : AK AISI446 : BB Inconel 600 : CM

13.5 mm : 1/4" 17.2 mm : 3/8" 21.3 mm : 1/2"

50 to 2950 mm

LC5334A-100 : A LC5331A-321 : B LC5335A-100 : C

0/450

OPTIONS* 1

Epoxy + screw (IP65): 1 Epoxy + lever (IP54): 2 (*): if DAN head  If IP65, screwed cover and without valve lever

DIAGRAM (MM) 1

8 3 2

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - SHEATH DIAMETER 2

TC Class 1

T (class 2) J K N 2J 2K

4.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

Sheath diameter (mm) 4 6 8 316L 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 3 INCONEL600 PYROSIL PYROSIL 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

For any other configuration, please contact us. SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TRANSMITTER (NOT COMPATIBLE WITH DUPLEX)

Input TC TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA + HART 1.5kV

Reference LC5334A-100 LC5331A-100 LC5335A-100

CONNECTION Red +

Green+ Single

Black -

Duplex

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

TMA

THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASSE

54 65 1

IEC 584-1

up to 500°C

Option

DESCRIPTION

Sensor designed for applications in abrasive environments such as powders in motion, sand, granulates, mixing of bitumen, rubber, etc. The thermocouple’s hot junction is connected to the earth for a quick response time and is protected by a tungsten carbide end-piece to ensure mechanical resistance to abrasion.

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Class Hot junction Thermocouple End-piece Material

Diameter (mm)

J 1 Earthed Single Tungsten carbide Hard chromium

Extension

AISI 310

End-piece

Extension

21 150 to 500 mm Without (standard) or threaded fitting on sheath diam.21mm or flange (option)

Fastening Max. temp. (°C) (without flow) (theoretical) Head type Material Output Cable diam. Electrical connection Equipment Coating IP

Connector

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

Accessories (p. 338)

TMA IEC 584-1

500°C (crimped earmold) DAN Light alloy 1 cable gland M20x1.5 5.5 mm to 7.5 mm Ceramic terminal strip (standard) or 4-20mA transmitter (option) Without (standard) or epoxy (DAN option) IP54 (standard) or IP65 (option DAN) Cables, cable gland

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS ï&#x192;&#x161; THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL TMA

TC -

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM) Possible choice

LENGTH L1 (mm) -

400

1 1J 1K

100 to 500

OPTION TRANSMITTER SCALE

TRANSMITTER -

DAN HEAD OPTIONS -

2 LC5334A-100 : A LC5335A-100 : C

Epoxy + screw (IP65): 1 Epoxy + lever (IP54): 2 * If IP65, screwed cover and without valve lever

DIAGRAM (MM)

TRANSMITTER

Input TC TC + Pt100

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA + HART 1.5kV

Reference LC5334A-100 LC5335A-100

CONNECTION Red + Simple

Black -

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

SKxx

THERMOCOUPLE IP

IEC 584-1

CLASS

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

SKxx, a complete range of K-thermocouple sensors and extensions for measuring ambient, surface or immersion/ penetration temperatures. Equipped with miniature male compensated connectors, these sensors are interchangeable.

EXTENSIONS

CK1

CK2

CK3

CK4

MODELS

Temperature withstand of extensions: -40 °C to +100 °C CK1 CK2 CK3 CK4

Description Terminated by male plug / female plug Terminated by male plug / 2 bare wires Terminated by 5-pin DIN plug / female socket Terminated by 2 banana plugs / female socket

Diameter

Length

Référence

4 mm

P03652909

4 mm

P03652910

4 mm

P03652913

4 mm

P03652914

ACCESSORIES / REPLACEMENT PARTS

• PP1 handle for CK extension P03652912 • Miniature 2-pole male compensated connector P03652925

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  THERMOCOUPLES

SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES FOR ORDERS Model

Model

Description

Measurement range

Tolerance class

63% response time

Plunger diameter

Plunger length

Ref.

SK20

Sheathed sensor as per the NF EN 61615 standard. Hot junction insulated from the earth. Inconel 600 protective sheath

-40 °C to +450 °C

Cl.1

1.5mm

P01655010

SK13

Sensor with stainless-steel sheath

-50 °C to +1100 °C

Cl.2

3 mm

30 cm

P03652918

SK3

Slightly bendable sensor with stainless-steel sheath

-50 °C to +1000 °C

Cl.2

4.5mm

50 cm

P03652903

SK2

Bendable sensor with stainless-steel sheath. Bend radius > 4 mm

-50 °C to +1000 °C

Cl.2

3 s in environment

2 mm

P03652902

SK6

"General-purpose" sensor recommended for measurements when access is difficult. Do not use in liquids (tip not leak-tight)

-50 °C to +285 °C

Cl.2

1 s by contact

1 mm

P03652906

SK7

In "calm" environments without moving air, shake the sensor to favour thermal exchange

-50 °C to +250 °C

Cl.2

12 s

5 mm

15 cm

P03652907

SK17

In "calm" environments without moving air, shake the sensor to favour thermal exchange

-50 °C to +600 °C

Cl.2

6 mm

13 cm

P03652921

SK1

Sensor with stainless-steel sheath for penetration (20 mm min.) in pasty, viscous or liquid substances

-50 °C to +800 °C

Cl.2

3 mm

15 cm

P03652901

SK11

Sensor with stainless-steel sheath for penetration (20 mm min.) in pasty, viscous or liquid substances

50 °C to +600 °C

Cl.2

12 s

3 mm

13 cm

P03652917

SK4

Sheathed sensor with stainless-steel sensing element and Teflon base. For small, flat surfaces. Silicone grease can be used to improve contact quality.

0°C to +250°C

Cl.2

5 mm

15 cm

P03652904

SK14

For surface temperatures when access is difficult

-50°C to +450°C

Cl.2

6 mm

13 cm

P03652919

-50°C to +500°C

Cl.2

5 mm Ø in contact 8.5 mm

15 cm

P03652905

-50°C to +900°C

Cl.2

8 mm

13 cm

P03652920

Ø 10-90 mm

32 cm

P03652908

4 mm

P03652922

SK5

SK15

For flat surfaces. The spring ensures optimum contact even if the sensor is not placed perpendicularly. Silicone grease can be used to improve contact quality. For flat surfaces. The spring ensures optimum contact even if the sensor is not placed perpendicularly. Silicone grease can be used to improve contact quality.

SK8

For measurements on pipes. The copper sheet is applied to the clean, dry pipe, with the double-sided Velcro ribbon ensuring contact by winding.

-50°C to +140°C

Cl. 2

10 s on stainless steel pipe 12 mm in diameter

SK19

Sensor with magnet for flat metal surfaces.

-50°C to +200°C

Cl.2

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

S1 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

up to 600°C

SINGLE OR

DUPLEX

DESCRIPTION

Sheathed Pt100 sensor, Class A as per IEC 60751, output via cable, for temperature measurement up to 450°C in low pressure and low flow-rate environments. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Mounting / Construction Diameter (d) (mm) Length L Min/Max (mm) Max. temp. in air (°C) Sheath Max. temperature Conductors Output

Accessories (p. 338)

Shielding braid Length Lc Min/Max (mm) Termination

S1 IEC 60751 Pt100 Ω 316L A: up to 450°C - B: from 450°C to 600°C Single: 1x3 wires or 1x4 wires - Duplex: 2x2 wires or 2x3 wires 1.6 / 3 / 4.5/ 6 / 8 See table opposite 600°C PVC FEP SILICONE 105°C 200°C 200°C 3. 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, 3. 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, 3. 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, PVC insulation FEP insulation FEP insulation 



200 to 10,000 mm Insulated bare wires Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: NO. PT100

MODEL S1

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Ø SHEATH (mm)

MOUNTING -

LENGTH L (mm) -

50/1,500

LENGTH LC (mm)

CABLE -

PVC

2,500

PROTECTIVE SPRING

CONNECTION -

1x3 wires: B 1x4 wires: C 2x2 wires: D 2x3 wires: E

1.6 3 4.5 6 8

As per table below

PVC: PVC FEP: FEP Silicone: SIL

200 to 10,000 mm

Bare wires: FN (standard) Standard 3-pin male connector: SM Miniature 3-pin male connector: MM Size-2 PC2M3 LEMO connector: LE Size 1 Jaeger connector: JA

Without: 0 With: 1 (standard)

Possible choice

 Silicone cable not possible wiith 2x3-wire mounting

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 1

Number of Pt100

Mounting

Length min./max. (mm) Sheath diameter (mm)

1x3 wires 1x4 wires 2x2 wires 2x3 wires

1 2

1.6

4.5

50 / 250 50 / 250 -

50 / 1500 50 / 1500 50 / 250 50 / 1500

CONNECTIONS Connection of 1 Pt100 Ω 1x3 wires

Connection of 1 Pt100 Ω 1x4 wires

White

White White

Red Red

Connection of 2 Pt100 Ω

2x2 wires

2x3 wires

Red

White

Red

White

Red Red

TO ORDER For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Order our standard references on p. 98

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

S2 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

up to 250°C

SINGLE OR

DUPLEX

DESCRIPTION

Sheathed Pt100 sensor, Class A as per IEC 60751, with cable output, for temperature measurement up to 200°C. Economical assembly designed for use in low-pressure, low flow-rate environments. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Mounting / Construction Diameter (d) (mm) Length L Min/Max (mm) Max. temp. in air (°C)

S2x IEC 60751 Pt100 Ω 316L A Single: 1x3 wires or 1x4 wires - Duplex: 2x2 wires or 2x3 wires 3 / 4.5/ 6 / 8 As per table opposite Max according to cable (see below) Sheath PVC FEP SILICONE Max. temperature 105°C 250°C 250°C 3, 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, PVC 3, 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, FEP 3, 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, FEP Conductors insulation insulation insulation Output   Shielding braid Length Lc 200 to 10,000 mm Min/Max (mm) Termination Insulated bare wires Accessories (p. 338) Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

CABLE

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM) Possible choice

MOUNTING

NO. PT100 -

Ø SHEATH (mm) -

LENGTH L (mm) -

LENGTH LC (mm)

150

5,200

CONNECTION -

PROTECTIVE SPRING

PVC: 0 FEP: 2 Silicone: 1

1 2

1x3 wires: B 1x4 wires: C 2x2 wires: D 2x3 wires: E

3 4,5 6 8

as per table below

200 to 10,000 mm

Bare wires: FN (standard) Standard 3-pin male connector: SM Miniature 3-pin male connector: MM Size-2 PC2M3 LEMO connector: LE Size 1 Jaeger connector: JA

Without : 0 With : 1 (standard)

DIAGRAM (MM) 7

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER 3

Number of Pt100 1 2

Min./max. length (mm) Sheath diameter (mm) 4,5 6 50 / 1500 50 / 1500 50 / 1500 50 / 1500 50 / 250 50 / 250 50 / 1500

Mounting 1x3 wires 1x4 wires 2x2 wires 2x3 wires

3 50 / 1500 50 / 1500 -

8 50 / 500 50 / 500 50 / 250 50 / 500

CONNECTIONS Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x3 wires

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x4 wires

White

White White

Red Red

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

2x2 wires

2x3 wires

Red

White

Red

White

Red Red

TO ORDER For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Order our standard references on p. 99 77

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

S41 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

JAEGER CONNECTOR

up to 600°C

DESCRIPTION

Sheathed Pt100 sensor, Class A as per IEC 60751, output via Jaeger connector, for temperature measurement up to 450°C in low-pressure and low flow-rate environments.

SPECIFICATIONS Model S41 Compliance with standards IEC 60751 Type Pt100 Ω Material 316L Class A: up to 450°C - B: from 450°C to 600°C Mounting / Construction Single: 1x3 wires or 1x4 wires - Duplex: 2x2 wires or 2x3 wires Diameter (d) (mm) 3 / 4.5/ 6 Length L Min/Max (mm) 50 … 1500 Max. temp. in air (°C) 200 or 450°C Output Connector Jaeger size 1 ref. 0532.203 Extension with female JAEGER plug and cable clamp with PVC, FEP or silicone extension cable Sheath PVC FEP SILICONE Max. temperature 105°C 200°C 200°C 3, 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, 3, 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, 3, 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, Conductors PVC insulation FEP insulation FEP insulation Extension option   Shielding braid Length Lc 200 to 10,000 mm Min/Max (mm) Termination Insulated bare wires Accessories (p. 338) Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

OPERATING TEMP. (°C)

S41

200

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM) 200 450

Possible choice

OPTION

MOUNTING

Ø (mm) -

LENGTH L (mm)

750

EXTENSION CABLE -

LENGTH LC (mm)

FEP

9,000

1x3 wires: B 1x4 wires: C 2x2 wires: D 2x3 wires: E

3 4.5 6

50 to 1,500

PVC: PVC FEP: FEP Silicone: SIL

200 to 10,000 mm

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

2 5

TO ORDER Order our standard references on p. 100 Extension option

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER Diameter (mm) 3 4.5 6

1 Pt100 1x3 wires 50/1500 50/1500 50/1500

2 Pt100 1x4 wires 50/1500 50/1500 50/1500

2x2 wires 50/250 50/250

2x3 wires 50/1500 50/1500

CONNECTIONS Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x3 wires

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x4 wires

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

2x2 wires

2x3 wires

Connector pins

White 1

White 1 White 2

Red 2 Red 3

Red 3 Red4

Red 1

White 3

White 1

White 4

Red 2

White 4

Red 2 Red 3

Red 5 Red 6

Extension wire output

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

S40 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

LEMO

CONNECTOR

up to 600°C

DESCRIPTION

Sheathed Pt100 sensor, Class A as per IEC 60751, output via LEMO connector, for temperature measurement up to 450°C in low-pressure and low flow-rate environments.

SPECIFICATIONS Model S40 Compliance with standards IEC 60751 Type Pt100 Ω Material 316L Class A: up to 450°C - B: from 450°C to 600°C Mounting / construction Single: 1x3 wires or 1x4 wires - Duplex: 2x2 wires or 2x3 wires Diameter (d) (mm) 3 / 4.5/ 6 Length L Min/Max (mm) 50 … 1500 Max. temp. in air (°C) 200 or 450°C Output Connector LEMO size 2 ref. PC2M3 Extension with female LEMO plug and PVC, FEP or silicone extension cable. Sheath PVC FEP SILICONE Max. temperature 105°C 200°C 200°C 3, 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, 3, 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, 3, 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, Conductors PVC insulation FEP insulation FEP insulation Extension option   Shielding braid Length Lc 200 to 10,000 mm Min/Max (mm) Termination Insulated bare wires Accessories (p. 338) Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

OPERATING TEMP. (°C)

S40

200

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

OPTION

MOUNTING

200 450

Ø (mm) -

LENGTH L (mm)

4.5

EXTENSION CABLE -

LENGTH LC (mm)

PVC

5,200

1x3 wires: B 1x4 wires: C 2x2 wires: D 2x3 wires: E

3 4.5 6

50 to 1,500

PVC: PVC FEP: FEP Silicone: SIL

200 to 10,000 mm

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

2 5 4

TO ORDER 1 2

1 2

4 3

1 2 3

Order our standard references on p. 100

6 5 4

Extension option

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER Diameter (mm) 3 4.5 6

1 Pt100 1x3 wires 50/1500 50/1500 50/1500

2 Pt100 1x4 wires 50/1500 50/1500 50/1500

2x2 wires 50/250 50/250 50/250

2x3 wires 50/1500 50/1500 50/1500

CONNECTIONS Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x3 wires

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x4 wires

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

2x2 wires

2x3 wires

Connector pins

White 1

White 1 White 2

Red 2 Red 3

Red 3 Red 4

Red 1

White 3

White 1

White 4

Red 2

White 4

Red 2 Red 3

Red 5 Red 6

Extension wire output

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

S44 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

STANDARD CONNECTOR

up to 600°C

DESCRIPTION

Sheathed Pt100 sensor, Class A as per IEC 60751, output via standard 3-pin male connector, for temperature measurement up to 450°C in low-pressure and low flow-rate environments.

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Mounting / Construction Diameter (d) (mm) Length L Min/Max (mm) Max. temp. in air (°C) Output Connector Type Sheath Max. temperature Extension option

Conductors Shielding braid Length Lc Min/Max (mm) Termination

Accessories (p. 338)

S44 IEC 60751 Pt100 Ω 316L A: up to 400°C - B: from 450°C to 600°C Single: 1x3 wires 3 / 4.5/ 6 50 … 1500 200 or 450°C Standard 3-pin male Extension with standard 3-pin female plug with PVC, FEP or silicone extension cable PVC FEP SILICONE 105°C 200°C 200°C 3 x 0.22 mm, PVC 3 x 0.22 mm, FEP 3 x 0.22 mm, FEP insulation insulation insulation 



200 to 10,000 mm Insulated bare wires Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

OPERATING TEMP. (°C)

S44

450

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

OPTION

Ø (mm) -

LENGTH L (mm) -

1,000

200 450

3 4,5 6

50 to 1,500

EXTENSION CABLE -

PVC

LENGTH LC (mm) -

PVC : PVC FEP : FEP Silicone : SIL

5,000

200 to 10,000 mm

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

OPERATING TEMPERATURE LIMIT ACCORDING TO DIAMETER Temperature

Diameter (mm)

200°C • • •

3 4.5 6

CONNECTIONS

TO ORDER

Standard 3-pin connector +

Order our standard references on p. 101

Pt 100 Ω

450°C • •

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

S43 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

MINIATURE CONNECTOR

up to 600°C

DESCRIPTION

Sheathed Pt100 sensor, Class A as per IEC 60751, output via miniature 3-pin connector, for temperature measurement up to 450°C in low-pressure and low flow-rate environments.

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Material Class Mounting / Construction Diameter (d) (mm) Length L Min/Max (mm) Max. temp. in air (°C) Connector Format Dimensions (Lxwxh) (mm) Temperature withstand Material

Output

Type Sheath Max. temperature Conductors

Extension option

Shielding braid Length Lc Min/Max (mm) Ending Accessories (p. 338)

S43 IEC 60751 Pt100 Ω 316L A : up to 450°C - B : from 450°C to 600°C Single: 1x3 wires 3 50 … 1500 200 / 450°C 3-pin miniature male Miniature 19 x 24 x 8 -50… + 210°C Pins: Copper - Body: glass-fibre reinforced nylon Extension with standard female 3-pin plug 3 broches and PVC, FEP or silicone extension cable PVC FEP SILICONE 105°C 200°C 200°C 3 x 0.22 mm, isolated 3 x 0.22 mm, isolated 3 x 0.22 mm, isolated PVC FEP FEP 



200 to 10 000 mm Bare and insulated wires Cable clamp for connector, female connector, leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL S43 Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM) Possible choice

OPERATING TEMP. (°C) -

450

EN OPTION

LENGTH L (mm) -

1,250

200 450

50 to 1,500

EXTENSION CABLE -

LENGTH LC (mm)

PVC

5,000

PVC : PVC FEP : FEP Silicone : SIL

200 to 10,000 mm

DIAGRAM (MM) 2

TO ORDER Order our standard references on p. 101

CONNECTION Standard 3-pin connectors +

Pt 100 Ω

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

S51 Pt100 IP

CLASS

IEC 60751

up to 600°C

SINGLE OR

DUPLEX

DESCRIPTION

Sheathed Pt100 sensor, Class A as per IEC 60751, with output via MA head for temperature measurement up to 450°C in low-pressure and low flow-rate environments. For use when the space available for the connecting head is limited.

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Class Mounting / Construction Diameter (d) (mm) Length L Min/Max (mm) Min./max. operating temperature (°C) Process connection

Electrical connection

Accessories (p. 338)

Head type Material Output Cable diameter Terminal strip IP

S51 IEC 60751 A : up to 450°C - B : from 450°C to 600°C Single: 1x3 wires or 1x4 wires Duplex: 2x2 wires 3 / 4.5 / 6 50 … 1500 -40…+200°C / -40…+450°C Without MA Light alloy 1 cable gland PG 9 x 1.5 diam.5 et 6 2 to 4 terminals IP54 Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

TEMPERATURE

S51

450

Ø (mm) -

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM) 200°C 450°C

Possible choice

MOUNTING -

LENGTH L (mm) -

750

3 4.5 6

1x3 wires: B 1x4 wires: C 2x2 wires: D

100 to 1,500 see table

DIAGRAM (MM) 3 1

CONNECTIONS

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω

1x3 wires

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

1x4 wires

White

White White

Red Red

2x2 wires

Red

White

Red

White

LENGTH ACCORDING TO MOUNTING TYPE AND SHEATH DIAMETER Number of Pt100 Diameter (mm) 1

3 4.5 6

1 1x3 wires 50/1500 50/1500 50/1500

2 Type of mounting 1x4 wires 50/1500 50/1500 50/1500

2x2 wires 50/250 50/250

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

Sx2 Pt100 IP

CLASS

IEC 60751

SINGLE OR

DUPLEX

up to 600°C

DESCRIPTION

Sheathed Pt100 sensor, Class A as per IEC 60751, with output via DAN head for temperature measurement up to 450°C in low-pressure and low flow-rate environments. The DAN head is versatile and easy to open with its valve lever and can be equipped with a terminal strip for connection or a 4-20mA transmitter. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Class Mounting / Construction Diameter (d) (mm) Length L Min/Max (mm) Min./Max. operating temp. (°C) Process connection Head type Material Output Electrical Cable diameter connection Equipment Coating IP Accessories (p. 338)

Sx2 IEC 60751 Pt100 Ω A: up to 450°C - B: from 450°C to 600°C Single: 1x3 wires or 1x4 wires - Duplex: 2x2 wires or 2x3 wires 4.5/ 6 / 8 50 … 1,500 -40…+450°C / -40…+600°C Without - under G1/2 head - extension + G1/2 fitting DAN Light alloy 1 cable gland M 20 x 1.5 5.5 to 7.5 mm Ceramic terminal strip (standard) or 4-20mA transmitter (option) None (standard) or epoxy (option) IP54 (standard) or IP65 (option) Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

PROCESS CONNECTION

HEAD

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

TEMP.

Without: 5 DAN With extension and G1/2” fitting: 6 With G1/2” fitting under head: 9

Possible choice

Ø (mm)

450

OPTION

450°C 600°C

LENGTH L (mm)

MOUNTING -

1,200

TRANSMIT. SCALE

TRANSMITTER C

4.5 6 8

1x3 wires: B 1x4 wires: C 2x2 wires: D 2x3 wires: E

100 to 1,500*

LC5331A-321 : B LC5335A-100 : C LC5333A-100 : D

0/450

OPTIONS -

Epoxy + screw (IP65): 1 Epoxy + lever (IP54): 2  If IP65, screwed cover and without valve lever

*2x2-wire mounting: length L limited to 250 mm

DIAGRAM (MM)

5 2

S52 3

S92

S62 5

CONNECTIONS

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω

1x3 wires

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

1x4 wires

White

White White

Red Red

TRANSMITTER (only with 1 Pt 100) - OPTION Transmitter Galvanic insulation

Input

Output

TC + Pt100

4-20mA

1.5kV

TC + Pt100

4-20mA + HART

1.5kV

Pt100

4-20mA

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

2x2 wires

2x3 wires

Red

White

Red

White

Red Red

For any other configuration, please contact us.

Reference

LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100 LC5333A-100 89

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

Sx3 Pt100 IP

CLASS

IEC 60751

SINGLE OR

DUPLEX

up to 600°C

DESCRIPTION

Sheathed Pt100 sensor, Class A as per IEC 60751, with output via DIN B head for temperature measurement up to 450°C in low-pressure and low flow-rate environments. The DIN B head is economical and versatile and can be equipped with a terminal strip for connection or a 4-20mA transmitter. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Class Mounting / Construction Diameter (d) (mm) Length L Min/Max (mm) Min./Max. operating temp. (°C) Process connection Head type Material Output Electrical connection Cable diameter Equipment IP Accessories (p. 338)

Sx3 IEC 60751 A: up to 450°C - B: from 450°C to 600°C Single: 1x3 wires or 1x4 wires - Duplex: 2x2 wires or 2x3 wires 4.5/ 6 / 8 50 … 1500 -40…+200°C / -40…+450°C without - under G1/2 head - extension + G1/2 fitting DIN B Light alloy 1 cable gland M 20 x 1.5 5.5 to 7.5 mm Ceramic terminal strip (standard) or 4-20mA transmitter (option) IP54 Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

PROCESS CONNECTION

HEAD

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Without: 5 With extension and G1/2” fitting: 6 With G1/2” fittings under head: 9

DIN B

Possible choice

TEMP.

Ø (mm)

450

OPTION

200°C 450°C

LENGTH L (mm)

MOUNTING -

750

TRANSMIT. SCALE

TRANSMITTER C

4.5 6 8

1x3 wires: B 1x4 wires: C 2x2 wires: D 2x3 wires: E

50 to 1,500*

LC5331A-321 : B LC5335A-100 : C LC5333A-100 : D

0/600

*2x2-wire mounting: length L limited to 250 mm - S63 mounting: length L limited to 1,400 m

DIAGRAM (MM) 5

S53

S93

S63 5

CONNECTIONS

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω

1x3 wires

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

1x4 wires

White

White White

Red Red

TRANSMITTER (only with 1 Pt 100) - OPTION Transmitter Galvanic insulation

Input

Output

TC + Pt100

4-20mA

1.5kV

TC + Pt100

4-20mA + HART

1.5kV

Pt100

4-20mA

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

2x2 wires

2x3 wires

Red

White

Red

White

Red Red

For any other configuration, please contact us.

Reference

LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100 LC5333A-100 91

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

SPxx Pt100 IP

CLASS CLASS

IEC 584-1 60751

NF EN up to 600° C 60584-1

jusqu'à 1200°C

DESCRIPTION

SPxx is a comprehensive range of Pt100 resistive sensors for measuring ambient, surface or immersion / penetration temperatures. The Class A/B Pt100 sensors fulfil a wide range of requirements: temperature measurement of ambient air, liquid, pasty, viscous or industrial products in the range from -100 °C to 600 °C. Each sensor is equipped with a handle and spiral cable for manual measurement (45 cm to 1 m) and a miniature male connector with 3 flat pins.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SHEATHED SENSORS  PT100

SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES FOR ORDERS Model

Model

Description

Measurement range

Tolerance class

63% response time

Plunger diameter

Plunger length

References

SP14

General-purpose sensor. Stainless-steel sheath

-40 °C to 450 °C

Cl. A

3 mm

20 cm

P01655020

SP10

Surface sensor with spring

-50 °C to 200 °C

Cl. B

5 mm

13 cm

P03652712

SP11

Stainless-steel needle sensor for penetration

-100 °C to 600 °C

Cl. B

3 mm

13 cm

P03652713

SP12

Air sensor

-100 °C to 600 °C

Cl. B

5 mm

13 cm

P03652714

SP13

Stainless-steel sensor for immersion

-100 °C to 600 °C

Cl. B

3 mm

13 cm

P03652715

RELATED PRODUCTS

Contact thermometers For thermocouple

For temperature sensor

CA 1821 CA 1822 see page 342

CA 1823

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

see page 343

ORDER YOU SHEATHED SENSOR  THERMOCOUPLE

TCG1

Bare wire output

TC 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K

Sheath type INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600

Ø sheath (mm) 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 1 1 1 1 1 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8

Length L (mm) 262 512 1012 2012 3012 262 512 1012 2012 3012 262 512 1012 2012 3012 262 512 1012 2012 3012 262 512 1012 2012 3012 262 512 1012 2012 3012 262 512 1012 2012 3012 262 512 1012 2012 3012

Hot junction Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated

Configurator code TCG1-1K-CM-0,5-262-I TCG1-1K-CM-0,5-512-I TCG1-1K-CM-0,5-1012-I TCG1-1K-CM-0,5-2012-I TCG1-1K-CM-0,5-3012-I TCG1-1K-CM-1-262-I TCG1-1K-CM-1-512-I TCG1-1K-CM-1-1012-I TCG1-1K-CM-1-2012-I TCG1-1K-CM-1-3012-I TCG1-1K-CM-1,5-262-I TCG1-1K-CM-1,5-512-I TCG1-1K-CM-1,5-1012-I TCG1-1K-CM-1,5-2012-I TCG1-1K-CM-1,5-3012-I TCG1-1K-CM-2-262-I TCG1-1K-CM-2-512-I TCG1-1K-CM-2-1012-I TCG1-1K-CM-2-2012-I TCG1-1K-CM-2-3012-I TCG1-1K-CM-3-262-I TCG1-1K-CM-3-512-I TCG1-1K-CM-3-1012-I TCG1-1K-CM-3-2012-I TCG1-1K-CM-3-3012-I TCG1-1K-CM-4,5-262-I TCG1-1K-CM-4,5-512-I TCG1-1K-CM-4,5-1012-I TCG1-1K-CM-4,5-2012-I TCG1-1K-CM-4,5-3012-I TCG1-1K-CM-6-262-I TCG1-1K-CM-6-512-I TCG1-1K-CM-6-1012-I TCG1-1K-CM-6-2012-I TCG1-1K-CM-6-3012-I TCG1-1K-CM-8-262-I TCG1-1K-CM-8-512-I TCG1-1K-CM-8-1012-I TCG1-1K-CM-8-2012-I TCG1-1K-CM-8-3012-I

Reference L220151-009 L220151-014 L220151-024 L220151-034 L220151-038 L220152-009 L220152-014 L220152-024 L220152-034 L220152-038 L220153-009 L220153-014 L220153-024 L220153-034 L220153-038 L220154-009 L220154-014 L220154-024 L220154-034 L220154-038 L220155-009 L220155-014 L220155-024 L220155-034 L220155-038 L220156-009 L220156-014 L220156-024 L220156-034 L220156-038 L220157-009 L220157-014 L220157-024 L220157-034 L220157-038 L220158-009 L220158-014 L220158-024 L220158-034 L220158-038

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

ORDER YOUR SHEATHED SENSOR  THERMOCOUPLE

TCG3

Sheath type

1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K

INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600

Ø sheath Length L (mm) (mm) 1,5 100 1,5 150 1,5 200 1,5 250 1,5 300 1,5 400 1,5 500 1,5 750 1,5 1000 1,5 2000 1,5 3000 3 100 3 150 3 200 3 250 3 300 3 400 3 500 3 750 3 1000 3 2000 3 3000 4,5 100 4,5 150 4,5 200 4,5 250 4,5 300 4,5 400 4,5 500 4,5 750 4,5 1000 4,5 2000 4,5 3000 6 100 6 150 6 200 6 250 6 300 6 400 6 500 6 750 6 1000 6 2000 6 3000

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Length Lc (mm) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

Length L (mm) Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire

Hot junction Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without Without

Configurator code

Reference

TCG3-1K-CM-1,5-100-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-1,5-150-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-1,5-200-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-1,5-250-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-1,5-300-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-1,5-400-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-1,5-500-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-1,5-750-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-1,5-1000-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-1,5-2000-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-1,5-3000-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-3-100-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-3-150-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-3-200-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-3-250-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-3-300-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-3-400-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-3-500-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-3-750-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-3-1000-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-3-2000-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-3-3000-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-4,5-100-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-4,5-150-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-4,5-200-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-4,5-250-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-4,5-300-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-4,5-400-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-4,5-500-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-4,5-750-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-4,5-1000-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-4,5-2000-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-4,5-3000-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-6-100-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-6-150-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-6-200-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-6-250-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-6-300-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-6-400-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-6-500-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-6-750-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-6-1000-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-6-2000-I-2000-FN-1 TCG3-1K-CM-6-3000-I-2000-FN-1

L220353-100 L220353-150 L220353-200 L220353-509 L220353-300 L220353-400 L220353-514 L220353-750 L220353-524 L220353-534 L220353-538 L220355-100 L220355-150 L220355-200 L220355-509 L220355-300 L220355-400 L220355-514 L220355-750 L220355-524 L220355-534 L220355-538 L220356-100 L220356-150 L220356-200 L220356-509 L220356-300 L220356-400 L220356-514 L220356-750 L220356-524 L220356-534 L220356-538 L220357-100 L220357-150 L220357-200 L220357-509 L220357-300 L220357-400 L220357-514 L220357-750 L220357-524 L220357-534 L220357-538

ORDER YOU SHEATHED SENSOR  THERMOCOUPLE

TCG6

TC 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K

Ø sheath (mm) 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 3 3 3 3 3 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6 6 6

Length L (mm) 250 500 1000 2000 3000 250 500 1000 2000 3000 250 500 1000 2000 3000 250 500 1000 2000 3000

Configurator code TCG6-1K-CM-1,5-250-I TCG6-1K-CM-1,5-500-I TCG6-1K-CM-1,5-1000-I TCG6-1K-CM-1,5-2000-I TCG6-1K-CM-1,5-3000-I TCG6-1K-CM-3-250-I TCG6-1K-CM-3-500-I TCG6-1K-CM-3-1000-I TCG6-1K-CM-3-2000-I TCG6-1K-CM-3-3000-I TCG6-1K-CM-4,5-250-I TCG6-1K-CM-4,5-500-I TCG6-1K-CM-4,5-1000-I TCG6-1K-CM-4,5-2000-I TCG6-1K-CM-4,5-3000-I TCG6-1K-CM-6-250-I TCG6-1K-CM-6-500-I TCG6-1K-CM-6-1000-I TCG6-1K-CM-6-2000-I TCG6-1K-CM-6-3000-I

Reference L220653-009 L220653-014 L220653-024 L220653-034 L220653-038 L220655-009 L220655-014 L220655-024 L220655-034 L220655-038 L220656-009 L220656-014 L220656-024 L220656-034 L220656-038 L220657-009 L220657-014 L220657-024 L220657-034 L220657-038

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

ORDER YOU SHEATHED SENSOR  THERMOCOUPLE

TCG11

TC 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K

Sheath type INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600

Ø sheath (mm) 1 1 1 1 1 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 3 3 3 3 3

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Length L (mm) 250 500 1000 2000 3000 250 500 1000 2000 3000 250 500 1000 2000 3000

Hot junction Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated

Configurator code TCG11-1K-CM-1-250-I TCG11-1K-CM-1-500-I TCG11-1K-CM-1-1000-I TCG11-1K-CM-1-2000-I TCG11-1K-CM-1-3000-I TCG11-1K-CM-1,5-250-I TCG11-1K-CM-1,5-500-I TCG11-1K-CM-1,5-1000-I TCG11-1K-CM-1,5-2000-I TCG11-1K-CM-1,5-3000-I TCG11-1K-CM-3-250-I TCG11-1K-CM-3-500-I TCG11-1K-CM-3-1000-I TCG11-1K-CM-3-2000-I TCG11-1K-CM-3-3000-I

Reference L221152-009 L221152-014 L221152-024 L221152-034 L221152-038 L221153-009 L221153-014 L221153-024 L221153-034 L221153-038 L221155-009 L221155-014 L221155-024 L221155-034 L221155-038

ORDER YOU SHEATHED SENSOR ï&#x192;&#x161; PT100

PT100 number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Mounting

Diameter

Length

Cable

C C C C C C C C C C C C E E E E E E E E E E E E

3 3 3 4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6 8 8 8 3 3 3 4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6 8 8 8

500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500

PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC

Cable length 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

Connection

Spring

FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Class A temperature 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450

Max temperature 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600

Configurator code S1-1-C-3-500-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-1-C-3-1000-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-1-C-3-1500-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-1-C-4,5-500-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-1-C-4,5-1000-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-1-C-4,5-1500-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-1-C-6-500-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-1-C-6-1000-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-1-C-6-1500-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-1-C-8-500-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-1-C-8-1000-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-1-C-8-1500-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-2-E-3-500-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-2-E-3-1000-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-2-E-3-1500-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-2-E-4,5-500-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-2-E-4,5-1000-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-2-E-4,5-1500-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-2-E-6-500-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-2-E-6-1000-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-2-E-6-1500-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-2-E-8-500-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-2-E-8-1000-PVC-2000-FN-1 S1-2-E-8-1500-PVC-2000-FN-1

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

ORDER YOU SHEATHED SENSOR ï&#x192;&#x161; PT100

PT100 number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Mounting

Diameter

Length

Cable

C C C C C C C C C E E E E E E E E E

3 3 3 4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6 3 3 3 4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6

500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500

PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Cable length 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

Connection

Spring

FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN FN

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Class A temperature 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

Max temperature 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300

Configurator code S2-0-1-C-3-500-2000-FN-1 S2-0-1-C-3-1000-2000-FN-1 S2-0-1-C-3-1500-2000-FN-1 S2-0-1-C-4,5-500-2000-FN-1 S2-0-1-C-4,5-1000-2000-FN-1 S2-0-1-C-4,5-1500-2000-FN-1 S2-0-1-C-6-500-2000-FN-1 S2-0-1-C-6-1000-2000-FN-1 S2-0-1-C-6-1500-2000-FN-1 S2-0-2-E-3-500-2000-FN-1 S2-0-2-E-3-1000-2000-FN-1 S2-0-2-E-3-1500-2000-FN-1 S2-0-2-E-4,5-500-2000-FN-1 S2-0-2-E-4,5-1000-2000-FN-1 S2-0-2-E-4,5-1500-2000-FN-1 S2-0-2-E-6-500-2000-FN-1 S2-0-2-E-6-1000-2000-FN-1 S2-0-2-E-6-1500-2000-FN-1

ORDER YOU SHEATHED SENSOR ï&#x192;&#x161; PT100

S41

PT100 number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Mounting C C C C C C C C C E E E E E E E E E

Diameter 3 3 3 4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6 3 3 3 4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6

Length 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500

Class A temperature 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450

Max temperature 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600

Configurator code S41-450-C-3-500 S41-450-C-3-1000 S41-450-C-3-1500 S41-450-C-4,5-500 S41-450-C-4,5-1000 S41-450-C-4,5-1500 S41-450-C-6-500 S41-450-C-6-1000 S41-450-C-6-1500 S41-450-E-3-500 S41-450-E-3-1000 S41-450-E-3-1500 S41-450-E-4,5-500 S41-450-E-4,5-1000 S41-450-E-4,5-1500 S41-450-E-6-500 S41-450-E-6-1000 S41-450-E-6-1500

Mounting C C C C C C C C C E E E E E E E E E

Diameter 3 3 3 4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6 3 3 3 4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6

Length 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500

Class A temperature 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450

Max temperature 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600

Configurator code S40-450-C-3-500 S40-450-C-3-1000 S40-450-C-3-1500 S40-450-C-4,5-500 S40-450-C-4,5-1000 S40-450-C-4,5-1500 S40-450-C-6-500 S40-450-C-6-1000 S40-450-C-6-1500 S40-450-E-3-500 S40-450-E-3-1000 S40-450-E-3-1500 S40-450-E-4,5-500 S40-450-E-4,5-1000 S40-450-E-4,5-1500 S40-450-E-6-500 S40-450-E-6-1000 S40-450-E-6-1500

S40

PT100 number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

100

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

ORDER YOU SHEATHED SENSOR ï&#x192;&#x161; PT100

S44

PT100 number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Diameter 3 3 3 4,5 4,5 4,5 6 6 6

Length 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500 500 1000 1500

Class A temperature 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450

Max temperature 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600

Configurator code S44-450-3-500 S44-450-3-1000 S44-450-3-1500 S44-450-4,5-500 S44-450-4,5-1000 S44-450-4,5-1500 S44-450-6-500 S44-450-6-1000 S44-450-6-1500

PT100 number 1 1 1

Diameter 3 3 3

Length 500 1000 1500

Class A temperature 450 450 450

Max temperature 600 600 600

Configurator code S43-500 S43-1000 S43-1500

S43

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

101

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS

102

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

108

108 110 112 114 116 118 120

DEMOUNTABLE STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

122

F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

DEMOUNTABLE ELBOWED CADID ASSEMBLIES

126

LB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 LD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 LE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

BENT CADID ASSEMBLIES XB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

134

134 136 138 140

103

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS

TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ASSEMBLIES CADID RANGE

Î Applications : temperature of baths, ovens, furnaces and incinerators in

metallurgy and glass manufacturing.

Î Manufactured

with all the types of thermocouples frequently used for pyrometry, proposed with single or duplex mounting.

Î Depending on the protective tube, they may be used in neutral, reducing,

oxidizing, corrosive, sulphurous or carburizing atmospheres.

Î COMPLETE RANGE Î 16

assembly models divided into 3 series: normal, reinforced and high-temperature, defined according to the temperature and atmosphere. Various profiles and protective tubes are available.

Î Configurable

assemblies: wide choice of terminations to be defined (material, connecting head, etc.)

CHOOSE YOUR CADID ASSEMBLY

CONFIGURE YOUR CADID ASSEMBLY

CHOICE OF PROTECTIVE TUBE PROFILE

CONFIGURATOR CODE

FOR FURNACES AND OVENS CADID Series

COMMISSIONING GUIDE

Operating conditions

NORMAL

General use

REINFORCED

Adapted for more corrosive atmospheres and/or higher temperatures (thicker protection without welds)

HIGH-TEMPERATURE

Adapted for high temperatures (alumina/ceramic protection)

Straight profile basic profile for standard use

Demountable straight profile the protective tube can be replaced in the event of wear or breakage

FOR BATHS Bent profile bending of the protective tube helps to protect against aggressive vapour above the bath. Demountable elbowed profile: the protective tube is interchangeable

104

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS

CADID ASSEMBLY SELECTION GUIDE

17 CADID assembly models are available with specific technical characteristics Straight

Demountable straight

Demountable elbowed

Bent

CADID A page 108

Mechanicallywelded protective tube

CADID B page 110

CADID LB page 126

CADID XB page 134

With internal sheath

CADID C page 112

CADID LC page 128

CADID XC page 136

Metal, drilled from bar stock

CADID D page 114

CADID F page 122

CADID LD page 130

CADID XD page 138

With internal sheath

CADID E page 116

CADID G page 124

CADID LE page 132

CADID XE page 140

Ceramic or alumina sheath

CADID H page 118

With internal sheath

CADID J page 120

Protective tube profile Thermocouple protection

Without protective tube

Normal series

Reinforced series

Hightemperature series

CHOOSE YOUR CADID ASSEMBLY

CONFIGURE YOUR CADID ASSEMBLY

For each CADID assembly model, various configurations need to be defined.

Advice for optimizing your thermocouple’s life span

STEP 1: THERMOCOUPLE Conductor type J

Iron/ Copper-Nickel

Conductor type °C Min.

Max.

- 40

+ 750

Nickel-Chrome / Nickel alloy

10% RhodiumPlatinum/ Platinum

+ 1,600

5% RhodiumPlatinum / 30% Rhodium-Platinum

+ 600

+ 1,700

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

- 40

+ 1,000

Tolerance values

Ø of wires (mm)

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5 2.3 3.0

1°C for t < 1100°C

[1 + 0.003 x (t-1100)] for t > 1100°C

1.5°C or 0.25% of t

COMMISSIONING GUIDE

0.35 0.5 0.35 0.5

Choose a thermocouple with a higher temperature withstand

Increase the diameter of the thermocouple wires

Protect the thermocouple with a 2nd alumina 710 sheath

105

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS

Temperature and voltage in mV, extract from the IEC584 correspondence table: T°

-40°C 0°C 50°C 100°C 150°C 200°C 300°C 400°C 500°C 600°C 800°C 1000°C 1200°C 1400°C 1600°C 1800°C 2000°C

T -1.475 0 2.036 4.279 6.704 9.288 14.862 20.872

J -1.960 0 2.585 5.269 8.010 10.779 16.327 21.848 27.393 33.102

k -1.527 0 2.023 4.096 6.138 8.138 12.209 16.397 20.644 24.905 33.275 41.276 48.838

Type of thermocouple IEC584 N R -1.023 -0.188 0 0 1.340 0.296 2.774 0.647 4.302 1.041 5.919 1.469 9.341 2.401 12.974 3.408 16.748 4.471 20.613 5.583 28.455 7.980 36.256 10.506 43.846 13.228 16.040 18.843

B 0 0,002 0,033 0,092 0,178 0,431 0,787 1,242 1,792 3,154 4,834 6,786 8.956 11.263 13.591

ASTM E988 WRe 3% -25% 0 0.528 1.145 1.841 2.603 4.287 6.130 8.078 10.088 14.170 18.230 22.149 25.882 29.412 32.712 35.717

STEP 2: PROTECTIVE TUBE MATERIAL Series

Atmosphere Neutral or oxidizing

Normal

Reducing Sulphurous or carburizing Corrosive Neutral Neutral or oxidizing

Reinforced Reducing Sulphurous or carburizing Corrosive Neutral or oxidizing Hightemperature

Reducing Sulphurous or carburizing

Max. temperature 800°C 1,050°C 1,050°C 1,100°C 1,050°C 800°C 1,050°C 1,050°C 1,100°C 1,050°C 1,100°C 1,050°C 1,400°C 1,500°C 1,050°C 1,100°C 1 350°C 1,400°C

Protective tube material AISI 304L AISI 316L AISI 446 Inconel 600 AISI 446 AISI 446 Pure iron AISI 316L AISI 446 Inconel 600 AISI 446 Inconel 600 AISI 446 Inconel 600 AISI 446 Inconel 600 AISI 304L AISI 316L Ceramic-alumina Double ceramic-alumina

STEP 3: FASTENING OF SENSOR Fastening

Sleeve

Screwed fitting

Flange

Construction

Technical characteristics

106

The sleeve is screwed or welded on the process.

G (gas) threading NPT threading as per ANSI B 1.20.1. It The flanges are defined according Parallel internal thread is designed according to an American to the DIN or ANSI/ASME ensuring tightness via standard for self-packing duct joints standards. They are distinguished surfaces upstream of . Tightness is achieved by tightening by their material, nominal the threading (seal) the joint on the installation. diameter and pressure withstand.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS

STEP 4:CONNECTING HEAD Model

DIN A

DIN B

DAN

Screw-on cover 3/4 sleeve max.

Screw-on cover ½ sleeve max. The smallest and the most economical

Captive pivoting cover ½ sleeve max. Quick opening/closing Cover part of base

Construction

Technical characteristics

Easy wiring

CHOOSE YOUR CADID ASSEMBLY

CONFIGURE YOUR CADID ASSEMBLY

COMMISSIONING GUIDE

ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

Thermocouple wiring DIAGRAM (MM)s

SINGLE

DUPLEX

EXTENSION AND COMPENSATION CABLES

Extension cables Manufactured with wires of the same materials as the wires of the corresponding thermocouples. They are identified by the letter “X” placed after the code of the thermocouple, e.g. “KX”. Compensation cables Manufactured with wires of different materials from the corresponding thermocouple wires. They are identified by the letter “C” placed after the code of the thermocouple.

TC code

Extension Compensation code code

NFC 42323 Feb. 1985

IEC 584-3 July 90 NFC 42324 Dec. 93

Installation recommendations

CADID assemblies must be handled with care.

The assemblies with alumina/ceramic sheaths cannot withstand any shocks or bending.

For the first time a new furnace is heated: raise by 100°C max. per hour. If it is necessary to mount the assembly when it is hot, insert the assembly in several stages, particularly if the assembly has an alumina sheath.

R-S

KC/SCA

COMMISSIONING

Cold mounting is recommended to avoid thermal shock. SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

107

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID A THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1050°C

DESCRIPTION

Straight temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type A

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

1.5/ 2.3 / 3.0

Single / Duplex

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 2,000 mm

Length L2 Min/Max (mm)

200 to 1,500 mm

Sleeve

Material

stainless steel

Length

100 to 500 mm

Diameter Fastening

Output

DAN

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) Transmitter

IP Accessories (p. 338)

1/2" None / stainless-steel fitting / flange

Head type

108

1.5

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables, EBA flanges

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

TYPE

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

Ø WIRE -

3,0

HEAD

LENGTH L1 (mm)

DAN

1,000

FASTENING -

001

LENGTH L2 (mm) -

TRANSMITTER

200

1J 1K 2J 2K

1.5 2.3 3.0

DIN B: DIB DAN: DAN

300 to 2,000

Without: 000 G3/4”: 001 3/4”NPT: 002 Flange: as per table below

200 to 1,500

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER Conductor type °C Mini Maxi

Conductor type

Tolerance values

Ø of wires (mm)

1.5 1.5 2.3 3.0

Iron / CopperNickel

-40

+750

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

Nickel Chrome/ Nickel

+1200

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

FASTENING

OPTION TRANSMITTER SCALE 0/150

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B

DAN 2

Flange code

Material

405 400 413

316L 316L 316L

EN1092-1 PN 10/40 10/40 10/40

DN 25 40 50

Face B1 B1 B1

TRANSMITTER (1 TC ONLY) - OPTION Input TC TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Output 4-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA + HART

Transmitter Galvanic insulation 1.5kV 1.5kV

Reference

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

1.5kV

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

For any other configuration, please contact us.

Green + Single

Black -

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Duplex -

109

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID B THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1050°C

DESCRIPTION

Straight temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type B

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

1.5/ 2.3 / 3.0

1.5

Single / Duplex

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 2,000 mm

Length L2 Min/Max (mm)

200 to 1,500 mm Necked welded

Protective tube

Material

304L / 310 / 316 / 446 / INCONEL 600

Diameter Fastening Head type

Output

110

DAN

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) Transmitter

IP Accessories (p. 338)

3/8" - 1/2" None / stainless-steel fitting / flange

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables, EBA flanges

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

TYPE B

Ø WIRE

TC -

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

1,5

HEAD -

OPTION

PROTECTIVE TUBE

DIB

Ø PROT.

1/2"

LENGTH L1 (mm) -

1,000

LENGTH L2 (mm)

FASTENING 003

500

1J 1K 2J 2K

1.5 2.3 3.0

DIN B : DIB DAN : DAN

304L : AB 310 : BA 316L : AC 446 : BB Inconel 600 : CM

3/8" 1/2"

300 to 2,000

Without: 000 G1/2”: 003 G3/4”: 001 1/2”NPT: 004 3/4”NPT: 002 Flange: as per table below

200 to 1,500

LC5334A-100 : A LC5331A-321 : B LC5335A-100 : C

Conductor type °C

Conductor type

Min.

Max.

Tolerance values

Ø of wires (mm)

Iron/CopperNickel

-40

+750

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5

NickelChrome/ Nickel alloy

-40

+1,000

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5 2.3 3.0

FASTENING

0/150

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER

TRANSMITTER SCALE

TRANSMITTER

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B

DAN 2

Flange code

Material

405 400 413

316L 316L 316L

EN1092-1 PN 10/40 10/40 10/40

DN 25 40 50

Face B1 B1 B1

TRANSMITTER 1 TC ONLY- OPTION Input TC TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Output 4-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA + HART

Transmitter Galvanic insulation 1.5kV 1.5kV

Reference

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

1.5kV

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

For any other configuration, please contact us.

Green + Single

Black -

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Duplex -

111

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID C THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1050°C

DESCRIPTION

Straight temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type C

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

0.35 / 0.5

Single / Duplex

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 2,000 mm

Length L2 Min/Max (mm)

200 to 1,500 mm

Internal sheath

Ceramic 610 Diam.10x1.5 mm Necked welded

Protective tube

Material

310 / 446 / INCONEL 600

Diameter

1/2" None / stainless-steel fitting / flange

Fastening Head type

Output

112

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) Transmitter

IP Accessories (p. 338)

DAN

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables, EBA flanges

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

TYPE

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

Ø WIRE -

0.5

HEAD DAN

OPTION

PROTECTIVE TUBE BB

LENGTH L1 (mm)

FASTENING -

000

200

1S 2S

0.35 0.5

DIN B: DIB DAN: DAN

310: BA 446: BB Inconel 600: CM

300 to 2,000

Without: 000 G3/4”: 001 3/4”NPT: 002 Flange: as per table below

200 to 1,500

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

Conductor type °C Min. Max.

Conductor type 10 % rhodiumplatinum/ Platinum

+1,600

Tolerance values

Ø of wires (mm)

1°C for t < 1100°C [1 + 0.003 x (t-1100)] for t > 1100°C

0.35 0.5

FASTENING

TRANSMITTER SCALE

TRANSMITTER

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER

500

LENGTH L2 (mm)

0/200

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B

DAN 2

Flange code

Material

405 400 413

316L 316L 316L

DN 25 40 50

EN1092-1 PN 10/40 10/40 10/40

Face B1 B1 B1

TRANSMITTER (1 TC ONLY) - OPTION Input TC TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Transmitter Output Galvanic insulation 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA + 1.5kV HART

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321

Single

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

6 3

LC5335A-100

For any other configuration, please contact us.

Green +

Black -

Reference

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

Duplex -

113

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID D THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Straight temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type D

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

1.5/ 2.3 / 3.0

1.5

Single / Duplex

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 2,000 mm Metal, drilled from bar stock

Protective tube

Material Pure iron / 310 / 446 / INCONEL 600 Diameter Head type

Output

114

DAN

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) Transmitter

IP Accessories (p. 338)

30 x 7 mm

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables, EBA flanges

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

TYPE D

TC 1K

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

Ø WIRE 3.0

HEAD DAN

OPTION

PROTECTIVE TUBE BB

1J 1K 2J 2K

1.5 2.3 3.0

DIN B: DIB DAN: DAN

310: BA 446: BB Inconel 600: CM Pure iron: FF

300 to 2,000

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

Conductor type °C Min. Max.

Tolerance Ø of wires values (mm)

Iron/CopperNickel

-40

+750

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5

NickelChrome/ Nickel

-40

+ 1,000

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5 2.3 3.0

TRANSMITTER (1 TC ONLY) - OPTION

TC + Pt100

800

Input TC TC + Pt100

TRANSMITTER

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER Conductor type

LENGTH L1 (mm)

Output 4-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA + HART

TRANSMITTER SCALE 0/150

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B

DAN 2

Transmitter Galvanic insulation 1.5kV 1.5kV

Reference

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

1.5kV

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

Green + Single

Black -

Duplex -

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

115

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID E THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Straight temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type E

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

1.5

0.35 / 0.5 Single / Duplex

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 2,000 mm Metal, drilled from bar stock

Protective tube

Internal sheath

Material Pure iron / 310 / 446 / INCONEL 600 Diameter

30 x 7 mm

Material

Ceramic 610

Diameter

15 x 2 mm

Head type

Output

116

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) Transmitter

IP Accessories (p. 338)

DAN

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

TYPE E

TC -

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

Ø WIRE 0.35

HEAD DIB

OPTION

PROTECTIVE TUBE BA

NickelChrome/ Nickel

10% rhodiumplatinum / Platinum

TC + Pt100

1,200

1K 1S 2K 2S

0.35 0.5 1.5

DIN B: DIB DAN: DAN

310: BA 446: BB Inconel 600: CM Pure iron: FF

300 to 2,000

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

Conductor type °C

Ø of wires (mm)

Min.

Max.

Tolerance values

-40

+ 1,000

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5

+ 1,600

1°C for t < 1100°C [1 + 0.003 x (t-1100)] for t > 1100°C

0.35 0.5

TRANSMITTER (1 TC ONLY) - OPTION Input TC TC + Pt100

TRANSMITTER

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER Conductor type

LENGTH L1 (mm)

Output 4-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA + HART

TRANSMITTER SCALE -

0/150

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B

DAN 2

Transmitter Galvanic insulation 1.5kV 1.5kV

Reference

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

1.5kV

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

Green + Single

Black -

Duplex -

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

117

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID H THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1500°C

DESCRIPTION

Straight temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type H

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

0.35/0.5

Beaded, ceramic beads

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 2,000 mm Stainless steel, diam.1/2", length 80mm

Sealing sleeve Material

Ceramic 610

Alumina 710

Diameter

15 x 2 mm

15 x 2.5 mm

Head type

DAN

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip

IP Accessories (p. 338)

118

0.5

Single / Duplex

TC mounting

Output

2.3

Sheath

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

TYPE H

TC -

Ø WIRE

2.3

HEAD -

SHEATH

DAN

LENGTH L1 (mm) -

850

LENGTH LM (mm) 80

FASTENING -

001

LENGTH L2 (mm) 500

Référence tableau et schéma

Choix possible

1K 1S 1B 2K 2S 2B

0.35 0.5 2.3

DIN B : DIB DAN : DAN

Ceramic 610: FP Alumina 710: FQ

300 to 2,000

LM > 80mm LM Standard: 80 mm

Without: 000 G3/4”: 001 3/4”NPT: 002 Flange: as per table below

200 to 1,500

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER Conductor type °C Min. Max.

Conductor type

Tolerance values

Ø of wires (mm)

+ 1,000

1°C or 0.4% of t

2.3 0.35 0.5

0.5

NickelChrome/ Nickel

10% rhodiumplatinum / Platinum

+ 1,600

1°C for t < 1100°C [1 + 0.003 x (t- 1100)] for t > 1100°C

10% rhodiumplatinum / 30% rhodiumplatinum

+ 600

+ 1,700

1.5°C or 0.25% of t

- 40

FASTENING

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B

DAN 2

Flange code

Material

405 400 413

316L 316L 316L

DN 25 40 50

EN1092-1 PN 10/40 10/40 10/40

Face B1 B1 B1

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

Green + Single

Black -

Duplex -

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

119

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID J THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1500°C

DESCRIPTION

Straight temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type J

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

0.35 / 0.5

Single / Duplex

TC mounting

Beaded, ceramic beads

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 2,000 mm

Sealing sleeve External sheath

Internal sheath

Output

Stainless steel, diam.32 x 2mm, length 150mm Material

Metal-Ceramic

Ceramic 610

Ceramic 530

Ceramic 710

Diameter

22x 3 mm

24 x 2.5 mm

26 x 4 mm

24 x 3 mm

Material

Ceramic 610

Alumina 710

Diameter

15 x 2 mm

15 x 2.5 mm

Head type

DIN A

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip

IP Accessories (p. 338)

120

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

TYPE J

TCW -

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

Ø WIRE 0.5

EXTERNAL SHEATH GD

LENGTH L1 (mm) 1,000

INTERNAL SHEATH -

LENGTH LM (mm) 200

FASTENING -

001

LENGTH L2 (mm) 500

1S 1B 2S 2B

0.35 0.5

Metal-Ceramic: GD Ceramic 610: FP Ceramic 530: FR Alumina 710: FQ

300 to 2,000

Ceramic 610: FP Alumina 710: FQ

LM > 150mm LM Standard: 200 mm

Without: 000 G3/4”: 001 3/4”NPT: 002 Flange: as per table below

200 to 1,500

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER

Conductor type °C

Conductor type

Min.

Max.

Tolerance values

Ø of wires (mm)

0.35 0.5

10% rhodiumplatinum / Platinum

+ 1,600

1°C for t < 1100°C [1 + 0.003 x (t- 1100)] for t > 1100°C

10% rhodiumplatinum / 30% rhodiumplatinum

+ 600

+ 1,700

1.5°C or 0.25% of t

FASTENING

DIAGRAM (MM)

Flange code

Material

405 400 413

316L 316L 316L

DN 25 40 50

EN1092-1 PN 10/40 10/40 10/40

Face B1 B1 B1

Green + Single

Black -

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

Duplex -

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

121

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  DEMOUNTABLE STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID F THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1050°C

DESCRIPTION

Demountable straight temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type F

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

1.5/ 2.3 / 3.0

1.5

Single / Duplex

TC mounting

Beaded, ceramic beads

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 2,000 mm Stainless steel, diam.1/2", length 200 mm

Sleeve

Metal, drilled from bar stock Protective tube

Material Pure iron / 310 / 446 / INCONEL 600 Diameter Head type

Output

122

DAN

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) Transmitter

IP Accessories (p. 338)

30 x 7 mm

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  DEMOUNTABLE STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

TYPE F

TC -

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

Ø WIRE 1.5

HEAD DB

OPTION

PROTECTIVE TUBE FF

Iron/ CopperNickel NickelChrome/ Nickel alloy

J K

TC + Pt100

450

1J 1K 2J 2K

1.5 2.3 3.0

DIN B: DIB DAN: DAN

Pure iron: FF 310: BA 446: BB Inconel 600: CM

300 to 2,000

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

Conductor type °C

Ø of wires (mm)

Min.

Max.

Tolerance values

-40

+750

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5

-40

+ 1,000

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5 2.3 3.0

Output 4-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA + HART

TRANSMITTER SCALE -

TRANSMITTER (1 TC ONLY) - OPTION Input TC TC + Pt100

TRANSMITTER

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER Conductor type

LENGTH L1 (mm)

0/150

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B

DIB 2

Transmitter Galvanic insulation 1.5kV 1.5kV

Reference

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

1.5kV

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

Green + Single

Black -

Duplex -

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

123

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  DEMOUNTABLE STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID G THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1050°C

DESCRIPTION

Demountable straight temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type G

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

1.5

0.35 / 0.5 Single / Duplex

TC mounting

Beaded, ceramic beads

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 2,000 mm Stainless steel, diam.1/2", length 200mm

Sleeve

Metal, drilled from bar stock Protective tube

Internal sheath

Material Pure iron / 310 / 446 / INCONEL 600 Diameter

30 x 7 mm

Material

Ceramic 610

Diameter

15 x 2 mm

Head type

Output

124

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) Transmitter

IP Accessories (p. 338)

DAN

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  DEMOUNTABLE STRAIGHT CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

TYPE G

TC -

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

Ø WIRE 0.35

HEAD

PROTECTIVE TUBE

DAN

NickelChrome / Nickel alloy

10% rhodiumplatinum / Platinum

TC + Pt100

1K 1S 2K 2S

0.35 0.5 2.3

DIN B: DIB DAN: DAN

Pure iron: FF 310: BA 446: BB Inconel 600: CM

300 to 2,000

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

Ø of wires (mm)

Min.

Max.

Tolerance values

- 40

+ 1,000

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5

+ 1,600

1°C for t < 1100°C [1 + 0.003 x (t- 1100)] for t > 1100°C

0.35 0.5

Output 4-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA + HART

OPTION TRANSMITTER SCALE -

TRANSMITTER (1 TC ONLY) - OPTION Input TC TC + Pt100

850

Conductor type °C

TRANSMITTER

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER Conductor type

LENGTH L1 (mm)

0/200

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B

DAN 2

Transmitter Galvanic insulation 1.5kV 1.5kV

Reference

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

1.5kV

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

Green + Single

Black -

Duplex -

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

125

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  DEMOUNTABLE ELBOWED CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID LB THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1050°C

DESCRIPTION

Demountable elbowed temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type LB

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

1.5/ 2.3 / 3.0

1.5

Single / Duplex

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 2,000 mm

Length L2 Min/Max (mm)

150 to 1,000 mm

Support tube

Stainless steel, diam.1/2". Necked welded

Protective tube

Material

304L / 310 / 316 / 446 / INCONEL 600

Diameter

1/2" - 3/4"

Head type

Output

126

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) Transmitter

IP Accessories (p. 338)

DAN

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  DEMOUNTABLE ELBOWED CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

TYPE LB

Ø WIRE

TC -

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

3.0

HEAD DIB

OPTION

PROTECTIVE TUBE AB

Ø PROT. -

800

1J 1K 2J 2K

1.5 2.3 3.0

DIN B: DIB DAN: DAN

304L: AB 310: BA 316L: AC 446: BB Inconel 600: CM

1/2" 3/4"

300 to 2,000

150 to 1,000

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

Conductor type °C Min. Max.

- 40

+ 750

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5

NickelChrome / Nickel alloy

- 40

+ 1,000

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5 2.3 3.0

TRANSMITTER (1 TC ONLY-WIRE 1.5 MM MAX) - OPTION

EXCH. TRANSMIT. 0/150

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B

Tolerance Ø of wires values (mm)

Iron / CopperNickel

TC + Pt100

1,200

TRANSMITTER

Input TC TC + Pt100

1/2"

LENGTH L2 (mm)

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER Conductor type

LENGTH L1 (mm)

7 2

Transmitter Output Galvanic insulation 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA + 1.5kV HART

Reference

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321

DAN

LC5335A-100 5

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

Green + Single

Black -

Duplex -

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

127

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  DEMOUNTABLE ELBOWED CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID LC THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1050°C

DESCRIPTION

Demountable elbowed temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type LC

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

0.35 / 0.5

Single / Duplex

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 2,000 mm

Length L2 Min/Max (mm)

150 to 1,000 mm

Support tube

Stainless steel, diam.1/2"

Internal sheath

Ceramic 610 Diam.10x1.5 mm Necked welded

Protective tube

Material

446 / INCONEL 600

Diameter

1/2" - 3/4"

Head type

Output

128

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) Transmitter

IP Accessories (p. 338)

DAN

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  DEMOUNTABLE ELBOWED CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

TYPE LC

Ø WIRE

TC -

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

0.5

HEAD DAN

OPTION

PROTECTIVE TUBE BA

Ø PROT. -

1/2"

1S 2S

0.35 0.5

DIN B: DIB DAN: DAN

310: BA 446: BB Inconel 600: CM

1/2" 3/4"

300 to 2,000

Min. 0

Max. + 1,600

Tolerance values

Ø of wires (mm)

1°C for t < 1100°C [1 + 0.003 x (t-1100)] for t > 1100°C

0.35 0.5

LENGTH L2 (mm) -

Conductor type °C

10% rhodiumplatinum / Platinum

570

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER Conductor type

LENGTH L1 (mm)

450

TRANSMITTER SCALE

TRANSMITTER A

0/150

150 to 1,000

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B

TRANSMITTER (1 TC ONLY) - OPTION Input TC TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Output 4-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA + HART

Transmitter Galvanic insulation 1.5kV 1.5kV

Reference

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321

2 DAN

LC5335A-100

1.5kV

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

Green + Single

Black -

Duplex 4

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

129

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  DEMOUNTABLE ELBOWED CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID LD THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Demountable elbowed temperature measurement assembly CARACTÉRISTIQUES Model

CADID Type LD

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

1.5/ 2.3 / 3.0

1.5

Single / Duplex

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 2,000 mm

Length L2 Min/Max (mm)

150 to 1,000 mm

Support tube

Stainless steel, diameter 1/2" Metal, drilled from bar stock

Protective tube

Material Pure iron / 310 / 446 / INCONEL 600 Diameter Head type

Output

130

DAN

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) Transmitter

IP Accessories (p. 338)

30 x 7 mm

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  DEMOUNTABLE ELBOWED CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

TYPE LD

TC 1K

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

Ø WIRE

HEAD

3.0

DIB

OPTION

PROTECTIVE TUBE BA

1J / 1K 2J / 2K

1.5 2.3 3.0

DIN B: DIB DAN: DAN

310: BA 446: BB Inconel 600: CM Pure iron: FF

300 to 2,000

Conductor type

Conductor type °C

Min.

Max.

Tolerance values

Ø of wires (mm)

Iron / CopperNickel

- 40

+ 750

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5

NickelChrome / Nickel

- 40

+ 1,000

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5 2.3 3.0

TRANSMITTER (1 TC ONLY) - OPTION

TC + Pt100

590

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER

Input TC TC + Pt100

LENGTH L1 (mm)

Output 4-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA + HART

LENGTH L2 (mm) -

150

TRANSMITTER B

TRANSMITTER SCALE -

0/150

100 to 1,000

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B

Transmitter Galvanic insulation 1.5kV 1.5kV

Reference

DAN

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

1.5kV

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

Green + Single

Black -

Duplex

For any other configuration, please contact us. 3

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

131

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  DEMOUNTABLE ELBOWED CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID LE THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Demountable elbowed temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type LE

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

1.5

0.35 / 0.5 Single / Duplex

TC mounting

Beaded, ceramic beads

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 2,000 mm

Length L2 Min/Max (mm)

150 to 1,000 mm

Support tube

Stainless steel, diameter 1/2" Metal, drilled from bar stock

Protective tube

Internal sheath

Material Pure iron / 310 / 446 / INCONEL 600 Diameter

30 x 7 mm

Material

Ceramic 610

Diameter

15 x 2 mm

Head type

Output

132

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) Transmitter

IP Accessories (p. 338)

DAN

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  DEMOUNTABLE ELBOWED CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

TYPE LE

TC -

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

Ø WIRE

0.35

HEAD -

OPTION

PROTECTIVE TUBE

DAN

NickelChrome / Nickel

10% rhodiumplatinum / Platinum

TC + Pt100

300

TRANSMITTER -

1K 1S 2K 2S

0.35 0.5 1.5

DIN B: DIB DAN: DAN

Pure iron: FF 310: BA 446: BB Inconel 600: CM

300 to 2,000

150 to 1,000

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

Conductor type °C Min. Max. - 40

Tolerance values

Ø of wires (mm)

+ 1,000

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5

+ 1,600

1°C for t < 1100°C [1 + 0.003 x (t-1100)] for t > 1100°C

0.35 0.5

TRANSMITTER (1 TC ONLY) - OPTION Input TC TC + Pt100

1,800

LENGTH L2 (mm)

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER Conductor type

LENGTH L1 (mm)

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B

Transmitter Output Galvanic insulation 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA + 1.5kV HART

TRANSMITTER SCALE

Reference

2 DAN

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

Green + Single

Black -

Duplex -

For any other configuration, please contact us. 3

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

133

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  BENT CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID XB THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1050°C

DESCRIPTION

Bent temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type XB

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

1.5/ 2.3 / 3.0

1.5

Single / Duplex

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 1,000 mm

Length L2 Min/Max (mm)

250 to 400 mm

Length L3 Min/Max (mm)

0 (protective tube diam. 1/2" only) to 505 mm

Support tube

Stainless steel, diam.1/2". Necked, welded and bent

Protective tube

Bending radius

R=45 for tube diam.1/2" ; R=60 for tube diam.3/4"

Bending angle

90°

Material

304L / 310 / 446 / INCONEL 600

Diameter

1/2" - 3/4"

Head type

Sortie

134

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) Transmitter

IP Accessoires (p. 338)

DAN

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  BENT CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

OPTION

TYPE

Ø WIRE

- 1J -

1.5

1J 1K 2J 2K

1.5 2.3 3.0

DIN B: DIB DAN: DAN

304L: AB 310: BA 316: AC 446: BB Inconel 600: CM

1/2" 3/4"

300 to 1,000

250 to 400

0 to 505

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

PROTECTIVE TUBE

HEAD DAN

Ø PROT.

1/2"

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER Conductor type °C Min. Max.

Conductor type

Tolerance values

Ø of wires (mm)

Iron / CopperNickel

- 40

+ 750

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5

NickelChrome / Nickel

- 40

+ 1,000

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5 2.3 3.0

TRANSMITTER (1 TC ONLY) - OPTION Input TC TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Transmitter Output Galvanic insulation 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA + 1.5kV HART

720

290

LENGTH L3 (mm) -

200

TRANSMITTER SCALE

TRANSMITTER -

0/150

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B 7 6

2 DAN

Reference

LC5335A-100

Single

Green +

Black -

LENGTH L2 (mm)

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

LENGTH L1 (mm)

Duplex -

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

135

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  BENT CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID XC THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1050°C

DESCRIPTION

Bent temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type XC

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

0.35 / 0.5

Single / Duplex

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 1,000 mm

Length L2 Min/Max (mm)

250 to 400 mm

Length L3 Min/Max (mm)

0 (protective tube diam.1/2" only) to 505 mm

Support tube

Stainless steel, diam.1/2".

Internal sheath

Ceramic 610, diam.10x1.5 mm Necked, welded and bent

Protective tube

Bending radius

R=45 for tube diam.1/2" ; R=60 for tube diam.3/4"

Bending angle

90°

Material

310 / 446 / INCONEL 600

Diameter

1/2" - 3/4"

Head type

Sortie

136

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) Transmitter

IP Accessoires (p. 338)

DAN

IP54 Câbles d'extension, câbles de compensation

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  BENT CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

OPTION

TYPE

Ø WIRE

- 1S -

0.5

1S 2S

0.35 0.5

DIN B: DIB DAN: DAN

310: BA 446: BB Inconel 600: CM

1/2" 3/4"

300 to 1,000

250 to 400

0 to 505

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

PROTECTIVE TUBE

HEAD DIB

Ø PROT.

3/4"

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER Conductor type °C Min. Max.

Conductor type

10% rhodiumplatinum / Platinum

+ 1,600

Tolerance values

TC + Pt100

700

LENGTH L2 (mm) -

300

LENGTH L3 (mm) -

200

TRANSMITTER SCALE

TRANSMITTER -

0/200

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B 7 6

0.35 0.5

TRANSMITTER (1 TC ONLY) - OPTION Input TC TC + Pt100

Ø of wires (mm)

1°C for t < 1100°C [1 + 0.003 x (t-1100)] for t > 1100°C

Transmitter Output Galvanic insulation 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA + 1.5kV HART

LENGTH L1 (mm)

2 DAN

Reference

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

Green + Single

Black -

Duplex -

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

137

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  BENT CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID XD THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1050°C

DESCRIPTION

Bent temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type XD

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

1.5/ 2.3 / 3.0

1.5

Single / Duplex

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 1,000 mm

Length L2 Min/Max (mm)

250 to 400 mm

Length L3 Min/Max (mm)

40 to 470 mm

Support tube

Stainless steel, diam.1/2". Bored and bent

Protective tube

Bend radius

R=70

Bend angle

90°

Material Pure IRON / 310 / 446 / INCONEL 600 Diameter Head type

Output

138

DAN

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) Transmitter

IP Accessories (p. 338)

30 x 7 mm

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  BENT CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

OPTION

PROTECTIVE TUBE

LENGTH L2 (mm)

LENGTH L3 (mm)

TYPE

Ø WIRE

- 1J -

2.3

1J 1K 2J 2K

1.5 2.3 3.0

DIN B: DIB DAN: DAN

PURE IRON: FF 310: BA 446: BB Inconel 600: CM

300 to 1,000

250 to 400

40 to 470

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

HEAD

LENGTH L1 (mm)

DAN

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER Conductor type

Conductor type °C Min.

Max.

450

Tolerance values

Ø of wires (mm)

Iron / CopperNickel

- 40

+ 750

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5

NickelChrome / Nickel

- 40

+ 1,000

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5 2.3 3.0

Input TC TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Output 4-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA + HART

TRANSMITTER SCALE

0/150

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B

TRANSMITTER (1 TC ONLY) - OPTION

300

TRANSMITTER

DAN

Transmitter Galvanic insulation 1.5kV 1.5kV

Reference

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

1.5kV

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

Green + Single

Black -

Duplex -

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

139

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  BENT CADID ASSEMBLIES

CADID XE THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 1050°C

DESCRIPTION

Bent temperature measurement assembly SPECIFICATIONS Model

CADID Type XE

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type

Class

Wire diameter (mm)

1.5

0.35 / 0.5

Single / Duplex

TC mounting

Beaded, ceramic beads

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

300 to 1,000 mm

Length L2 Min/Max (mm)

250 to 400 mm

Length L3 Min/Max (mm)

40 to 470 mm

Support tube

Stainless steel, diam.1/2". Metal, drilled from bar stock

Protective tube

Bend radius

R=70

Bend angle

90°

Material Pure iron / 310 / 446 / INCONEL 600

Internal sheath

Diameter

30 x 7 mm

Material

Ceramic 610

Diameter

15 x 2 mm

Head type

Output

140

DIN B

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) Transmitter

IP Accessories (p. 338)

DAN

IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS  BENT CADID ASSEMBLIES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL CADID

OPTION

PROTECTIVE TUBE

LENGTH L2 (mm)

LENGTH L3 (mm)

TYPE

Ø WIRE

- 1K -

1.5

1K 1S 2K 2S

0.35 0.5 1.5

DIN B: DIB DAN: DAN

Pure IRON: FF 310: BA 446: BB Inconel 600: CM

300 to 1,000

250 to 400

40 to 470

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

HEAD

LENGTH L1 (mm)

DAN

TABLE OF CONDUCTOR TYPE - WIRE DIAMETER Conductor type °C

Conductor type

NickelChrome / Nickel

10% rhodiumplatinum / Platinum

Ø of wires (mm)

Min.

Max.

Tolerance values

- 40

+ 1,000

1.5°C or 0.4% of t

1.5

+ 1,600

1°C for t < 1100°C [1 + 0.003 x (t-1100)] for t > 1100°C

0.35 0.5

TC + Pt100

Output 4-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA + HART

300

TRANSMITTER SCALE 0/200

DIAGRAM (MM) DIN B

6 2

TRANSMITTER (1 TC ONLY) - OPTION Input TC TC + Pt100

720

TRANSMITTER

DAN

Transmitter Galvanic insulation 1.5kV 1.5kV

Reference

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

1.5kV

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Red +

Green + Single

Black -

Duplex -

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

141

SURFACE & AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSORS 142

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SURFACE TEMPERATURE SENSORS FIXED MOUNTING SS1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

144 144 146 148 150 152 154

MOVING SURFACE

156

TS2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 TS3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

TUBE SKIN SURFACE

160

TS1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

AMBIENT SENSORS AMBIENT SENSORS

162

SA1 - OUTPUT VIA CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . 162 SA2 - INDOOR WALL MOUNTING. . . . . . . 164 SA3 - OUTDOOR WALL MOUNTING. . . . . 166

ATEX AMBIENT SENSORS

168

SA4 - ATEX d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 SA5 - ATEX ia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

143

SURFACE SENSORS  FIXED MOUNTING

SS1 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

DURAL

up to 200°C

PLATE

DESCRIPTION

Pt100 sensor, Class B, 4 wires, as per IEC 60751, on Dural plate, output via FEP cable, for temperature measurement up to 200°C. Fastening by gluing or insertion in the material. SPECIFICATIONS Model

SS1

Compliance with standards

IEC 60751

Type

Pt100 Ω

Material

Dural plate, diam.12 mm

Class

Mounting / Construction

1x4 wires

Max. surface temp. (°C) (without flow) (theoretical)

200°C

Sheath

Output

Diameter (mm)

2.5 mm

Max. temperature

200°C

Conductors Length L (mm) Termination

Fastening

144

FEP

4 x 0.05 mm² copper 1,000 / 2,000 / 5,000 mm Insulated bare wires By gluing on the surface or insertion in the material.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SURFACE SENSORS ï&#x192;&#x161; FIXED MOUNTING

DIAGRAM (MM)

TO ORDER Cable length L (mm)

1000 2000 5000

Reference P07604120 P07604121 P07604122

CONNECTIONS White White

Red Red

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

145

SURFACE SENSORS  FIXED MOUNTING

SS2 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

up to 200°C

DESCRIPTION

Pt100 sensor, Class B, 4 wires, as per IEC 60751, on alumina substrate, output via FEP cable, for temperature measurement up to 250°C. Fastening by gluing. SPECIFICATIONS Model

SS2

Compliance with standards

IEC 60751

Type

Pt100 Ω Alumina substrate (10x2x1 mm) (Lxwxh)

Material Class

Mounting / Construction

1x4 wires

Max. surface temp. (°C) (without flow) (theoretical)

250°C Sheath

Output

Diameter (mm)

3.3 mm

Max. temperature

200°C

Conductors Length L (mm) Termination

Fastening

146

FEP

4 x 0.22 mm², copper 1,000 / 2,000 / 5,000 mm Insulated bare wires By gluing on the surface

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SURFACE SENSORS ï&#x192;&#x161; FIXED MOUNTING

DIAGRAM (MM)

TO ORDER Cable length L (mm)

1000 2000 5000

Reference P07604115 P07604116 P07604117

CONNECTIONS White White

Red Red

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

147

SURFACE SENSORS  FIXED MOUNTING

SS3 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

DURAL PLATE

up to 200°C

DESCRIPTION

Pt100 sensor, Class B, 4 wires, as per IEC 60751, on Dural plate, output via FEP cable, for temperature measurement up to 200°C. Fastening by gluing or with clamping screw. SPECIFICATIONS Model

SS3

Compliance with standards

IEC 60751

Type

Pt100 Ω

Material

Dural plate, 30x10x4.5mm (Lxwxh)

Class

Mounting / Construction

1x4 wires

Max. surface temp. (°C) (without flow) (theoretical)

200°C Sheath

Output

Diameter (mm)

2.8 mm

Max. temperature

200°C

Conductors Length L (mm) Termination

Fastening

148

FEP

4 x 0.22 mm², copper 1,000 / 2,000 / 5,000 mm Insulated bare wires By gluing on surface or with clamping screw.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SURFACE SENSORS ï&#x192;&#x161; FIXED MOUNTING

DIAGRAM (MM)

TO ORDER Cable length L (mm)

1000 2000 5000

Reference P07604123 P07604124 P07604125

CONNECTIONS White White

Red Red

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

149

SURFACE SENSORS  FIXED MOUNTING

SS4 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

up to 200°C

DESCRIPTION

Flat, flexible Pt100 sensor, class B, 4 wires, as per IEC 60751, fastening by gluing. SPECIFICATIONS Model

SS4

Compliance with standards

IEC 60751

Type

Pt100 Ω Silicone elastomer coating, 23x10mm (Lxw)

Material Class

Mounting / Construction

1x4 wires

Max. surface temp. (°C) (without flow) (theoretical)

-70° to +200°C Sheath

Max. temperature Output

Conductors Length L (mm) Termination

Fastening

150

PTFE / conductor 200°C 4 x 0.055 mm², silver-plated copper 1,500 mm Insulated bare wires By gluing

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SURFACE SENSORS ï&#x192;&#x161; FIXED MOUNTING

DIAGRAM (MM)

TO ORDER Cable length (mm)

1500

Reference L061822-000

CONNECTIONS Blue White

Yellow Red

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

151

SURFACE SENSORS  FIXED MOUNTING

SS5 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

up to 250°C

DESCRIPTION

Flat, flexible Pt100 sensor, class B, 2 wires, as per IEC 60751, fastening by gluing. SPECIFICATIONS Model

SS5

Compliance with standards Type

Pt100 Ω

Material

Glued glass silk coating

Class

Mounting / Construction Max. surface temp. (°C) (without flow) (theoretical)

1x2 wires -80° to +250°

Output

Silver wire

Fastening

By gluing

Accessories (p. 338)

152

IEC 60751

TBD

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SURFACE SENSORS ï&#x192;&#x161; FIXED MOUNTING

DIAGRAM (MM)

TO ORDER Dimensions (Lxwxh)

20x20x0.8 mm 10x12x0.8 mm

Length Lf (mm) 40 mm 20 mm

Reference L061300-000 L062300-000

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

153

SURFACE SENSORS  FIXED MOUNTING

SS6 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

up to 250°C

DESCRIPTION

Pt100 sensor, Class B, 3 wires, as per IEC 60751, in stainlesssteel 316L sheath, output via PFA cable 2 metres long, for temperature measurement up to 250°C. Fastening on pipe with Serflex clip (supplied). SPECIFICATIONS Model

SS6

Compliance with standards

IEC 60751

Type

Pt100 Ω Stainless-steel 316L tube, diam.3.2 x 25 mm

Material Class

Mounting / Construction

1x3 wires

Max. surface temp. (°C) (without flow) (theoretical)

250°C Sheath

Output

Diameter (mm)

2.4 mm

Max. temperature

200°C

Conductors Length L (mm) Termination

Fastening

154

PFA

3 x 0.05 mm², copper 2,000 mm Insulated bare wires By stainless-steel Serflex clip

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SURFACE SENSORS ï&#x192;&#x161; FIXED MOUNTING

DIAGRAM (MM)

TO ORDER Pipe diam. (mm)

10 < d < 15 16 < d < 22 20 < d < 26 26 < d < 34 34 < d < 50 49 < d < 65 64 < d < 80 79 < d < 95

Reference L918515-001 L918515-002 L918515-003 L918515-004 L918515-005 L918515-006 L918515-007 L918515-008

CONNECTIONS White

Red Red

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

155

SURFACE SENSORS  MOVING SURFACE

TS2

THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 250°C

DESCRIPTION

J, K or T thermocouple under brass end-piece and Teflon coating for measurement of moving surface temperatures up to 250°C and a max. linear speed of 5 m/s. SPECIFICATIONST Model Compliance with standards Type Class Mounting Hot junction Max. surface temp. (°C) (without flow, theoretical) Process connection

Output

156

Type of cable Cable sheath Max. temperature Conductors Length Lc (mm)

TS2 IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1 J K T 1 Brass end-piece diam.7 mm with compression spring (max. travel 5mm) + Teflon coating diam.15 mm. Anti-rotation locking of sensing element. Insulated 250°C Dural extension, diam. 18 mm, length 70 mm. Extension PVC, diam.5 mm 105°C 2 x 0.2 mm², PVC insulation 2,000 mm

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SURFACE SENSORS ï&#x192;&#x161; MOVING SURFACE

DIAGRAM (MM)

TO ORDER

CONNECTIONS Thermocouple

J K T

Reference P07602313 P07602567 P07602203

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

157

SURFACE SENSORS  MOVING SURFACE

TS3

THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

NF EN 60584-1

up to 250°C

DESCRIPTION

J, K or T thermocouple under brass end-piece with Teflon coating for measurement of moving surface temperatures up to 250°C and a max. linear speed of 5 m/s. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Class Mounting Hot junction Max. surface temp. (°C) (without flow, theoretical) Process connection

Electrical connection

158

Head type Material Output Cable diam. Equipment IP

TS3 IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1 J K T 1 Brass end-piece, diam. 6.5 mm with compression spring (max. travel 5mm) + Teflon coating diam. 15 mm. Anti-rotation locking of sensing element. Insulated 250°C Dural extension, diam. 21.3 mm, length 80 mm, 1/2"G thread DAN Light alloy 1 cable gland M 20 x 1.5 5.5 mm to 7.5 mm Ceramic terminal strip IP54

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SURFACE SENSORS ï&#x192;&#x161; MOVING SURFACE

DIAGRAM (MM)

TO ORDER

CONNECTIONS Thermocouple

J K T

Reference P07602311 P07602565 P07602201

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

159

SURFACE SENSORS  SKIN TUBE SURFACE

TS1

THERMOCOUPLE ATEX

NF EN

60584-1

IEC 584-1

up to 1150°C

DESCRIPTION

Designed to withstand severe environments, this sensor can be used for accurate measurement of the surface temperature of pipes and thereby deduce the temperature of the fluid flowing in it. This non-intrusive contact temperature sensor is equipped with exclusive technology allowing the sensor’s sensing element to be changed without unsoldering the blade-shaped support.

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Measurement Operating temperature Sensor type Sheath metal Interchangeable Protective measuring sheath element Electrical connection Head Connecting head Certification Cable gland Extension

Set-up on tube

160

Sleeve Cable gland Protection of sensing element Locking of sensing element

TS1 IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1 By contact Up to 1,150°C Type-K thermocouple Inconel 600 Ceramic thimble Transmitter 4/20 mA, Hart® LSX ADF, made of light alloy and epoxy Complies with ATEX, safety d ADF ¾ NPT Type M , stainless steel 316L and union joint ADF ¾ NPT Contact plate + heat shield Hasp - Cable guide

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SURFACE SENSORS ď&#x192;&#x161; SKIN TUBE SURFACE

FURNACE AND BOILER APPLICATIONS For furnaces and boilers requiring this type of sensor, we propose removable systems: the thermocouple is not welded to the contact plate to avoid damaging it when the plate is welded to the surface to be measured. The sensors may be ATEX-compliant, so that they can be used directly in gas furnaces, and are equipped with an insulating protective cover to protect the thermocouple from direct flames and insulate it from the ambient temperature to avoid disturbing the surface measurement. Lastly, we can provide compensation loops to prevent breakage of the sensor when the temperature in the furnace is raised: during heating, the compensation loop expands and the expansion pieces are there to avoid the mechanical stresses linked to this procedure. Our teams of experts are at your disposal to help you design your sensor so that it meets your needs. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (MM)

OTHER VERSIONS

Depending on the application, we offer a range of combinations adapted to your requirements, covering the type of measuring element (Type J or N thermocouple), single or duplex mounting, the sheath material (316L, Pyrosil, etc.), the connecting head, etc. Our R&D team can also develop tailored temperature sensors to match your specifications. For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

161

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSORS  OUTPUT VIA CABLE

SA1 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

up to 70°C

DESCRIPTION

Ambient temperature sensor with cable output. SPECIFICATIONS Model

SA1

Compliance with standards

IEC 60751

Type

Pt100 Ω

Class

Mounting / Construction

1x3 wires Material

Protective tube

Diameter (mm)

Length L (mm)

Operating temp. (°C)

-30…+70°C Sheath

Output

4.2 mm

Max. temperature

105°C

Conductors

Termination

162

PVC

Diameter (mm)

Length L (mm)

Fastening

Brass

3 x 0.22 mm² 2,000 Insulated bare wires Fitting M10x1.5

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSORS ï&#x192;&#x161; OUTPUT VIA CABLE

DIAGRAM (MM)

CONNECTIONS White

TO ORDER Model

SA1

Red Red

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Reference L919254-001

For any other configuration, please contact us.

163

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSORS  WALL-MOUNTED BOX

SA2 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

WALL MOUNTING

up to 70°C

DESCRIPTION

Ambient temperature sensor in wall-mounted box for indoor use.

SPECIFICATIONS Model

SA2

Compliance with standards

IEC 60751

Type

Pt100 Ω

Class

Mounting / Construction

1x3 wires

Operating temp. (°C)

-30…+70°C Material Dimensions (Lxwxd) (mm)

Casing

85 x 85 x 30 mm

Connection

Screw terminal strip

Fastening

Wall-mounting

Option

164

Plastic

Version with transmitter, 4-20mA output (scale: -30°C / +70°C)

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSORS ï&#x192;&#x161; WALL-MOUNTED BOX

DIAGRAM (MM)

CONNECTIONS White

TO ORDER Without transmitter With transmitter

Red Red

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Reference L915461-000 L918856-001

For any other configuration, please contact us.

165

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSORS  OUTPUT VIA CABLE

SA3 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

up to 70°C

DESCRIPTION

Ambient temperature sensor in IP65 head for outdoor use.

SPECIFICATIONS Model

SA3

Compliance with standards

IEC 60751

Type

Pt100 Ω

Class

Mounting / Construction

1x3 wires

Operating temp. (°C)

-30…+70°C Material

Protective tube

Head

Diameter (mm)

4.5mm

Length L (mm)

50 mm

Type

DAN-V, light alloy, IP65

Output

Cable gland M20x1.5

Connection Fastening Option

166

Stainless steel 316L

Ceramic terminal strip, 3 wires Wall-mounting with stainless-steel bracket with 2 holes 8 mm in diameter Version with transmitter, 4-20mA output (scale: -30°C / +70°C)

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSORS ï&#x192;&#x161; OUTPUT VIA CABLE

DIAGRAM (MM)

CONNECTIONS White

TO ORDER Without transmitter With transmitter

Red Red

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Reference L915461-000 L918856-001

For any other configuration, please contact us.

167

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSORS  ATEX HEAD

SA4 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

65 ADF

up to 70°C

DESCRIPTION

Ambient temperature sensor in IP65 head for outdoor use.

SPECIFICATIONS Model

SA4 IEC 60751 / EN 60079-0 : 2012 + A11:2013 II 2 GD - Ex db IIC T6 Gb Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db IP.6X Do not open when live. Do not open in dusty atmospheres LCIE 15ATEX3007 X IECEx LCIE 15.0015 X

Compliance with standards Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type

Pt100 Ω

Class

Mounting / Construction

1 x 3 wires

Operating temp. (°C)

-30…+70°C Material

Protective tube

Diameter (mm)

4.5mm

Length L (mm)

50 mm

Type Output Head

Connection Fastening Option

168

Stainless steel 316L

PSX, light alloy, IP65 Cable gland ATEX M 20 x 1.5 Ceramic terminal strip, 3 wires Wall-mounting with stainless-steel bracket with 2 holes 8 mm in diameter Version with transmitter, output 4-20mA (scale: -30°C / +70°C)

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSORS ï&#x192;&#x161; ATEX HEAD

DIAGRAM (MM)

CONNECTIONS White

TO ORDER Without transmitter With transmitter

Red Red

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Reference L915461-000 L918856-001

For any other configuration, please contact us.

169

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSORS  ATEX HEAD

SA5 Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

WALL MOUNTING

INTRINSIC SAFETY

up to 70°C

DESCRIPTION

Ambient temperature sensor in ATEX (Ex ia) IP65 head for indoor/ outdoor use and use in presence of explosive atmospheres.

SPECIFICATIONS Model

SA5 IEC 60751 / EN 60079-0 : 2012 + A11:2013 II 1 GD Ex ia IIC T4…T6 Ga Ex ia IIIC T135°C…T85°C Da LCIE 15ATEX3007 X IECEx LCIE 15.0015 X

Compliance with standards Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type

Pt100 Ω

Class

Mounting / Construction

1 x 3 wires

Operating temp. (°C)

-30…+70°C Material

Protective tube

Diameter (mm)

4.5mm

Length L (mm)

50 mm

Type Output Head

Connection Fastening Option

170

Stainless steel 316L

DAN-Vi, light alloy, IP65 Cable gland ATEX M 20 x 1.5 Ceramic terminal strip, 3 wires Wall-mounting with stainless-steel bracket with 2 holes 8 mm in diameter Version with transmitter, output 4-20mA (scale: -30°C / +70°C)

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSORS ï&#x192;&#x161; HEAD

DIAGRAM (MM)

CONNECTIONS White

TO ORDER Without transmitter With transmitter

Reference L915461-000 L918856-001

Red Red

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

171

PROCESS SENSORS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE ELEMENTS 172

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

TPS: THERMOCOUPLE

174

SPS: Pt100

176

DG / TG: INTERCHANGEABLE THERMOCOUPLE ELEMENTS

178

DS / TS: INTERCHANGEABLE PT100 ELEMENTS

180

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

173

SENSORS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE ELEMENTS  THERMOCOUPLES

TPS

THERMOCOUPLE IP

54 65

CLASS

IEC 584-1

SINGLE

up to 1150°C

DUPLEX

DESCRIPTION

Process sensor for non-hazardous zones, equipped with an interchangeable measuring element. For mounting in a thermowell (see page 270). SPECIFICATIONS Model

TPS

Compliance with standards

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1

Type Material

Inconel 600

316L

Class

Single / Duplex

Single

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

120 to 1,500

Diam. 4.5 mm

800°C

620°C

350°C

800°C

1100°C

Diam. 6 mm

1000°C

720°C

350°C

1000°C

1100°C

Diam. 8 mm

1100°C

720°C

350°C

1100°C

1150°C

Type of measuring element

DG… / TG… Type M extension - Type RU extension (makes it easy to orient the head). Threading: 1/2"NPT. Stainless steel.

Process connection Head type

DAN

DAN-V

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

DIN B

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) or Transmitter

174

Insulated/Earthed

Thermocouple

Accessories (p. 338)

Pyrosil

4.5 - 6 - 8

Hot junction

Output

Inconel 600

Sheath diameter (mm)

Max. temp. (°C) of air in sensor sheath (without airflow) (theoretical)

IP54

IP65

IP54

Measuring element, thermowell, cable gland

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE ELEMENTS  THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

HEAD

TPS

DIB

Reference in table and diagram Possible choice

SHEATH TYPE

TC TYPE -

OPTION

Ø SHEATH (mm)

LENGTH L1 (mm)

1,000

DAN: DAN DAN-V: DAV DIN B: DIB

1T 1J 1K 1N 2K 2J

316L: AC INCONEL 600: CM PYROSIL: DB

4.5 6 8

120 to 1,500 mm

TABLE OF POSSIBLE ASSOCIATIONS 2

Class 1 thermocouple type

T (class2) J K N 2J 2K

6 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

TRANSMITTER SCALE

TRANSMITTER A

Type M: M Type RU: R

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

0/150

8 316L 316L INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

7 Transmitter or terminal strip

Reference

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

Not compatible with duplex version

5 3

CONNECTION ON TERMINAL STRIP Duplex thermocouple

Sheath diameter (mm)

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA + HART 1.5kV

TC TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

EXTENSION

DIAGRAM (MM)

TRANSMITTER INFORMATION

Input

HOT JUNCTION

Single thermocouple

Red +

Black -

For any other configuration, please contact us.

Green + -

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

175

SENSORS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE ELEMENTS  Pt100

SPS Pt100 IP

65 54

CLASS

IEC 60751

SINGLE OR

DUPLEX

up to 600°C

DESCRIPTION

Process sensor for non-hazardous zones, equipped with an interchangeable measuring element. For mounting in a thermowell (see page 270). SPECIFICATIONS Model

SPS

Compliance with standards

IEC 60751

Type

Pt100

Class

A: up to 450°C - B: from 450°C to 600°C

Mounting/Construction

1x3 wires / 1x4 wires / 2x2 wires / 2x3 wires

Sheath diameter (mm)

4.5 - 6 - 8

Min./Max. operating temp. (°C)

-40…+600°C

Type of measuring element

DS… / TS…

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

120 to 1,500 Type M extension - Type RU extension (makes it easy to orient the head). Threading: 1/2"NPT. Stainless steel.

Process connection Head type

Output

176

DAN-V

Material

Light alloy

Output

1 cable gland M20x1.5

Cable diam.

5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) or Transmitter

IP Accessories (p. 338)

DAN

IP54

IP65

DIN B

IP54

Measuring element, thermowell, cable gland

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE ELEMENTS  Pt100

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

HEAD

SPS

DAV

DIAMETER (mm) 6

OPTION

MOUNTING -

LENGTH L1 (mm) 890

EXTENSION -

TRANSMITTER

0/150

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

DAN: DAN DAN-V: DAV DIN B: DIB

4.5 6 8

1x3 wires: B 1x4 wires: C 2x2 wires: D 2x3 wires: E

120 to 1,500 mm

Type M: M Type RU: R

LC5333A-100: D LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C

DIAGRAM (MM)

TRANSMITTER SCALE

TRANSMITTER INFORMATION 1

Input

6 Transmitter or terminal strip

Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA NONE 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA + HART 1.5kV

Reference

LC5333A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

Not compatible with duplex version

For any other configuration, please contact us.

CONNECTIONS Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x3 wires

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x4 wires

White

White White

Red Red

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

2x2 wires

2x3 wires

Red

White

Red

White

Red Red

177

SENSORS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE ELEMENTS  THERMOCOUPLES

DG/TG THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

SINGLE

up to 1150°C

DUPLEX

DESCRIPTION

Interchangeable thermocouple element for use in TPS sensors. Equipped with support springs for anti-vibration mounting.

SPECIFICATIONS Model

DG... / TG…

Compliance with standards Type Material

IEC 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1 K

Inconel 600

316L

Class

Pyrosil 1

4.5 - 6 - 8

Hot junction

Insulated/Earthed

Thermocouple

Single / Duplex

Single

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

178

Inconel 600

Sheath diameter (mm)

Max. temp. (°C) of air in sensor sheath (without airflow) (theoretical)

120 to 1,500

Diam. 4.5 mm

800°C

620°C

350°C

800°C

1100°C

Diam. 6 mm

1100°C

720°C

350°C

1000°C

1100°C

Diam. 8 mm

1100°C

720°C

350°C

1100°C

1150°C

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE ELEMENTS ï&#x192;&#x161; THERMOCOUPLES

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: TYPE OF TERMINAL STRIP

ELEMENT TYPE

Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM)

Possible choice

DIN ceramic terminal strip: D Socket for integrated transmitter: T

OPTION

DIAMETER (mm)

Single thermocouple: G1 Duplex thermocouple: G2

TC TYPE -

SHEATH TYPE -

LENGTH L1 (MM) -

800

4.5 6 8

K J T N

316L: AC INCONEL 600: CM PYROSIL: DB

120 to 1,500 mm

HOT JUNCTION I

TRANSMITTER SCALE

TRANSMITTER -

6 Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

LC5334A-100 : A LC5331A-321 : B LC5335A-100 : C WITHOUT : N* *Socket delivered with wires unconnected (85 mm) without terminal strip or transmitter

DIAGRAM (MM)

TABLE OF POSSIBLE ASSOCIATIONS 3

Class 1 thermocouple type

T (class 2) J K N 2J 2K

TRANSMITTER INFORMATION

Sheath diameter (mm) 6 8 316L 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL PYROSIL 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 4

Input TC TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA + HART 1.5kV

Reference

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

Not compatible with duplex version

For any other configuration, please contact us.

CONNECTION Duplex thermocouple

Single thermocouple

Red +

Black -

Green + -

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

179

SENSORS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE ELEMENTS  Pt100

DS/TS Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

SINGLE

up to 600°C

DUPLEX

DESCRIPTION

Interchangeable Pt100 element for use in TPS/SPS sensors. Equipped with support springs for anti-vibration mounting.

SPECIFICATIONS Model

DS... / TS…

Compliance with standards

IEC 60751

Type

Pt100

Class

A: up to 450°C - B: from 450°C to 600°C

Mounting/Construction

1x3 wires / 1x4 wires / 2x2 wires / 2x3 wires

Sheath diameter (mm)

4.5 - 6 - 8

Min./Max. operating temp. (°C)

180

-40…+450°C

Sheath material

316L

Length L1 Max (mm)

1,500

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE ELEMENTS  Pt100

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: TYPE OF TERMINAL STRIP D Reference in table and DIAGRAM (MM) Possible choice

ELEMENT TYPE

Ø (mm)

EN OPTION

LENGTH L1 (mm)

MOUNTING 4

900

TRANSMITTER -

DIN ceramic terminal strip: D Socket for integrated transmitter: T

Single Pt100: S1 Duplex Pt100: S2

4.5 6 8

2x2 wires: 2 1x3 or 2x3 wires: 3 1x4 wires: 4

Max. 1,500 mm

LC5334A-100 : A LC5331A-321 : B LC5335A-100 : C WITHOUT : N* *Socket delivered with wires unconnected (85 mm) without terminal strip or transmitter

DIAGRAM (MM)

TRANSMITTER SCALE 0/150

5 1

TRANSMITTER INFORMATION

Transmitter Galvanic Input Output insulation Pt100 4-20mA NONE TC + Pt100 4-20mA 1.5kV TC + Pt100 4-20mA + HART 1.5kV Not compatible with duplex version

Reference

LC5333A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

CONNECTIONS Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x3 wires

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x4 wires

White

White White

Red Red

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

2x2 wires

2x3 wires

Red

White

Red

White

Red Red

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

181

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES 182

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

REMINDERS CONCERNING THE ATEX DIRECTIVE "PRESSURE EQUIPMENT" DIRECTIVE OPERATING SAFETY (SIL) CONFIGURE YOUR ATEX SENSORS GAS ENVIRONMENT A - ZONES 0, 1, 2 - ATEX ia - ID50 : COMPLETE ASSEMBLED SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . - ID50 : ACCESSORIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - TA1G : IP54/IP65 TC SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - TAX41G : IP67 TC SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - SA1G: IP54/IP65 PT100 SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - SAX41G : IP67 PT100 SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - TCG3I: PVC CABLE OUTPUT TC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - TCG32I : FEP CABLE OUTPUT TC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - S1I : PVC/FEP/SILICONE OUTPUT PT100. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

184 188 188 192 190

194 196 208 210 212 214 216 218 220

B - ZONES 1, 2 - ATEX D - ID50 : CONFIGURABLE SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 - TAX42G : IP67 TC SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 - SAX42G : IP67 PT100 SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

DUST ENVIRONMENT

240

A - ZONES 20, 21, 22 - ATEX IA - TA1D : IP65 TC SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - TAX41D : IP67 TC SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - SA1D : IP65 PT100 SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - SAX41D : IP67 PT100 SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - TCG3I: PVC CABLE OUTPUT TC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - TCG32I : FEP CABLE OUTPUT TC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - S1I : PVC/FEP/SILICONE OUTPUT PT100 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

242 244 246 248 250 252 254

B - ZONES 21, 22 - ATEX d - TA2D : IP65 TC SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - DGM/TGM : CLASS 1 TC SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - TAX42D : IP67 TC SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - SA2D : IP65 PT100 SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - DSM/TSM : CLASS A PT100 SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - SAX42D : P67 PT100 SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

258 260 262 264 266 268

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

183

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ENVIRONMENTS  ATEX DIRECTIVE

THE ATEX 2014/34/EU DIRECTIVE

1 - GLOSSARY Explosive atmosphere: Defined as a mixture of inflammable substances in gas, vapour, mist or dust form… • With air; • In atmospheric conditions; • In which, after inflammation, combustion propagates to the whole of the unburned mixture.

Explosible atmosphere: Atmosphere liable to become explosive.

An explosive atmosphere (ATEX) is a mixture, in atmospheric conditions, of inflammable substances in gas, vapour or dust form with air, in which, after inflammation, combustion propagates to the whole of the unburned mixture. Ignition source Products in suspension (gas, aerosols, dust)

Explosive range EXPLOSION

Combustible material

Oxygen

Confinement

Ignition source: Inherent to the equipment concerned, a specific feature whose activation constitutes a risk of ignition. A distinction must be made between these two concepts during risk analysis. The possible ignition sources are listed in EN 1127-1. On a site transforming combustible materials, and in the presence of oxygen in the ambient air, the ignition source is the only element which can easily be eliminated to prevent an explosion. 13 ignition sources are identified in EN 1127-1. Normal operation: Situation which exists when the equipment, protective systems and components fulfil their planned function in the context of their design parameters. Small leaks may be part of normal operation. Failures requiring repairs or shutdown are not considered to be part of normal operation. Dysfunction: Situation which exists when the equipment, protective systems and components do not fulfil their planned function and may generate an ignition source. A foreseeable dysfunction is one which we know through experience may occur during the product’s life span. A rare dysfunction only occurs exceptionally.

2 - DETERMINATION OF THE ZONES Directive 2014/34/EU, which is a revision of directive 94/9/CE, was published in the official bulletin of the European Union on 29th March 2014. It has been mandatory since 20th April 2016. The texts for transposition into French law have been published: • Decree no. 2015-799 of 1st July 2015 concerning hazardous products and equipment • Decree of 1st July 2015 concerning organizations authorized to perform conformity assessments and in-service monitoring operations on hazardous products and equipment Directive 2014/34/EU applies equally to electrical and mechanical equipment. It explicitly covers the instruments and protective systems used in an ATEX atmosphere, as well as the safety, control and adjustment systems, even if they are not in contact with an ATEX atmosphere, as long as they are necessary for or contribute to operation on instruments and protective systems. Temperature measurements in explosive zones are covered by this directive. 184

The site manager is responsible for classification of the zones in which an ATEX atmosphere may form. This classification depends on the probability of ATEX atmosphere formation and determines the category of equipment installed there. The equipment manufacturer is not responsible for imposing the right equipment category, but it has a duty to inform its customers of the applicable regulations. The zones are defined according to the type and the probability of it encountering such an atmosphere. There are 3 levels of classification for ATEX zones, depending on the clearance for the source of combustible material and the type of ventilation in place. A distinction is made between zones containing gas or vapour and zones where dust is present.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ENVIRONMENTS  ATEX DIRECTIVE

Zone 0 Zone 1 Zone 2

GASES / VAPOURS / MISTS Explosive atmosphere present continuously or for long periods in normal operation. 1000 hours/year = constant, long-term or frequent hazard Explosive atmosphere present occasionally in normal operation Between 10 and 100 hours/year or more = occasional hazard Explosive atmosphere present accidentally, in the event of dysfunction or for short periods Less than 10 hours/year = rare or short-term hazard

DUSTS Explosive atmosphere present continuously or for long periods in normal operation. Zone 20 1000 hours/year = constant, long-term or frequent hazard Explosive atmosphere present occasionally in normal operation Zone 21 Between 10 and 100 hours/year or more = occasional hazard Explosive atmosphere present accidentally, in the event of dysfunction or for short periods Zone 22 Less than 10 hours/year = rare or short-term hazard

3 - GROUPS OF GASES AND DUSTS En the ATEX framework, a reference gas corresponds to each group of gases. These groups are based on their ignition characteristics. GROUP IIA IIB IIC (the most dangerous)

REFERENCE GAS Propane Ethylene Hydrogen/Acetylene

GAS DANGER LEVEL ++ +++ ++++

Dusts are also classified in 3 groups of explosible gases. GROUP IIIA IIIB IIC (the most dangerous)

TYPE OF DUST Combustible fibres Non-conductive dust Conductive dust

DUST DANGER LEVEL + ++ +++

4 - DEFINITION OF THE EQUIPMENT CATEGORIES GROUPS I AND II The equipment and protective systems are divided into two groups: • Group I : equipment intended for use in the underground and surface parts of mines which may be endangered by firedamp and/or inflammable dust. • Group II : equipment intended for use in surface industries which may be endangered by explosible atmospheres. We do not propose any products classified in Group I. We will therefore only deal with equipment in Group II. CATEGORIES IN GROUP II • Category 1: Equipment in this category is characterized by at least two protective systems against explosion risks, operating in such a way that, if one of the protective systems fails, at least one independent secondary system ensures sufficient protection. This equipment is designed to operate in zones 0 or 20.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

• Category 2: The anti-explosion protective systems for equipment in this category must operate in a way that ensures a sufficient level of protection against explosion risks even in the event of foreseeable dysfunctions. This equipment is designed to operate in zones 1 or 21. • Category 3: The design of the equipment in this category must ensure a sufficient level of anti-explosion protection in normal operation. This equipment is designed to operate in zones 2 or 22. The equipment categories in Group II should be used as follows: G : Gas D : Dust ZONE

EQUIPMENT CATEGORY

1G, (1)G

2G, (2)G (or 1G, (1)G)

3G, (3)G (or 1G and 2G, (1)G and (2)G)

1D, (1)D

2D, (2)D (or 1D, (1)D)

3D, (3)D (or 1D and 2D, (1)D and (2)D)

• U se in the hazardous zone: Category 1G • I nstallation in safe zone. Transmits or receives a signal from to the hazardous zone: Category (1)G If you wish to use equipment in zone 0, its category must be 1G. Only this category is authorized in this zone. For zone 2, equipment in Category 3G is authorized, along with equipment in Categories 1G and 2G: what can do more can also do less. Equipment in the xGD categories can be used in explosible Gas and Dust atmospheres.

5 - TEMPERATURE CLASSES Below, we present the different ATEX temperature classes, applicable to ATEX atmospheres, with limitation rules which differ according to the temperatures. These temperature ranges (T1 to T6) can then be used to classify the equipment intended for installation or use in ATEX zones. The self-ignition temperature indicated for a combustible product (gas, vapour, dust) is the temperature at which the mixture with air spontaneously ignites. There is no need to provide a specific ignition source (flame, spark, electric arc, etc.) because the temperature is sufficient to set fire to the mixture. Manufacturers commit to a temperature for their equipment by means of the temperature classes. If the equipment is in temperature class T2, the manufacturer guarantees that the surface temperature of its equipment will never exceed 300°C in the conditions indicated. The maximum admissible surface temperature must always be lower than the self-ignition point.

185

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ENVIRONMENTS  ATEX DIRECTIVE

TEMPERATURE CLASSES Maximum admissible surface temperature 450°C 300°C 200°C 135°C 100°C 85°C

Equipment marking T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6

TABLE SUMMARIZING THE CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN GAS GROUPS AND TEMPERATURE CLASSES: CLASSIFICATION OF GASES AND VAPOURS IN GAS GROUPS AND TEMPERATURE CLASSES T1 T2 T3 T4 I II A II B II C

Methane Acetone, ethane, ethyl acetate, ammoniac, Ethyl alcohol, i-amyl benzol, acetic acid, carbon acetate, n-butane, n-butyl monoxide, methanol, alcohol propane, toluene City gas Ethylene Hydrogen Acetylene

TEMPERATURE LIMITATION RULES For dusts: the temperature is part of the Ex Dust marking. • Dust clouds: If a dust cloud occurs, the maximum surface temperature of the equipment must not exceed 2/3 of the ignition temperature under any circumstances: Max. temperature (C°) = 2/3 of the ignition temperature of a dust cloud (Tci) • Dust layers: The temperature must be limited if there is a layer of dust present less than 5 mm thick: Max. temperature = 5 mm – 75 k (75 k is the safety coefficient equal to 75°C)

Gasoline, diesel oil, kerosene, domestic fuel oil, n-hexane

Acetic acid, ether

Carbon disulphide

EXAMPLES OF EXPLOSIBLE DUSTS Acetylsalicylic acid, ascorbic acid, aluminium, starch (wheat), asphalt, wheat, cocoa, cellulose, flour / bread wheat, powdered milk, malt, paracetamol, polystyrene, soap, soya (flour), sugar, etc. NOTES • On DUST-certified ATEX products, the maximum surface temperature is indicated in plain language in the Dust marking on the label. This should not be confused with the temperature class (T1 to T6) which only concerns gases and vapours! • Do not confuse the maximum surface temperature of dust-certified equipment (e.g. T85 °C ) or the temperature class of gas-certified equipment (e.g. T4 ) with the admissible ambient temperature for the equipment. These are distinct characteristics.

DUST CLOUD

Wheat in bulk Cocoa powder Wheat starch Powdered milk Soya flour Sulphur Charcoal Sugar, pectin

186

IFA / INRS IDENTIFICATION NO.

SELF-IGNITION TEMPERATURE T1

3466 3469 3525 2046 1264 2535 254 232

490 °C 590 °C 380 °C 460 °C 430 °C 240 °C 520 °C 410 °C

EQUIPMENT SURFACE TEMPERATURE (2/3 OF T1)

5 MM DUST LAYER SELF-IGNITION TEMPERATURE T2

326 °C 290 °C 393 °C 250 °C 253 °C 530 °C 306 °C 330 °C 286 °C 420 °C 160 °C 250 °C 346 °C 320 °C 273 °C 380 °C Source: GESTIS-CARATEX databank

EQUIPMENT SURFACE TEMPERATURE (T2-75°C)

MAX. SURFACE TEMPERATURE TO USE WHEN CHOOSING THE EQUIPMENT

215 °C 175 °C 455 °C 255 °C 345 °C 175 °C 245 °C 305 °C

215 °C 175 °C 253 °C 255 °C 286 °C 160 °C 245 °C 273 °C

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ENVIRONMENTS  ATEX DIRECTIVE

6 - PROTECTION MODES There are several protection modes recognized by the IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) and CENELEC (Comité Européen de Normalisation Electrotechnique / European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization). Each protection mode is symbolized by lower-case letters which figure on the equipment’s

ATEX label. Several protection modes may be used on the same equipment. If so, the symbols concerned are indicated one after the other (e.g. Ex db eb op is q IIC T4 Gb). The most widely-used protection modes for Pyrocontrole’s temperature sensors are “ia” (intrinsic safety) and “d” (explosionproof enclosure).

MAIN PROTECTION MODES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TYPE

SYMBOL da

db dc

PROTECTION MODE

GROUP

explosion-proof enclosure

increased safety

EQUIPMENT CATEGORY

eb e ec

EQUIPMENT / IEC PROTECTION LEVEL CENELEC STANDARDS (EPL)

Db Ga Gb Gc Gc

Steps are taken from the design phase onwards to avoid any internal overheating and any electric arcs or sparks inside or on the external parts of electrical equipment.

60079-11

Limitation of electrical energy and internal heating, thus preventing any ignition.

60079-15

sealed unit

60079-15

limited respiration

60079-15

encapsulated

Exclusion of the explosive atmosphere by encapsulation of the parts in resin.

60079-28

Limitation of the light energy produced (e.g. by a LED), to avoid ignition of the surrounding explosive atmosphere.

protection by enclosure

III

Gb Gb Gc Ga Gb Gc Da Db Dc

60079-18

optical radiation with intrinsic safety

1G 2G 3G 1G 2G 3G 1D 2D 3D

60079-31

The construction of the equipment prevents any penetration inside by dust.

op is

60079-7

Elimination of electric arcs, sparks and internal heating. Must contain any internal explosion or must prevent the explosive mixture from penetrating inside. Enclosure designed to limit penetration of the explosive mixture.

ma mb mc op is op is op is ta tb tc

non-sparking

1G 2G 3G 3G

Parts which may ignite an explosive atmosphere are enclosed in an enclosure which must withstand an internal explosion and prevent propagation of the explosion outside it.

60079-1

ia ib ic nA

intrinsic safety

PRINCIPLE OF PROTECTION

7 - PROTECTION RATINGS IP INGRESS PROTECTION RATINGS (IEC 60529) SOLID PARTICLE PROTECTION 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

LIQUID INGRESS PROTECTION Not protection.

Protected against solid bodies larger than 50 mm. Example: involuntary contact with hand. Protected against solid bodies larger than 12.5 mm. Example: finger. Protected against solid bodies larger than 2.5 mm. Example: tools, wires. Protected against solid bodies larger than 1 mm. Example: small tools, small wires. Protected against dust. No harmful deposit. Protected against penetration by dust (dust-tight).

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Protection against dripping water (vertically-falling drops). Example: condensation. Protected against dripping water when the enclosure is tilted by up to (15°). Protected against dripping water when the enclosure is tilted by up to 60 °. Protected against water splashing from any direction. Protected against water projected by a nozzle from any direction. Protected against water projected in powerful jets similar to heavy sea spray. Protected against the effects of immersion at depths between 0.15 and 1 m. Protected against the effects of prolonged immersion under pressure.

187

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  PED / SIL

8 - COMPLETE ATEX MARKING

LCIE 14ATEX3020X Notified body

Category

Equipment group

ATEX product

Environment (in this case: Gas)

DIRECTIVE NO. 2014/68/EU PRESSURE EQUIPMENT The European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) specifies the requirements concerning pressure equipment for the distribution of pressure equipment inside the European economic area. The version currently in force is directive 2014/68/EU of the European Parliament and Council of 15th May 2014 regarding harmonization of the legislation in the member states concerning the commercialization of pressure equipment. After examining the datasheets from the Pressure Equipment Liaison Committee (CLAP) concerning Directive 2014/68/EU, PYROCONTROLE can inform you that: • A n isolated sensor does not meet the definition of a pressure accessory (Guideline number A-25 – CLAP number X029)

188

Certification number

Special conditions of use indicated in the certificate

…

ATEX product Number of notified body

ATEX certification

II 1G Ex ia IIC Ga T4 T6

0081 Regulatory marking

Year of certification

Equipment group Protection mode

Equipment protection level

Gas group

Temperature class

• I f a sensor is considered to be a component incorporated in an item of equipment, the requirements must be checked but the marking is not applicable (Guideline number A-22 – CLAP number X027) • T he compliance assessment procedures and the essential safety requirements in PED 97/23/CE are applicable to the whole safety chain (Guideline number A-25 – CLAP number X029) Consequently, CE marking cannot be placed on an isolated sensor (in the context of the Pressure Equipment Directive).

SIL (SAFETY INTEGRITY LEVEL) EN 61508 STANDARD This standard covers the functional safety of electrical/electronic/ programmable electronic systems related to safety. It concerns applications for which a failure of these systems has a significant effect on the safety of people, the environment and the installations.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES SIL

THE EN 61508 STANDARD: Some industrial processes may represent a hazard for people, the environment and the installations themselves. The safety functions are intended to reduce these hazards. SIL involves reducing the risks to a tolerable level. The EN 61508 standard was published to describe both the type of risk assessment necessary and the development of safety functions for the sensors, the logical processing part and the actuators. These measures include “risk suppression” (systematic faults) and “risk control” (random faults). This basic standard, which is independent of the applications, describes the requirements regarding the safety functions of the components and systems, allowing the development of branch-specific standards (e.g. the EN 61511 standard: see below).

THE EN 61511 STANDARD: This international standard can be used to define the requirements concerning the specifications, design, installation, operation and maintenance of an instrumented safety system, so that it can be implemented with total confidence, thus establishing and/or maintaining the safety of the process at an acceptable level. This standard was designed to constitute an implementation of IEC 61508 in process industries. PYROCONTROLE proposes “SIL Capable” process sensors by using temperature transmitters compliant with the EN 61508 standard. The performance level may be: SIL 2 Capable or SIL 3 Capable, depending on the type of mounting.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

189

GAS ENVIRONMENT 190

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

ZONES 0, 1, 2 ATEX ia SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

191

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ENVIRONMENTS  GAS ZONE

Complete, assembled sensor or totally configurable sensor: with CA PYROCONTROLE, you can choose. Thanks to a wide choice of references, the PYROmodules id50 system allows you to define a tailored Atex ia/d sensor adapted to your in-line temperature measurement application.

ID50 MODULES | TAILORED CONSTRUCTION HEADS

INDICATORS

TRANSMITTERS

EXTENSIONS

SENSING ELEMENT

HEADS

LSX-W with window 2” tube support

LSX-W with window Wall bracket

LSX-W -

LSX-D -

Output M20x1.5 G1/2

Output M20x1,5 G1/2

with window

without window

Other

Atex head

INDICATORS

Type AS TTH200/ TTH300

TRANSMITTERS

Simple / Duplex

TTH200

Simple

Type A TTH300

Duplex

Type A

Type AS TTH200/ TTH300

TTH300

Simple / Duplex

Duplex

id50

Upper

extension

Measuring elements

3-wire Pt100, K, J or N TCs, single or duplex Length 380 to 650 mm

SENSING ELEMENT

Simple / Duplex

Simple

EXTENSIONS

id50

TTH200/ TTH300

5335 Screwed ceramic terminal block 2, 4 or 6 terminals

id50

Puits

Lower

extension

See page 238

PCV

Screwed

PCB-VS

1’’1/2 flange - class 150 to 600

Screwed (NPT) / welded

PCB-2S

1’’1/2 flange - class 150 to 600

Double weld

PCB-PP

1’’1/2 flange - class 150 to 1,500

Full-penetration welded

PCB-F

1’’1/2 flange - class 150 to 1,500

PCB-F

2’’ flange - class 2,500

Machined in rough forging

Also, don't forget to protect your temperature sensors against excessive pressures, the velocity of the material and corrosion with our thermowells (see page 270) 192

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ENVIRONMENTS  GAS ZONE

For maintenance of your sensors, the id50 system enables you to replace the faulty part(s) only, whatever the sensor brand, at a competitive price.

GUARANTEED SAFETY The id50 modules system offers numerous protective measures guaranteeing a high level of safety. • Atex certification is maintained, even in the event of partial replacement of an existing sensor • All the thermowells are the subject of calculation notes in accordance with the ASME PTC- 19.3 TW 2016 standard • All the equipment is SIL-certified (for any assembly with a TTH200/ TTH300 transmitter)

ID50 MODULES SIMPLIFIED MAINTENANCE WORK With the id50, modules, change only the faulty part(s) of your sensor and reduce your maintenance costs. • This innovative modular system allows you to replace only the damaged parts • Atex certification maintained • id50 system adaptable to all types and makes of Atex sensors for temperature measurement

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

193

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

ID50

COMPLETE ASSEMBLED SENSOR IP

IEC 584-1 OR IEC60751

Ex ia and Ex d

up to 1150°C

DESCRIPTION

id50 sensor delivered complete and assembled. This sensor comprises the components detailed in the pages which follow. The section presenting the thermowells begins on page 238. SPECIFICATIONS

See following pages. Cable gland to be ordered if needed. See page 192 for an overview of the Pyromodules id50 solution. CA PYROCONTROLE enables you to check the appropriate element using a test rod, code: L860514-001.

194

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL ID50

TERMINAL STRIP TRANSMITTER

ELEMENT -

Reference in table and diagram Possible choice

1TCK

DISPLAY

LENGTH L1 (mm)

ATEX

TRANSMITTER SCALE

950-1,000

1Pt100 2Pt100 1TCK 2TCK 1TCJ 2TCJ 1TCN 2TCN

Ceramic terminal strip: B TTH200 T200 TTH300: T300 LC5335: 5335

Without: XS AS: AS A: AA

d : AD ia : IA

200 - 250 -300 350 - 400 -450 500 - 550 -600 650 - 700 -750 800 - 850 - 900 950 - 1000

0/250

CABLE GLAND -

PE1

Atex "d" for nonarmoured cable: PE1 Atex "d" for armoured cable: PE2 Atex "ia": PE3 Cap: CAP

DIAGRAM (MM)

DISPLAY Indicator type

ATEX PROTECTION MODES

Transmitter type

ATEX zone

ia protection mode

TTH200

TTH300

•

Type AS: without keypad Type A: with keypad

d protection mode

LENGTH L1

The length L1 should be determined according to the depth of the thermowell (P1), as shown in the table below Sensing element length

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

650

700

750

800

850

900

950

1000

P1 min. (mm)

120

170

220

270

320

370

420

470

520

570

620

670

720

770

820

P1 max. (mm)

135

185

235

285

335

385

435

485

535

585

635

685

735

785

835

885

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

195

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

LSX-D / LSX-W HEADS FOR ID50 IP

WITH OR WITHOUT WINDOW

INTRINSIC

SAFETY

DESCRIPTION

ATEX heads for the id50 system. The PYROmodules id50 solution gives you the choice between an LSX-W head with a window and an LSX-D head without a window SPECIFICATIONS Model ATEX Material Colour Cable input (cable gland, not supplied) Window for mounting a display External earth terminal Cover chain Accessory supplied

196

LSX-D

LSX-W II 1 GD / Ex ia IIC T6 Epoxy-coated aluminium alloy Yellow 1 input M20x1.5 with 1 input M20x1.5 with plastic cover plastic cover 1 input M20x1.5 with cap • •

•

• Sleeved base for locking the internal element, reference L810437-004

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES ï&#x192;&#x161; GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR ID50 HEAD

INDICATOR

TRANSMITTER

TO ORDER Photo

EXTENSIONS

SENSING ELEMENT

MOUNTING Head

ATEX

Reference

LSX-D: without window

L810439-001

LSX-W: with window

L810523-001

LSX-W with strap for 2" tube

L810499-001

LSX-W with wall bracket

L810520-001

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

197

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

AS - A

INDICATORS FOR ID50 WITH OR WITHOUT KEYPAD

INTRINSIC

SAFETY

SELFPOWERED

DESCRIPTION

ATEX ia indicators for the id50 system. LCD indicators for mounting on TTH transmitters Type AS: without keypad Type A: with keypad SPECIFICATIONS Model Reference Properties Compatibility Display

Display possibilities

Ambient operating temperature

198

Type AS L810503-000 Graphical LCD indicator controlled by transmitter without configuration function TTH200 / TTH300

Type A L810502-000 Graphical LCD indicator controlled by transmitter with configuration function (keypad) TTH300 Height of characters depending on the mode, Polarity signs, 4 digits, polarity signs, 4 digits, 2 digits after decimal point 2 digits after the decimal point, graphical bar indicator. Sensor 1 process value Sensor 2 process value Ambient temp./ electronics temp. Output value Sensor process value Output % Bar chart Bar chart Output % Output % Troubleshooting display information for transmitter and sensor status -20 to +70°C

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR ID50 HEAD

INDICATOR

TRANSMITTER

DISPLAY

SENSING ELEMENT

MOUNTING

Type A LCD indicator

EXTENSIONS

Type AS LCD indicator

The type A indicator can only be mounted on a TTH300 transmitter. The type AS indicator can be mounted on a TTH200 or TTH300 transmitter. It can be configured using the keypad on the indicator. The indicator is fixed on a tilted base. The indicator+transmitter assembly can only be mounted in LSX-W heads.

1 Quit / Cancel 2 Scroll back 3 Scroll forward 4 Confirm

TO ORDER Indicator type Type AS: without keypad Type A: with keypad

Transmitter type

Atex

Reference

•

L810502-100

•

L810503-100

TTH200

TTH300

•

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

199

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

5335 TTH200/300 TRANSMITTERS FOR ID50 INSULATED 4-20 mA OUTPUT

TTH200 TTH300

TTH300 DUPLEX VERSION

5335

IP68 / IP00

IP20 / IP00

UNIVERSAL

INPUT

HART

DESCRIPTION

Programmable transmitters for conversion into a 4-20 mA analogue signal TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS Model Reference

TTH200 LTTH200-100 II 1 G Eex ia IIC T6 II 2(1)G Eex [ia] ib IIC T6 II 2 G (1D) Ex [iaD] ib IIC T6

ATEX Compatible protection mode Ambient operating temperature

Ex ia

HART protocol Input Cold junction compensation (if used as TC input) Number of sensors Output Sensor breakage

•

-50 to +44°C for T6 / -40 to +60°C for T4 HART 5

Protection rating (as per EN60529) (head/ terminals) Dimensions

HART 5 or HART 7 (choice by switch) Delivered with HART 5 as standard. 3 or 4-wire Pt100 / J, K, N or T TC

5335 LC5335B-100 II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 or T4 Ga •

-40 to +60°C for T6 -40 to +85°C for T4 HART 5

•

2 4-20mA Programmable 3.5…23mA

Power supply Galvanic insulation

TTH300 LTTH300-100 II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga II 2(1)G Ex [ia] ib IIC T6 Gb (Ga) II 2 G (1D) Ex [iaD] ib IIC T6 Gb (Da)

11…30Vdc

8.0…30Vdc

3.5 kVdc (2,5 kVac), 60s

1.5 kVac / 50Vac

IP20 / IP00

IP68 / IP00

Diam 44.4mm x h 24.7mm

Diam 44.0mm x h 20.2mm

TERMINAL STRIP SPECIFICATIONS References Number of terminals Connection

200

L015078-000 2 1 x TC

L015079-000 4 2 x TC or 1 x 3-wire Pt100

L015080-000 6 2 x 3-wire Pt100

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES ï&#x192;&#x161; GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR ID50 HEAD

INDICATOR

TRANSMITTER

EXTENSIONS

SENSING ELEMENT

CONNECTIONS

MOUNTING

TTH200/300 transmitter

Insert the wires of the ID50 measuring element inside the transmitter and screw it inside the connecting head. For the intrinsic-safety loop calculation, the electrical parameters of the transmitters are indicated in the ia/A safety instructions. Set up the cable of the ID50 measuring element as shown in the wiring diagrams.

5335 transmitter

Transmitter TTH200 TTH300 5335B

ATEX ia ia ia

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Reference LTTH200-100 LTTH300-100 LC5335B-100

Ceramic terminal strip 2 terminals 4 terminals 6 terminals

Compatibility

TO ORDER ATEX ia ia ia

Reference L015078-000 L015079-000 L015080-000

201

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES ï&#x192;&#x161; GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

ID50 SENSOR EXTENSIONS FOR ID50 ADJUSTABLE FROM 120 TO 200 MM

STAINLESS STEEL 316L

DESCRIPTION

The extension provides the link between the head and the thermowell. It comprises two parts, upper and lower, and can be adjusted without cutting according to the length of the measuring element and the depth of the thermowell. SPECIFICATIONS Part ATEX Material Mounting Threading Accessories

202

Upper II 2G - Ex db IIC T6 Gb 316L On head As per table opposite Screw for locking the measuring element for any head other than the LSX model. Thread lock.

Lower N/A On thermowell 1/2 NPT

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES ï&#x192;&#x161; GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR ID50 HEAD

DIAGRAM (MM)

INDICATOR

TRANSMITTER

EXTENSIONS

SENSING ELEMENT

MOUNTING

Set the upper extension in place on the thermowell.

Screw the lower extension on the thermowell with a size-27 openend wrench by making use of the hexagonal shape of the leak-tight fitting. ` Tighten until the lower extension is locked.

TO ORDER Assembly For LSX head (locking screw not included) Upper extension

for other heads (screw included)

Reference

G1/2

L810437-001

G1/2 M24 M20 1/2 NPT

L810437-G12 L810437-M24 L810437-M20 L810437-N12 L810437-000

Lower extension

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

203

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

IDG50

THERMOCOUPLE FOR ID50 INTRINSIC

SAFETY

CLASS

SINGLE

DUPLEX

IEC 584-1

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Thermocouple measuring elements for the id50 system. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards ATEX Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm)

IDG50 IEC 61515 / IEC 584-1 / EN 60079-0 II 2 G / Ex db IIC T6 Gb / II 1 GD / Ex ia IIC T6 Ga / Ex ia IIIC T85°C Da K J N Inconel 600 316L Inconel 600 1 1 1 6

Hot junction

Insulated

Thermocouple Lengths (mm) Operating temperature (°C) Output Vibration withstand

204

Min Max

-40 1100

Single / Duplex 200 to 1000 -40 700 Wires 150 mm long with end-pieces 60g

-40 1100

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES ï&#x192;&#x161; GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR ID50 HEAD

INDICATOR

TRANSMITTER

EXTENSIONS

SENSING ELEMENT

DIAGRAM (MM)

DETERMINATION OF THE LENGTH OF THE IDG50 ELEMENT

TO ORDER

Flanged thermowell

K THERMOCOUPLE Length 200 mm Length 250 mm Length 300 mm Length 350 mm Length 400 mm Length 450 mm Length 500 mm Length 550 mm Length 600 mm Length 650 mm Length 700 mm Length 750 mm Length 800 mm Length 850 mm Length 900 mm Length 950 mm Length 1000 mm N thermocouple J thermocouple

By determining dimension P1 (drilling depth of the thermowell), you can choose the length of the ID50 measuring element. This length can be determined using a measuring rod. The lengths of the sensing elements according to the depth P1 are defined in the table below.

Single reference L810430-200 L810430-250 L810430-300 L810430-350 L810430-400 L810430-450 L810430-500 L810430-550 L810430-600 L810430-650 L810430-700 L810430-750 L810430-800 L810430-850 L810430-900 L810430-950 L810430-001 L810447-... L810445-...

Duplex reference L810431-200 L810431-250 L810431-300 L810431-350 L810431-400 L810431-450 L810431-500 L810431-550 L810431-600 L810431-650 L810431-700 L810431-750 L810431-800 L810431-850 L810431-900 L810431-950 L810431-001 L810449-... L810448-...

CONNECTIONS - SINGLE AND DUPLEX

K TC

Duplex K TC Green +

Green +

White -

*measuring rod = Reference = L860514-001

Green + White Sensing element length

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

650

700

750

800

850

900

950

1000

P1 min. (mm)

120

170

220

270

320

370

420

470

520

570

620

670

720

770

820

P1 max. (mm)

135

185

235

285

335

385

435

485

535

585

635

685

735

785

835

885

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

205

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

IDG50 Pt100 FOR ID50 CLASS

INTRINSIC

SINGLE

SAFETY

DUPLEX

IEC 60751

up to 450°C

DESCRIPTION

Pt100 measuring elements for the id50 system

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards ATEX Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Min./max. operating temp. (°C) Output Reference Thermocouple Mounting Vibration withstand

206

IDG50 IEC 60751 / EN 60079-0 II 2 G / Ex db IIC T6 Gb /

II 1 GD / Ex ia IIC T6 Ga / Ex ia IIIC T85°C Da Pt100 316 L A 6 -40°C… 450°C

Wires 150 mm long with end-pieces L810433 L810434 Duplex Single 2x3 wires 1x3 wires

L810432 Single 1x3 wires 10g

L810435 Duplex 2x3 wires 50g

See page 184 for an overview of the PYROmodules id50 solution

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR ID50 HEAD

INDICATOR

TRANSMITTER

EXTENSIONS

SENSING ELEMENT

DIAGRAM (MM)

DETERMINATION OF THE LENGTH OF THE IDG50 SENSING ELEMENT

TO ORDER

Flanged thermowell

3-wire Pt100, Withstand 10g Single reference Length 200 mm L810432-200 Length 250 mm L810432-250 Length 300 mm L810432-300 Length 350 mm L810432-350 Length 400 mm L810432-400 Length 450 mm L810432-450 Length 500 mm L810432-500 Length 550 mm L810432-550 Length 600 mm L810432-600 Length 650 mm L810432-650 Length 700 mm L810432-700 Length 750 mm L810432-750 Length 800 mm L810432-800 Length 850 mm L810432-850 Length 900 mm L810432-900 Length 950 mm L810432-950 Length 1000 mm L810432-001 3-wire Pt100, Withstand 50g L810434-...

Duplex reference L810433-200 L810433-250 L810433-300 L810433-350 L810433-400 L810433-450 L810433-500 L810433-550 L810433-600 L810433-650 L810433-700 L810433-750 L810433-800 L810433-850 L810433-900 L810433-950 L810433-001 L810435-...

CONNECTIONS

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

1x3 wires

2x3 wires

White

Red Red

*measuring rod = Reference = L860514-001

Sensing element length

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

650

700

750

800

850

900

950

1000

P1 min. (mm)

120

170

220

270

320

370

420

470

520

570

620

670

720

770

820

P1 max. (mm)

135

185

235

285

335

385

435

485

535

585

635

685

735

785

835

885

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

207

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

TA1G

THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

54/65

INTRINSIC

SAFETY

IEC 584-1

up to 1150°C

DESCRIPTION

Process sensor for use in explosive zones with a gas environment, equipped with an interchangeable measuring element. For mounting in a thermowell (see page 270).

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards

TA1G IEC 584-1 / NF EN 61515 / EN 60079-0 With DAN i head: II 1G / Ex ia IIC T4…T6 Ga With DAN Vi head: II 1 GD / Ex ia IIC T4…T6 Ga ia IIIC T135°C…T85°C Da LCIE 14ATEX3020 X K J T N Inconel600 316L 316L Inconel 600 Pyrosil 1 2 1 6-8 Insulated Single / Duplex Single

Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple Length L1 max (mm) Max. temp. (°C) of air in sensor sheath (without airflow) (theoretical)

1,500 Diam. 6 mm

1000°C

720°C

350°C

1000°C

1100°C

Diam. 8 mm

1100°C

720°C

350°C

1100°C

1150°C

Head type Material Output Cable diam.

Type M extension - Type RU extension (makes it easy to orient the head). Threading: 1/2""NPT. Stainless steel. DAN i DAN-Vi Light alloy 1 cable gland M20x1,5 5,5 à 7,5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) / Transmitter

Process connection

Electrical connection

IP Accessories (p.338)

208

IP54 IP65 Measuring element, thermowell, cable gland

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

HEAD

TA1G

Reference in table and diagram Possible choice

DNI

SHEATH TYPE

TC 1T

OPTION

Ø SHEATH (mm) -

LENGTH L1 (mm) 1,000

Class 1 TC

T (CLASS 2) J K N 2J 2K

TRANSMITTER

DAN i: DNI DAN-Vi: DVI

1T 1J 1K 1N 2K 2J

316L: AC INCONEL 600: CM PYROSIL: DB

6 8

Max. 1,500 mm

Extension type M: M Extension type RU: R

LC5331B-321: F LC5335B-100: G

THERMOCOUPLE INFORMATION 2

EXTENSION

TRANSMITTER SCALE -

0/250

CONNECTIONS

Duplex thermocouple

Sheath diameter (mm) 6 8 316L 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL PYROSIL 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

Transmitter Galvanic Input Output insulation 4-20mA 1,5kV TC + Pt100 1,5kV TC + Pt100 4-20mA + HART

Red +

Black -

Green + -

TRANSMITTER INFORMATION (1 TC ONLY)

Single thermocouple

ATEX

Reference

ia ia

LC5331B-321 LC5335B-100

For any other configuration, please contact us.

DIAGRAM (MM)

1 4

3 6

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

209

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

TAX41G THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

INTRINSIC

SAFETY

IEC 584-1

up to 1150°C

DESCRIPTION

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple

TAX41G IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 / EN 60079-0 II 1GD / Ex ia IIC T4…T6 Ga Ex ia IIIC T135°C…T85°C Da LCIE 14ATEX3020 X / IECEx LCIE 14.0021 X K J T N Inconel 600 316L 316L Inconel 600 Pyrosil 1 4.5 - 6 - 8 Insulated / Earthed Single / Duplex Simple

Length L1 max (mm) Max. temp. (°C) of air in sensor sheath (without airflow) (theoretical)

1 500 ø 4.5 mm

800°C

620°C

350°C

800°C

1100°C

ø 6 mm

1000°C

720°C

350°C

1000°C

1100°C

ø 8 mm

1100°C

720°C

350°C

1100°C

1150°C

Process connection

Electrical connection

Accessories (p.338)

210

Head type Material Output Cable diam.

Without, under head G1/2, connection G1/2 LSX DAN-Vi Light alloy epoxy coating 1 cable gland M20x1,5 6 mm to 12 mm 4 mm to 12.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) / Transmitter

IP67 Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings, thermowell

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

HEAD

TAX41G

LSX

Reference in table and diagram Possible choice

TC -

SHEATH TYPE AC

Ø SHEATH (mm) 6

LENGTH L1 (mm) -

950

PROCESS CONNECTION

HOT JUNCTION

LSX : LSX DAN-Vi : DVI

1T 1J 1K 1N 2K 2J

316L : AC INCONEL 600 : CM PYROSIL : DB

4.5 6 8

100 to 1,500

Without: 5 Extension and connection G 1/2": 6 Connection hunder head G 1/2": 9

Insulated: I Earthed: M

EN OPTION CABLE GLAND CAP

TRANSMITTER G

TRANSMITTER SCALE

DIAL*

0/250

7 For LSX head only Cap: CAP Atex ia: P3 For DAN head Cable gland M20x1.5: DAN

LC5331B-221: F LC5335B-100: G TTH200: T200 TTH300: T300

Without: XS AS: AS A: AA

* compatible with the TTH200/TTH300 transmitters (see page 200)

THERMOCOUPLE INFORMATION 2

Class 1 TC

T (CLASS 2) J K N 2J 2K

4.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

DIAGRAM (MM)

Sheath diameter (mm) 6 8 316L 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL PYROSIL 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 3

TRANSMITTER INFORMATION (1 TC ONLY)

Input

TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA 1,5kV 4-20mA + HART 1,5kV 4-20mA + HART 3,5kV 4-20mA + HART 3,5kV

ATEX

Reference

ia ia ia ia

LC5331B-321 LC5335B-100 TTH200 TTH300

CONNECTIONS

Duplex thermocouple

Single thermocouple

Red +

Black -

Green +

5 PROCESS CONNECTION

6 6

For any other configuration, please contact us. SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

211

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

SA1G Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

54/65

INTRINSIC

SAFETY

up to 450°C

DESCRIPTION

Pt100 process sensor for use in explosive zones with a gas environment, equipped with an interchangeable measuring element. For mounting in a thermowell (see page 270).

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards

SA1G IEC 60751 / EN 60079-0 With DAN i head: II 1G / Ex ia IIC T4…T6 Ga With DAN Vi head: II 1 GD / Ex ia IIC T4…T6 Ga Ex ia IIIC T135°C…T85°C Da LCIE 14ATEX3020 X / IECEx LCIE 14.0021 X Pt100 A 1x3 wires / 1x4 wires / 2x2 wires / 2x3 wires 6/8

Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Class Mounting/Construction Diameter (d) (mm) Min./max. operating temperature (°C) Type of measuring element

-40…+450°C DS… / TS…

Length L1 max (mm)

1 500

Process connection Head type Material Output Cable diam.

Type M extension - Type RU extension (makes it easy to orient the head). Threading: 1/2" NPT. Stainless steel. DAN i DAN-Vi Light alloy 1 cable gland M20x1.5 5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) / Transmitter

Electrical connection

IP Accessories (p.338)

IP54 IP65 Measuring element, thermowell, cable gland

For any other configuration, please contact us.

212

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

HEAD

SA1G

DVI

Reference in table and diagram Possible choice

DIAM (mm) 6

OPTION

MOUNTING -

LENGTH L1 (mm) 900

EXTENSION M

TRANSMITTER -

0/250

DAN i: DNI DAN-Vi: DVI

6 8

1x3 wires: B 1x4 wires: C 2x2 wires: D 2x3 wires: E

Max. 1,500 mm*

Extension type M: M Extension type RU: R

LC5333B-100: E LC5331B-321: F LC5335B-100: G

*2x2-wire mounting limited to 250 mm

TRANSMITTER SCALE

CONNECTIONS Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x3 wires

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x4 wires

White

White White

Red Red

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

2x2 wires

2x3 wires

Red

White

Red

White

Red Red

TRANSMITTER INFORMATION (1 PT100 ONLY) Input

Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Output 4-20mA 4-20mA

Transmitter Galvanic insulation NONE 1.5kV

ATEX ia ia

Reference LC5333B-100 LC5331B-321

4-20mA + HART

1.5kV

LC5335B-100

DIAGRAM (MM)

1 2

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

213

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

SAX41G Pt100 IP

CLASS

IEC 60751

INTRINSIC

SAFETY

up to 450°C

DESCRIPTION

Process sensor for use in explosive zones with gas environments. Measuring element: sheathed PT100 sensor with output via DAN or LSX head. 3 connection variants are available for adaptation to your process. Mountable on thermowell (see page 270)

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Class Mounting/Construction Diameter (d) (mm) Min./max. operating temperature (°C) Length L1 max (mm)

SAX41G IEC 60751 / EN 60079-0 II 1GD / Ex ia IIC T4…T6 Ga Ex ia IIIC T135°C…T85°C Da LCIE 14ATEX3020 X / IECEx LCIE 14.0021 X PT 100Ω A 1x3 wires / 1x4 wires / 2x3 wires 4.5 - 6 - 8 -40…+450°C 1,500

Process connection

Electrical connection

Accessories (p. 338)

Without, under head G1/2, connection G1/2 Head type Material Output Cable diam.

LSX

DAN-Vi Light alloy epoxy coating 1 PE M20x1,5 6 mm to 12 mm 4 mm to 12,5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) / Transmitter

IP67 Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings, thermowell

For any other configuration, please contact us.

214

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

Ø SHEATH (mm)

HEAD

SAX41G

Référence tableau et schéma Choix possible

LSX

LSX : LSX DAN-Vi : DVI

4.5 6 8

CONNECTIONS

LENGTH L1 (MM) -

950

RACCORD PROCESS

MONTAGE C

OPTION

CABLE GLAND -

CAP

T200

100 to 1500 1x3 wires : B Without: 5 For LSX head only 1x4 wires : C Extension and Cap: CAP 2x3 wires : D connection G 1/2": 6 Atex ia: P3 Connection hunder For DAN head head G 1/2": 9 Cable gland M20x1.5: DAN

TRANSMITTER SCALE

TRANSMITTER

0/250

LC5333B-100 : E LC5331B-321: F LC5335B-100: G TTH200: T200 TTH300: T300

Without: XS AS: AS A: AA

* compatible with the TTH200/TTH300 transmitters (see page 200)

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω

1x3 wires

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

1x4 wires

2x3 wires

White

White White

White

Red Red

TRANSMITTER INFORMATION (1 TC ONLY)

Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω

Input

DIAL*

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA WITHOUT 4-20mA 1,5kV

White

Red Red

DIAGRAM (MM) 1

ATEX

Reference

ia ia

LC5333B-100 LC5331B-321 LC5335B-100

4-20mA + HART

1,5kV

4-20mA + HART

3,5kV

TTH200

4-20mA + HART

3,5kV

TTH300

PROCESS CONNECTION

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

6 5

215

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

TCG3i

THERMOCOUPLE PVC CABLE OUTPUT

CLASS

INTRINSIC

SAFETY

IEC 584-1

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Bendable flexible sheathed thermocouple for adaptation to the application, even in confined spaces. Small-diameter sensor with a short response time. Equipped with a cable for easy connection even over long distances. Intrinsically-safe ATEX model for use in gas zones (0, 1 and 2) and dust zones (20, 21, 22). Thermocouples up to 3 mm in diameter must be handled with caution to avoid any breakage.

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple Diam. 1 to 2 mm Length L max (mm) Diam.> 2 mm Diam.1 -1.5mm Diam. 2 mm Max. temp. in air (°C) Diam. 3 mm in sensor sheath Diam. 4.5mm (without flow) (theoretical) Diam. 6 mm Diam. 8 mm Type of cable Cable sheath Max. temperature Output Conductors Braid Length Lc Min/Max (mm) Accessories (p.338)

216

TCG3i IEC 584-3 / EN 61515 / EN 60079-0 II 1 GD / Ex ia IIC T6 Ga / Ex ia IIIC T85°C Da LCIE 14ATEX3020 X K Inconel 600

J 316L 1 1 / 1,5 / 2 / 3 / 4.5 / 6 / 8 Insulated Single / Duplex 100 to 36,000 mm 100 to 30,000 mm

650°C 700°C 750°C 800°C 1000°C 1100°C

260°C 440°C 520°C 620°C 720°C 720°C extension PVC 105°C 2x0.22 mm², PVC insulation

Internal, copper, connected to sensor sheath 200 to 10,000 mm Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

TC TYPE

TCG3i

Ø SHEATH (MM)

2.0

LENGTH L (mm) 10200

LENGTH LC (mm) -

PROTECTIVE SPRING

2000

Reference in table and diagram

Possible choice

1J 1K 2J 2K

1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.5 6.0 8.0

Diam 1-1.5-2: 00100 to 36,000 Diam 3 - 4.5 - 6 - 8: 00100 to 30,000

Lc: 200 to 10,000 mm (standard: 2,000 mm)

Without: 0 With: 1 (standard)

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

TABLE OF THERMOCOUPLE INFORMATION 1

Model

TCG3i

Cable

TC Class 1

PVC sheath

J K 2J 2K

1 316L INCONEL600 -

1.5 316L INCONEL600 316L -

Sheath diameter (mm) 2 3 4.5 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600

6 316L INCONEL600 316L INCONEL600

2 8 316L INCONEL600 316L INCONEL600

CONNECTIONS K

Single

Duplex

Single

Duplex

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

217

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

TCG32i THERMOCOUPLE FEP CABLE OUTPUT

CLASS

INTRINSIC

SAFETY

IEC 584-1

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Bendable flexible sheathed thermocouple for adaptation to the application, even in confined spaces. Small-diameter sensor with a short response time. Equipped with a cable for easy connection even over long distances. Intrinsically-safe ATEX model for use in gas zones (0, 1 and 2) and dust zones (20, 21, 22). Thermocouples up to 3 mm in diameter must be handled with caution to avoid any breakage.

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple Diam. 1 to 2 mm Length L max (mm) Diam.> 2 mm Diam.1 -1.5mm Diam. 2 mm Max. temp. in air (°C) in sensor Diam. 3 mm sheath Diam. 4.5mm (without flow) (theoretical) Diam. 6 mm Diam. 8 mm Type of cable Cable sheath Max. Output temperature Conductors Braid Length Lc Min/Max (mm) Accessories (p.338)

218

TCG32i IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 / EN 60079-0 II 1 GD / Ex ia IIC T6 Ga / Ex ia IIIC T85°C Da LCIE 14ATEX3020 X K J Inconel 600 316L 1 1 / 1.5 / 2 / 3 / 4.5 / 6 / 8 Insulated Single / Duplex 100 to 36,000 mm 100 to 30,000 mm 650°C 260°C 700°C 440°C 750°C 520°C 800°C 620°C 1000°C 720°C 1100°C 720°C extension FEP 250°C 2 x 0.22 mm², FEP insulation Internal, copper, connected to sensor sheath 200 to 10,000 mm Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

TC TYPE

TCG32i

Ø SHEATH (mm)

8.0

LENGTH L (mm) 22,000

LENGTH LC (mm) -

PROTECTIVE SPRING

9,000

Reference in table and diagram

Possible choice

1J 1K 2J 2K

1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.5 6.0 8.0

Diam 1-1.5-2: 100 to 36,000 Diam 3 - 4.5 - 6 - 8: 100 to 30,000

Lc: 200 to 10,000 mm (standard: 2,000 mm)

Without: 0 With: 1 (standard)

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

TABLE OF THERMOCOUPLE INFORMATION 1

Model

TCG32i

Cable

Class 1 TC

FEP sheath

J K 2J 2K

1 316L INCONEL600 -

1.5 316L INCONEL600 316L -

Sheath diameter (mm) 2 3 4.5 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600

6 316L INCONEL600 316L INCONEL600

2 8 316L INCONEL600 316L INCONEL600

CONNECTIONS K

Single

Duplex

Single

Duplex

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

219

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

S1i Pt100 PVC CABLE OUTPUT OU FEP OU SILICONE

CLASS

INTRINSIC

SAFETY

IEC 60751

up to 450°C

DESCRIPTION

Sheathed Pt100 sensor, Class A as per IEC 60751, with cable output, for temperature measurement up to 450°C in lowpressure and low flow-rate environments. Intrinsically-safe ATEX model for use in gas zones (0, 1 and 2) and dust zones (20, 21, 22). SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Material Class Mounting/Construction Diameter (d) (mm) Length L max (mm) Max. temp. in air (°C) Sheath Max. temperature Output

Conductors

Shielding braid Length Lc Min/ Max (mm) Termination Accessories (p.338)

220

S1i IEC 60751 / EN 60079-0 II 1GD / Ex ia IIC T6 Ga / Ex ia IIIC T85°C Da LCIE 14ATEX3020 X Pt100 Ω 316 L A Single: 1x3 wires ou 1x4 wires / Duplex: 2x2 wires ou 2x3 wires 1.6 / 3 / 4.5 / 6 / 8 See table opposite 450°C PVC FEP SILICONE 105°C 200°C 200°C 3, 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, PVC 3, 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, FEP 3, 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, FEP insulation insulation insulation • • 200 to 10,000 mm Insulated bare wires Measuring element, thermowell, cable gland

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 0, 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

NO. OF PT100

S1i

Reference in table and diagram Possible choice

MOUNTING

Ø SHEATH (mm) 3

LENGTH L (mm) 1,000

CABLE -

PVC

LENGTH LC (mm) -

PROTECTIVE SPRING

900

1 2

1x3 wires: B 1x4 wires: C 2x2 wires: D 2x3 wires: E

1,6 3 4.5 6 8

As per table below

PVC PVC FEP: FEP Silicone: SIL

200 to 10,000 mm

Without: 0 With: 1 (standard)

DIAGRAM (MM) 4

6 5 7

TABLE OF POSSIBLE ASSOCIATIONS 1

Number of Pt100

Mounting

1 2

1x3 wires 1x4 wires

1.6 50 / 250 50 / 250

3 50 / 1500 50 / 1500

Min. / max. length 4.5 50 / 1500 50 / 1500

6 50 / 1500 50 / 1500

8 50 / 1500 50 / 1500

2x2 wires

50 / 250

2x3 wires

50 / 1500

CONNECTIONS Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x3 wires

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x4 wires

White

White White

Red Red

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

2x2 wires

2x3 wires

Red

White

Red

White

Red Red

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

221

ENVIRONMENT GAS 222

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

ZONES 1,2 ATEX d SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

223

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 1, 2

LSX-D / LSX-W HEADS FOR ID50 IP

WITH OR WITHOUT WINDOW

ANTI-EXPLOSION

DESCRIPTION

ATEX heads for the id50 system. The PYROmodules id50 solution allows you to choose between an LSX-W head with a window and a head without a window: the LSX-D SPECIFICATIONS Model ATEX Material Colour Cable input (cable gland, not supplied) Process connection Window for mounting a display External earth terminal Cover chain Accessory supplied

LSX-D LSX-W II 2 GD / Ex db IIC T6 Gb Epoxy-coated aluminium alloy Yellow 1 input M20x1.5 with 1 input M20x1.5 with plastic cover plastic cover 1 input M20x1.5 with cap G 1/2 • •

•

• Sleeved base for locking the internal element, reference L810437-004

See page 192 for an overview of the PYROmodules id50 solution and page 194 to order a complete assembled sensor.

224

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES ï&#x192;&#x161; GAS ZONES 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR ID50 HEAD

INDICATOR

TRANSMITTER

TO ORDER Picture

EXTENSIONS

SENSING ELEMENT

MOUNTING Head

ATEX

Reference

LSX-D: without window

L810439-001

LSX-W: with window

L810523-001

LSX-W with strap for 2" tube

L810499-001

LSX-W with wall bracket

L810520-001

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

225

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 1, 2

AS - A

INDICATORS FOR ID50 WITH OR WITHOUT KEYPAD

SELFPOWERED

DESCRIPTION

LCD indicators for mounting on TTH transmitters Type AS: without keypad Type A: with keypad SPECIFICATIONS Model Reference Properties Compatibility Display

Display possibilities

Ambient operating temperature

Type AS L810503-000 Graphical LCD indicator controlled by transmitter without configuration function TTH200 / TTH300 Polarity signs, 4 digits, 2 digits after the decimal point

Sensor process value Bar chart Output %

Type A L810502-000 Graphical LCD indicator controlled by transmitter with configuration function (keypad) TTH300 Height of characters depending on mode, polarity signs, 4 digits, 2 digits after the decimal point, bar graph indicator. Sensor process value 1 Sensor process value 2 Ambient / electronics temp. Output value Output % Bar chart Output % Troubleshooting display information for transmitter and sensor status

-20 to +70°C

See page 192 for an overview of the PYROmodules id50 solution and page 194 to order a complete assembled sensor.

226

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES ï&#x192;&#x161; GAS ZONES 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR ID50 HEAD

INDICATOR

DISPLAY

EXTENSIONS

SENSING ELEMENT

MOUNTING

Type A LCD indicator

TRANSMITTER

Type AS LCD indicator

4 3

1 Quit / Cancel 2 Scroll back 3 Scroll forward 4 Confirm

TO ORDER Indicator for TTHX00 Type AS: without keypad Type A: with keypad

Reference L810502-100 L810503-100

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

227

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 1, 2

5335 TTH200/300 TRANSMITTERS FOR ID50 INSULATED 4-20 MA OUTPUT

TTH200 TTH300

TTH300 DUPLEX VERSION

5335

IP68 / IP00

IP20 / IP00

UNIVERSAL

INPUT

HART

DESCRIPTION

Programmable transmitters for conversion into a 4-20 mA analogue signal TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS Model Reference SIL2 as per IEC 61508 Compatible protection mode Ambient operating temperature

TTH200 LTTH200-100 Ex d

Input Cold junction compensation (if used as TC input) Number of sensors Output Sensor breakage

•

-40 to +85°C / -20 to +70°C with display HART 5

HART 5 or HART 7 (choice by switch) Delivered with HART 5 as standard. Pt100 3 or 4 wires / TC J, K, N, T

-40 to +85°C HART 5

•

2 4-20mA Programmable 3.5…23mA

Power supply

Protection rating (as per EN60529) (head/ terminals) Dimensions

5335 LC5335A-100

•

HART protocol

Galvanic insulation

TTH300 LTTH300-000

11...42 Vdc

8.0…35Vdc

3.5 kVdc (2.5 kVac), 60s

1.5 kVac / 50Vac

IP20 / IP00

IP68 / IP00

Diam 44.4mm x h 24.7mm

Diam 44.0mm x h 20.2mm

TERMINAL STRIP SPECIFICATIONS References Number of terminals Connection

228

L015078-000 2 1 x TC

L015079-000 4 2 x TC or 1 x 3-wire Pt100

L015080-000 6 2 x 3-wire Pt100

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES ï&#x192;&#x161; GAS ZONES 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR ID50 HEAD

INDICATOR

TRANSMITTER

EXTENSIONS

SENSING ELEMENT

CONNECTIONS

MOUNTING

TTH200/300 transmitter

5335 transmitter

TO ORDER Transmitter TTH200 TTH300 5335B

Reference LTTH200-000 LTTH300-000 LC5335A-100

Ceramic terminal strip 2 terminals 4 terminals 6 terminals

Reference L015078-000 L015079-000 L015080-000

See page 192 for an overview of the PYROmodules id50 solution and page 194 to order a complete assembled sensor.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

229

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES ï&#x192;&#x161; GAS ZONES 1, 2

ID50 SENSOR EXTENSIONS FOR ID50 ADJUSTABLE FROM 120 TO 200 mA

316L STAINLESS STEEL

DESCRIPTION

The extension provides the link between the head and the thermowell. It comprises two parts, upper and lower, and can be adjusted without cutting , according to the length of the measuring element and the depth of the thermowell. SPECIFICATIONS Part ATEX Material Mounting Threading Accessories

Upper II 2G - Ex db IIC T6 Gb 316L On head As per table opposite Screw for locking the measuring element for any head other than the LSX model. Thread lock

Lower N/A On thermowell 1/2 NPT

See page 192 for an overview of the PYROmodules id50 solution and page 194 to order a complete assembled sensor.

230

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES ï&#x192;&#x161; GAS ZONES 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR ID50 HEAD

DIAGRAM (MM)

INDICATOR

TRANSMITTER

EXTENSIONS

SENSING ELEMENT

MOUNTING

Set the lower extension in place on the thermowell.

Screw the lower extension on the thermowell with a size-27 openend wrench by making use of the hexagonal shape of the leak-tight fitting. Tighten until the lower extension is locked.

TO ORDER Assembly For LSX head (locking screw not included) Upper extension

for other heads (screw included)

Reference

G1/2

L810437-001

G1/2 M24 M20 1/2 NPT

L810437-G12 L810437-M24 L810437-M20 L810437-N12 L810437-000

Lower extension

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

231

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 1, 2

IDG50

THERMOCOUPLE FOR ID50

ANTI-EXPLOSION

CLASS

SINGLE

DUPLEX

IEC 584-1

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Thermocouple measuring elements for the id50 system SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards ATEX Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm)

IDG50 IEC 61515 / IEC 584-1 / EN 60079-0 II 2 G / Ex db IIC T6 Gb / II 1 GD / Ex ia IIC T6 Ga / Ex ia IIIC T85°C Da K J N Inconel 600 316L Inconel 600 1 1 1 6

Hot junction

Insulated

Thermocouple Lengths (mm) Operating temperature (°C) Output Vibration withstand

Min Max

-40 1100

Single / Duplex 200 to 1000 -40 700 Wires 150 mm long with end-pieces 60g

-40 1100

See page 192 for an overview of the PYROmodules id50 solution and page 194 to order a complete assembled sensor.

232

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR ID50 HEAD

INDICATOR

TRANSMITTER

EXTENSIONS

SENSING ELEMENT

DIAGRAM (MM)

DETERMINATION OF IDG50 ELEMENT LENGTH

TO ORDER

Flanged thermowell

By determining dimension P1 (drilling depth of the thermowell), you can choose the length of the ID50 measuring element). This length can be determined using a measuring rod*.The lengths of the sensing elements according to the depth P1 are defined in the table below.

CONNECTIONS - SINGLE AND DUPLEX

KTC

KTC duplex Green +

Green +

White -

*Reference = L860514-001

Green + White Sensing element length

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

650

700

750

800

850

900

950

1000

Min. P1 (mm)

120

170

220

270

320

370

420

470

520

570

620

670

720

770

820

Max. P1 (mm)

135

185

235

285

335

385

435

485

535

585

635

685

735

785

835

885

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

233

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 1, 2

IDG50 Pt100 FOR ID50 CLASS

SINGLE

ANTI-EXPLOSION

DUPLEX

IEC 60751

up to 450°C

DESCRIPTION

Pt100 measuring elements for the id50 system

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards ATEX Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Min./max. operating temp. (°C) Output Reference Thermocouple Mounting Vibration withstand

IDG50 IEC 60751 / EN 60079-0 II 2 G / Ex db IIC T6 Gb /

II 1 GD / Ex ia IIC T6 Ga / Ex ia IIIC T85°C Da Pt100 316 L A 6 -40°C… 450°C

Wires 150 mm long with end-pieces L810433 L810434 Duplex Single 2x3 wires 1x3 wires

L810432 Single 1x3 wires 10g

L810435 Duplex 2x3 wires 50g

See page 192 for an overview of the PYROmodules id50 solution and page 194 to order a complete assembled sensor.

234

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR ID50 HEAD

INDICATOR

TRANSMITTER

EXTENSIONS

SENSING ELEMENT

DIAGRAM (MM)

DETERMINATION OF IDG50 ELEMENT LENGTH

TO ORDER

Flanged thermowell

3-wire Pt100, Withstand 10g Length 200 mm Length 250 mm Length 300 mm Length 350 mm Length 400 mm Length 450 mm Length 500 mm Length 550 mm Length 600 mm Length 650 mm Length 700 mm Length 750 mm Length 800 mm Length 850 mm Length 900 mm Length 950 mm Length 1000 mm

Single reference L810432-200 L810432-250 L810432-300 L810432-350 L810432-400 L810432-450 L810432-500 L810432-550 L810432-600 L810432-650 L810432-700 L810432-750 L810432-800 L810432-850 L810432-900 L810432-950 L810432-001

CONNECTIONS Connection 1 Pt100 Ω

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

1x3 wires

2x3 wires

White

Red Red

*Reference = L860514-001

Sensing element length

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

650

700

750

800

850

900

950

1000

Min. P1 (mm)

120

170

220

270

320

370

420

470

520

570

620

670

720

770

820

Max. P1 (mm)

135

185

235

285

335

385

435

485

535

585

635

685

735

785

835

885

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

235

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 1, 2

TAX42G THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

ANTI

EXPLOSION

IEC 584-1

up to 1150°C

DESCRIPTION

Process sensor for use in explosive zones with gas environments. Measuring element: sheathed thermocouple with output via LSX head. 3 connection variants are available for adaptation to your process. Mountable on thermowell (see page 270) SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards

TAX42G IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 / EN 60079-0 II 2 GD / Ex db IIC T6 Gb / Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db IP.6X Do not open when a voltage is present Do not open if there is dust in the atmosphere LCIE 14ATEX3007 X / IECEx LCIE 15.0015 X K J T N Inconel600 316L 316L Inconel 600 Pyrosil 1 4.5 - 6 - 8 Insulated / Earthed Single / Duplex Single

1,500 ø 4.5 mm

800°C

620°C

350°C

800°C

1100°C

ø 6 mm

1000°C

720°C

350°C

1000°C

1100°C

ø 8 mm

1100°C

720°C

350°C

1100°C

1150°C

Process connection

Cable diam.

Without, under head G1/2, connection G1/2 LSX Light alloy epoxy coating 1 cable gland M20x1,5 with 1 cable gland M20x1.5 for armoured cable fastening module with fastening module Ø internal : 4.5mm to 8mm 7 mm to 12 mm Ø external : 7 mm to 12 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) / Transmitter

IP67 Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings, thermowell

Head type Material Electrical connection

Accessories (p. 338)

236

Output

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

HEAD

TAX42G

LSX

Reference in table and diagram

TC -

SHEATH TYPE -

Ø SHEATH (mm) -

LENGTH L1 (mm) -

950

LSX : LSX

1T 1J 1K 1N 2K 2J

316L : AC INCONEL 600 : CM PYROSIL : DB

4.5 6 8

100 to 1,500

Possible choice

PROCESS CONNECTION -

HOT JUNCTION -

6 Without: 5 Extension and connection G 1/2": 6 Connection hunder head G 1/2": 9

Insulated: I Earthed: M

OPTION CABLE GLAND CAP

TRANSMITTER B

TRANSMITTER SCALE

DIAL*

0/250

7 Cap: CAP For non-armoured cable: PE1 For armoured cable: PE2

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C TTH200: T200 TTH300: T300

Without: XS AS: AS A: AA

*compatible with the TTH200/TTH300 transmitters (see page 228)

THERMOCOUPLE INFORMATION 2

Class 1 TC

T (CLASS 2) J K N 2J 2K

4.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

DIAGRAM (MM)

Sheath diameter (mm) 6 8 316L 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL PYROSIL 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

CONNECTIONS

Duplex thermocouple

Single thermocouple

Red +

Black -

Green + TRANSMITTER INFORMATION (1 TC ONLY)

Input

TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA 1,5kV 4-20mA + HART 1,5kV 4-20mA + HART 3,5kV 4-20mA + HART 3,5kV

7 4

ATEX

Reference

ia ia ia ia

LC5331B-321 LC5335B-100 TTH200 TTH300

5 PROCESS CONNECTION

6 6

For any other configuration, please contact us. SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

237

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 1, 2

SAX42G Pt100 IP

CLASS

IEC 60751

ANTI

EXPLOSION

up to 450°C

DESCRIPTION

Process sensor for use in explosive zones with gas environments. Measuring element: sheathedPT100 sensor with output via LSX head. 3 connection variants are available for adaptation to your process. Mountable on thermowell (see page 270)

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards

SAX42G IEC 60751 / EN 60079-0 II 2 GD / Ex db IIC T6 Gb / Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db IP.6X Do not open when a voltage is present Do not open if there is dust in the atmosphere LCIE 14ATEX3020 X / IECEx LCIE 14.0021 X PT 100Ω A 1x3 wires / 1x4 wires / 2x3 wires 4.5 - 6 - 8

Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Class Mounting Diameter (d) (mm) Min./max. operating temperature (°C) Length L1 max (mm)

-40…+450°C 1,500

Process connection

Without, under head G1/2, connection G1/2 Head type Material

Electrical connection

Accessories (p. 338)

LSX Light alloy epoxy coating with fastening 1 cable gland M20x1.5 for armoured Output 1 cable gland M20x1,5 module cable with fastening module Ø internal : 4.5mm to 8mm Cable diam. 7 mm to 12 mm Ø external : 7 mm to 12 mm Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) / Transmitter

IP67 Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings, thermowell

For any other configuration, please contact us.

238

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  GAS ZONES 1, 2

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL SAX42G

HEAD -

Reference in table and diagram

Ø SHEATH (mm)

LSX

LENGTH L1 (mm)

MOUNTING

400

LSX : LSX

4.5 6 8

100 to 1,500

1x3 wires : B 1x4 wires : C 2x3 wires : D

Possible choice

PROCESS CONNECTION

CABLE GLAND -

CAP 5

Without: 5 Cap: CAP Extension and connection For non-armoured cable: PE1 G 1/2": 6 For armoured cable: PE2 Connection hunder head G 1/2": 9

OPTION TRANSMITTER B

TRANSMITTER SCALE -

DIAL*

0/250

6 LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C LC5333A-100: D TTH200: T200 TTH300: T300

Without: XS AS: AS A: AA

*compatible with the TTH200/TTH300 transmitters (see page 228)

CONNECTIONS Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x3 wires

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω

DIAGRAM (MM)

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

1x4 wires

2x3 wires

White

White White

White

Red Red

INFORMATIONS TRANSMETTEUR (1 PT100 UNIQUEMENT)

Input

Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA WITHOUT 4-20mA 1,5kV

ATEX

Reference

ia ia

LC5333B-100 LC5331B-321

4-20mA + HART

1,5kV

LC5335B-100

4-20mA + HART

3,5kV

TTH200

4-20mA + HART

3,5kV

TTH300 4

5 PROCESS CONNECTION

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

6 5

239

DUST ENVIRONMENT 240

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

ZONES 20, 21, 22 ATEX ia SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

241

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 20, 21, 22

TA1D

THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

INTRINSIC

up to 1150°C

SAFETY

DESCRIPTION

Process sensor for use in explosible zones with a dust environment, equipped with an interchangeable measuring element. For mounting in a thermowell (see page 270).

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple

TA1D IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 / EN 60079-0 II 1GD / Ex ia IIC T4…T6 Ga Ex ia IIIC T135°C…T85°C Da LCIE 14ATEX3020 X / IECEx LCIE 14.0021 X K J T N Inconel600 316L 316L Inconel 600 Pyrosil 1 2 1 6-8 Insulated Single / Duplex Single

Length L1 max (mm)

1,500

Max. temp. (°C) of air in Diam. 6 mm sensor sheath (without airflow) (theoretical) Diam. 8 mm

1000°C

720°C

350°C

1000°C

1100°C

720°C

350°C

1100°C

1150°C

Process connection Head type Material Output Cable diam.

Type M extension - Type RU extension (makes it easy to orient the head). Threading: 1/2" NPT. Stainless steel. DAN-Vi Light alloy 1 cable gland M20 x 1.5 5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) / Transmitter

Electrical connection

IP Accessories (p.338)

242

IP65 Thermowell, cable gland

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 20, 21, 22

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

HEAD

TA1D

Reference in table and diagram

DVI

SHEATH TYPE

TC TYPE 1N

OPTION

Ø SHEATH (mm) -

LENGTH L1 (mm) 800

T (CLASS 2) J K N 2J 2K

DAN-Vi: DVI

1T 1J 1K 1N 2K 2J

316L: AC INCONEL 600: CM PYROSIL: DB

6 8

Max. 1,500 mm

Extension type M: M Extension type RU: R

LC5331B-321: F LC5335B-100: G

THERMOCOUPLE INFORMATION Class 1 TC

TRANSMITTER

Possible choice

EXTENSION

TRANSMITTER SCALE -

0/200

CONNECTIONS

Duplex thermocouple

Sheath diameter (mm) 6 8 316L 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL PYROSIL 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

Transmitter Galvanic Input Output insulation 4-20mA 1.5kV TC + Pt100 1.5kV TC + Pt100 4-20mA + HART

Red +

Black -

Green + -

TRANSMITTER INFORMATION (1 TC ONLY)

Single thermocouple

ATEX

Reference

ia ia

LC5331B-321 LC5335B-100

For any other configuration, please contact us.

DIAGRAM (MM)

1 4

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

243

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 20, 21, 22

TAX41D THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

INTRINSIC

SAFETY

IEC 584-1

up to 1150°C

DESCRIPTION

Process sensor for use in explosive zones with gas environments. Measuring element: sheathed thermocouple with output via DAN or LSX head. 3 connection variants are available for adaptation to your process. Mountable on thermowell (see page 270) SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple

TAX41D IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 / EN 60079-0 II 1GD / Ex ia IIC T4…T6 Ga Ex ia IIIC T135°C…T85°C Da LCIE 14ATEX3020 X / IECEx LCIE 14.0021 X K J T N Inconel600 316L 316L Inconel 600 Pyrosil 1 4.5 - 6 - 8 Insulated / Earthed Single / Duplex Single

Length L1 max (mm) Max. temp. (°C) of air in sensor sheath (without airflow) (theoretical)

1,500 ø 4.5 mm

800°C

620°C

350°C

800°C

1100°C

ø 6 mm

1000°C

720°C

350°C

1000°C

1100°C

ø 8 mm

1100°C

720°C

350°C

1100°C

1150°C

Process connection

Electrical connection

Accessories (p.338)

244

Head type Material Output Cable diam.

Without, under head G1/2, connection G1/2 LSX DAN-Vi Light alloy epoxy costing 1 cable gland M20x1,5 6 mm to 12 mm 4 mm to 12,5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) / Transmitter

IP67 Leak-tight fithings, rotating fittings, thermowell

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 20, 21, 22

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

HEAD

TAX41D

LSX

Reference in table and diagram Possible choice

TC -

SHEATH TYPE -

Ø SHEATH (mm) -

LENGTH L1 (mm) -

950

PROCESS CONNECTION -

HOT JUNCTION

LSX : LSX DAN-Vi : DVI

1T 1J 1K 1N 2K 2J

316L : AC INCONEL 600 : CM PYROSIL : DB

4.5 6 8

100 to 1500

Without: 5 Extension and connection G 1/2": 6 Connection hunder head G 1/2": 9

Insulated: I Earthed: M

OPTION CABLE GLAND PE3

TRANSMITTER G

TRANSMITTER SCALE

DIAL*

0/250

7 For LSX head only Cap: CAP Atex ia: P3 For DAN head Cable gland M20x1.5: DAN

LC5331B-221: F LC5335B-100: G TTH200: T200 TTH300: T300

Without: XS AS: AS A: AA

* compatible with the TTH200/TTH300 transmitters (see page 200)

THERMOCOUPLE INFORMATION 2

Class 1 TC

T (CLASS 2) J K N 2J 2K

4.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

DIAGRAM (MM)

Sheath diameter (mm) 6 8 316L 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL PYROSIL 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

CONNECTIONS

Duplex thermocouple

Single thermocouple

Red +

Black -

Green + TRANSMITTER INFORMATION (1 TC ONLY)

Input

TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA 1,5kV 4-20mA + HART 1,5kV 4-20mA 1,5kV 4-20mA + HART 1,5kV

7 4

ATEX

Reference

ia ia ia ia

LC5331B-321 LC5335B-100 LC5331B-321 LC5335B-100

5 PROCESS CONNECTION

6 6

Pour toute autre configuration, nous consulter. SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

245

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 20, 21, 22

SA1D Pt100 IP

CLASS

IEC 60751

INTRINSIC

SAFETY

up to 450°C

DESCRIPTION

Process sensor for use in explosible zones with a dust environment, equipped with an interchangeable measuring element. For mounting in a thermowell (see page 270).

SA1D IEC 60751 / EN 60079-0 II 1 GD / Ex ia IIC T4…T6 Ga Ex ia IIIC T135°C…T85°C Da LCIE 14ATEX3020 X / IECEx LCIE 14.0021 X Pt100 A 1x3 wires / 1x4 wires / 2x2 wires / 2x3 wires 6/8 -40…+450°C DS… / TS…

Length L1 max (mm)

1,500

Process connection Head type Material Output Cable diam.

Type M extension - Type RU extension (makes it easy to orient the head). Threading: 1/2" NPT. Stainless steel. DAN-Vi Light alloy 1 cable gland M20x1.5 5.5 to 7.5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) / Transmitter

Electrical connection

IP Accessories (p. 338)

IP65 Measuring element, thermowell, cable gland

For any other configuration, please contact us.

246

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 20, 21, 22

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

HEAD

SA1D

DIAM (mm)

Reference in table and diagram

OPTION

MOUNTING -

LENGTH L1 (mm) -

EXTENSION -

TRANSMITTER -

DAN-Vi: DVI

6 8

1x3 wires: B 1x4 wires: C 2x2 wires: D 2x3 wires: E

Max. 1,500 mm*

Extension type M: M Extension type RU: R

LC5333B-100: E LC5331B-321: F LC5335B-100: G

Possible choice

*2x2-wire mounting limited to 250mm

TRANSMITTER SCALE

TRANSMITTER INFORMATION (1 PT100 ONLY) Input

Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Output 4-20mA 4-20mA

Transmitter Galvanic insulation NONE 1.5kV

ATEX ia ia

Reference LC5333B-100 LC5331B-321

4-20mA + HART

1.5kV

LC5335B-100

CONNECTIONS Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x3 wires

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x4 wires

White

White White

Red Red

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

2x2 wires

2x3 wires

Red

White

Red

White

Red Red

DIAGRAM

1 2

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

247

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 20, 21, 22

SAX41D Pt100 IP

CLASS

IEC 60751

INTRINSIC

SAFETY

up to 450°C

DESCRIPTION

Capteur Process pour une utilisation en zone explosible avec un environnement poussière .Elément de mesure sonde PT100 gainée à sortie par tête DAN ou LSX. 3 variantes de raccordement sont prévues pour s'adapter à votre process. Montable sur puits thermométrique (voir page 270) CARACTÉRISTIQUES Model Compliance with standards Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Class Mounting/Construction Diameter (d) (mm) Min./max. operating temperature (°C) Length L1 max (mm)

SAX41D IEC 60751 / EN 60079-0 II 1GD / Ex ia IIC T4…T6 Ga Ex ia IIIC T135°C…T85°C Da LCIE 14ATEX3020 X / IECEx LCIE 14.0021 X PT 100Ω A 1x3 wires / 1x4 wires / 2x3 wires 4.5 - 6 - 8 -40…+450°C 1,500

Process connection

Electrical connection

Accessories (p. 338)

Without, under head G1/2, connection G1/2 Head type Material Output Cable diam.

LSX

DAN-Vi Light alloy epoxy coating 1 PE M20x1,5 6 mm to 12 mm 4 mm to 12,5 mm

Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) / Transmitter

IP67 Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings, thermowell

For any other configuration, please contact us.

248

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 20, 21, 22

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

Ø SHEATH (mm)

HEAD

SA1G

Reference in table and diagram Possible choice

LSX

LSX : LSX DAN-Vi : DVI

4.5 6 8

CONNECTIONS

LENGTH L1 (MM) -

950

RACCORD PROCESS

MONTAGE C

OPTION

CABLE GLAND -

CAP

T200

TRANSMITTER SCALE

TRANSMITTER

0/250

LC5333B-100: E LC5331B-321: F LC5335B-100: G TTH200: T200 TTH300: T300

Without: XS AS: AS A: AA

* compatible with the TTH200/TTH300 transmitters (see page 200)

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω

1x3 wires

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

1x4 wires

2x3 wires

White

White White

White

Red Red

INFORMATIONS TRANSMETTEUR (1 PT100 UNIQUEMENT)

Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω

Input

DIAL*

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA WITHOUT 4-20mA 1,5kV

White

Red Red

DIAGRAM (MM) 1

ATEX

Reference

ia ia

LC5333B-100 LC5331B-321 LC5335B-100

4-20mA + HART

1,5kV

4-20mA + HART

3,5kV

TTH200

4-20mA + HART

3,5kV

TTH300

5 PROCESS CONNECTION SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

6 5

249

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 20, 21, 22

TCG3i

THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

INTRINSIC

IEC 584-1

SAFETY

PVC CABLE OUTPUT

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Bendable flexible sheathed thermocouple for adaptation to the application, even in confined spaces. Small-diameter sensor with a short response time. Equipped with a cable for easy connection even over long distances. Intrinsically-safe ATEX model for use in gas zones (0, 1 and 2) and dust zones (20, 21 and 22). Thermocouples up to 3 mm in diameter must be handled with caution to avoid any breakage.

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction TC Diam. 1 to 2 mm Length L max (mm) Diam.> 2 mm Diam.1 -1.5mm Max. temp. in air Diam. 2 mm (°C) in sensor Diam. 3 mm sheath (without flow) Diam. 4.5mm (theoretical) Diam. 6 mm Diam. 8 mm Type of cable Cable sheath Max. Output temperature Conductors Braid Length Lc Min/ Max (mm) Accessories (p. 338)

250

TCG3i IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 / EN 60079-0 II 1 GD / Ex ia IIC T6 Ga / Ex ia IIIC T85°C Da LCIE 14ATEX3020 X K J Inconel 600 316L 1 1 / 1.5/ 2 / 3 / 4.5/ 6 / 8 Insulated Single / Duplex 100 to 36,000 mm 100 to 30,000 mm 650°C 260°C 700°C 440°C 750°C 520°C 800°C 620°C 1000°C 720°C 1100°C 720°C extension PVC 105°C 2 x 0.22 mm², PVC insulation Internal, copper, connected to sensor sheath 200 to 10,000 mm Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 20, 21, 22

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

TC TYPE

TCG3i

Ø SHEATH (mm)

LENGTH L (mm) 01500

LENGTH LC (mm) -

PROTECTIVE SPRING

2,000

Reference in table and diagram

Possible choice

1J 1K 2J 2K

1 1.5 2 3 4.5 6 8

Diam 1-1.5-2: 00100 to 36,000 Diam 3 - 4.5 - 6 - 8: 00100 to 30,000

Lc: 200 to 10,000 mm (standard: 2,000 mm)

Without: 0 With: 1 (standard)

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

THERMOCOUPLE INFORMATION 1

Model

TCG3i

Cable

Class 1 TC

PVC sheath

J K 2J 2K

1 316L INCONEL600 -

1.5 316L INCONEL600 316L -

Sheath diameter (m Class 1 TC m) 2 3 4.5 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600

6 316L INCONEL600 316L INCONEL600

8 316L INCONEL600 316L INCONEL600

CONNECTIONS K

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

251

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 20, 21, 22

TCG32i THERMOCOUPLE FEP CABLE OUTPUT

CLASS

IEC 584-1

INTRINSIC

SAFETY

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Bendable flexible sheathed thermocouple for adaptation to the application, even in confined spaces. Small-diameter sensor with a short response time. Equipped with a cable for easy connection even over long distances. Intrinsically-safe ATEX model for use in gas zones (0, 1 and 2) and dust zones (20, 21, 22). Thermocouples up to 3 mm in diameter must be handled with caution to avoid any breakage.

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction Thermocouple Diam. 1 to 2 mm Length L max (mm) Diam.> 2 mm Diam.1 -1.5mm Max. temp. in air Diam. 2 mm (°C) in sensor Diam. 3 mm sheath (without flow) Diam. 4.5mm (theoretical) Diam. 6 mm Diam. 8 mm Type of cable Cable sheath Max. Output temperature Conductors Braid Length Lc Min/ Max (mm) Accessories (p. 338)

252

TCG32i IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 / EN 60079-0 II 1 GD / Ex ia IIC T6 Ga / Ex ia IIIC T85°C Da LCIE 14ATEX3020 X K J Inconel 600 316L 1 1 / 1.5/ 2 / 3 / 4.5/ 6 / 8 Insulated Single / Duplex 100 to 36,000 mm 100 to 30,000 mm 650°C 260°C 700°C 440°C 750°C 520°C 800°C 620°C 1000°C 720°C 1100°C 720°C extension FEP 250°C 2 x 0.22 mm², FEP insulation Internal, copper, connected to sensor sheath 200 to 10,000 mm Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 20, 21, 22

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

TC TYPE

TCG32i

Ø SHEATH (mm)

LENGTH L1 (mm) 01700

LENGTH LC (mm) -

PROTECTIVE SPRING

8,000

Reference in table and diagram

Possible choice

1J 1K 2J 2K

1 1.5 2 3 4.5 6 8

Diam 1-1.5-2: 00100 to 36,000 Diam 3 - 4.5 - 6 - 8: 00100 to 30,000

Lc: 200 to 10,000 mm (standard: 2,000 mm)

Without: 0 With: 1 (standard)

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

THERMOCOUPLE INFORMATION 1

Model

TCG32i

Cable

Class 1 TC

FEP sheath

J K 2J 2K

1 316L INCONEL600 -

1.5 316L INCONEL600 316L -

Sheath diameter (mm) 2 3 4.5 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600

6 316L INCONEL600 316L INCONEL600

2 8 316L INCONEL600 316L INCONEL600

CONNECTIONS K

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

253

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 20, 21, 22

S1i Pt100 PVC OR FEP OR SILICONE CABLE OUTPUT

CLASS

INTRINSIC

SAFETY

IEC 60751

up to 450°C

DESCRIPTION

Sheathed Pt100 sensor, Class A as per IEC 751, with cable output, for temperature measurement up to 450°C in lowpressure and low flow-rate environments. Intrinsically-safe ATEX model for use in gas zones (0, 1 and 2) and dust zones (20, 21 and, 22). SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Material Class Mounting/Construction Diameter (d) (mm) Length L1 max (mm) Max. temp. in air (°C) (without flow) (theoretical) Sheath Max. temperature Output

Conductors

Shielding braid Length Lc Min/ Max (mm) Termination Accessories (p. 338)

254

S1i IEC 60751 / EN 60079-0 II 1GD / Ex ia IIC T6 Ga / Ex ia IIIC T85°C Da LCIE 14ATEX3020 X Pt100 Ω 316 L A Single: 1x3 wires or 1x4 wires / Duplex: 2x2 wires or 2x3 wires 1.6 / 3 / 4.5 / 6 / 8 See table opposite 450°C PVC 105°C 3, 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, PVC insulation •

FEP 200°C 3, 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, FEP insulation •

SILICONE 200°C 3, 4 or 6 x 0.22 mm, FEP insulation

200 to 10,000 mm Insulated bare wires Measuring element, thermowell, cable gland

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 20, 21, 22

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

NO. OF PT100

S1i

Reference in table and diagram Possible choice

MOUNTING

Ø SHEATH (mm) -

LENGTH L (mm) -

900

CABLE -

SIL

LENGTH LC (mm) -

PROTECTIVE SPRING

520

1 2

1x3 wires: B 1x4 wires: C 2x2 wires: D 2x3 wires: E

1.6 3 4.5 6 8

As per table below

PVC: PVC FEP: FEP Silicone: SIL

200 to 10,000 mm

Without: 0 With: 1 (standard)

DIAGRAM (MM) 4

6 5 7

TABLE OF POSSIBLE ASSOCIATIONS 1

Number of Pt100

Mounting

1 2

Length L min. / max. (mm) 4.5 50 / 1500 50 / 1500

1x3 wires 1x4 wires

1.6 50 / 250 50 / 250

3 50 / 1500 50 / 1500

6 50 / 1500 50 / 1500

8 50 / 1500 50 / 1500

2x2 wires

50 / 250

2x3 wires

50 / 1500

CONNECTIONS Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x3 wires

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x4 wires

White

White White

Red Red

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

2x2 wires

2x3 wires

Red

White

Red

White

Red Red

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

255

DUST ENVIRONMENT 256

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

ZONES 21, 22 ATEX d SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

257

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 21, 22

TA2D

THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

ANTI-EXPLOSION

up to 1100°C

DESCRIPTION

Process sensor for use in explosible zones with a dust environment, equipped with an interchangeable measuring element. For mounting in a thermowell (see page 270).

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Material Class Diameter (d) (mm) Hot junction TC

TA2D IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 / EN 60079-0 II 2 GD / Ex db IIC T6 Gb / Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db IP.6X Do not open when live Do not open in the presence of dust atmospheres LCIE 15ATEX3007 X / IECEx LCIE 15.0015 X K J T N Inconel 600 316L 316L Inconel 600 Pyrosil 1 2 1 4.5 - 6 Insulated / Earthed Single / Duplex Single

Length L1 max (mm)

1,500

Max. temp. (°C) of air in Diam. 6 mm sensor sheath (without airflow) (theoretical) Diam. 8 mm

1000°C

720°C

350°C

1000°C

1100°C

720°C

350°C

1100°C

1150°C

Process connection

Type M extension - Type RU extension (makes it easy to orient the head). Threading: 1/2" NPT. Stainless steel. PSX Epoxy-coated light alloy 1 anti-explosion cable gland 3/4" NPT with nickel-plated brass fastening For non-armoured cable : Ø 7.0 - 12.0 mm For armoured cable : Ø ext. 10.0 - 16.0 mm Ø int. 7.0 - 12.0 mm

Head type Material Output Electrical connection

Cable diam. Equipment IP

Accessories (p. 338)

258

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) / Transmitter IP65 Measuring element, thermowell, cable gland

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 21, 22

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

HEAD

TA2D

Reference in table and diagram

PSX

SHEATH TYPE

TC TYPE -

EN OPTION

Ø SHEATH (mm) -

LENGTH L1 (mm) -

1,400

PSX

1T 1J 1K 1N 2K 2J

316L : AC INCONEL 600 : CM PYROSIL : DB

4.5 6

Max. 1,500 mm

Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

T (CLASS 2) J K N 2J 2K

TRANSMITTER INFORMATION (1 TC ONLY) Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA 1.5kV 4-20mA + HART 1.5kV

M 6

TRANSMITTER SCALE

TRANSMITTER -

0/250

Extension For nonLC5334A-100 : A type M: M armoured cable : LC5331A-321 : B Extension PE1 LC5335A-100 : C type RU: R For armoured cable : PE2 Without : N

ASSOCIATED CONNECTIONS ON TERMINAL STRIP

Sheath diameter (mm) 6 8 316L 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL PYROSIL 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

Class 1 TC

CABLE GLAND

EXTENSION -

THERMOCOUPLE INFORMATION

TC TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Possible choice

Input

HOT JUNCTION

Duplex thermocouple

Single thermocouple

Red +

Black -

Green + 7

For any other configuration, please contact us

Reference LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

DIAGRAM (MM) 5

3 6

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

259

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 21, 22

DGM/TGM THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

SIMPLE

up to 1150°C

DUPLEX

DESCRIPTION

Elément interchangeable à thermocouple pour une utilisation dans les capteurs type TPS. Equipé de ressorts de poussée pour un montage antivibratoire. CARACTÉRISTIQUES Model

DGM... / TGM…

Compliance with standards Type Material

CEI 584-1 / NF EN 60584-1 K

Inconel600

316L

Class

Pyrosil 1

4.5 - 6

Hot junction

Insulated/Earthed

Thermocouple

Single / Duplex

Single

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

260

Inconel 600

Sheath diameter (mm)

Max. temp. (°C) of air in sensor sheath (without airflow) (theoretical)

1,500

Diam. 4.5 mm

800°C

620°C

350°C

800°C

1100°C

Diam. 6 mm

1100°C

720°C

350°C

1000°C

1100°C

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 21, 22

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: TYPE OF ELEMENT TERMINAL STRIP TYPE T Reference in table and diagram

GM1

DIAMETER (mm) -

Possible choice

DIN ceramic Single terminal strip: D thermocouple: G1 Socket for Duplex integrated thermocouple: G2 transmitter: T

OPTION TC TYPE

4.5 6

K J T N

SHEATH TYPE -

LENGTH L1 (MM) -

HOT JUNCTION

800

TRANSMITTER SCALE

TRANSMITTER -

316L: AC 120 to INCONEL 600: CM 1,500 mm PYROSIL: DB

Insulated: I (standard) Earthed: M

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C SANS : N* *embase livrée fils libres (85 mm) sans boinier, ni transmeteur

SCHÉMA (MM)

5 1

TABLEAU DES ASSOCIATIONS POSSIBLES 3

Type thermocouple Classe 1

T (classe2) J K N 2J 2K

INFORMATIONS TRANSMETTEUR

Diamètre de la gaine (mm) 6 8 316L 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL PYROSIL 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 4

Entrée TC TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Transmetteur Isolation Sortie galvanique 4-20mA 1,5kV 4-20mA 1,5kV 4-20mA + HART 1,5kV

Référence

LC5334A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

Non compatible avec version duplex

Pour toute autre configuration, nous consulter.

BRANCHEMENT Thermocouple duplex

Thermocouple simple

Rouge +

Noir -

Vert + -

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

261

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 21, 22

TAX42D THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

ANTI

EXPLOSION

IEC 584-1

jusqu'à 1150°C

DESCRIPTION

TAX42D IEC 584-1 / EN 61515 / EN 60079-0 II 2 GD / Ex db IIC T6 Gb / Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db IP.6X Do not open when a voltage is present Do not open if there is dust in the atmosphere LCIE 14ATEX3007 X / IECEx LCIE 15.0015 X K J T N Inconel 600 316L 316L Inconel 600 Pyrosil 1 4.5 - 6 - 8 Insulated / Earthed Single / Duplex Single

1,500 ø 4.5 mm

800°C

620°C

350°C

800°C

1100°C

ø 6 mm

1000°C

720°C

350°C

1000°C

1100°C

ø 8 mm

1100°C

720°C

350°C

1100°C

1150°C

Process connection Type de tête Matière Electrical connection

Accessories (p. 338)

262

Sortie Diam. câble

Without, under head G1/2, connection G1/2 LSX Light alloy epoxy coating 1 cable gland M20x1,5 1 cable gland M20x1.5 for armoured with fastening module cable with fastening module Ø infernal : 4.5mm to 8mm 67 mm to 12 mm Ø external : 7 mm to 12 mm

Equipement

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) / Transmitter

IP67 Leak-tight fithings, rotating fittings, thermowell

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 21, 22

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

HEAD

TAX42D

LSX

Référence tableau et schéma

TC -

SHEATH TYPE -

Ø SHEATH (mm) -

4.5

LENGTH L1 (mm) -

870

PROCESS CONNECTION -

LSX : LSX

1T 1J 1K 1N 2K 2J

316L: AC INCONEL 600: CM PYROSIL: DB

4.5 6 8

100 à 1500

Without: 5 Extension and connection G 1/2": 6 Connection hunder head G 1/2": 9

Choix possible

HOT JUNCTION -

Insulated: I Earthed: M

OPTION CABLE GLAND PE2

TRANSMITTER C

TRANSMITTER SCALE

DIAL*

0/250

7 Cap: CAP For non-armoured cable: PE1 For armoured cable: PE2

LC5334A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C TTH200: T200 TTH300: T300

Without: XS AS: AS A: AA

*compatible with the TTH200/TTH300 transmitters (see page 228)

THERMOCOUPLE INFORMATION 2

Class 1 TC

T (CLASS 2) J K N 2J 2K

4.5 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL 316L INCONEL600

DIAGRAM (MM)

Sheath diameter (mm) 6 8 316L 316L 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600 INCONEL600 PYROSIL PYROSIL 316L 316L INCONEL600 INCONEL600

CONNECTIONS

Duplex thermocouple

Single thermocouple

Red +

Black -

Vert + TRANSMITTER INFORMATION (1 TC ONLY)

Input

TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA 1,5kV 4-20mA + HART 1,5kV 4-20mA + HART 3,5kV 4-20mA + HART 3,5kV

7 4

ATEX

Reference

ia ia ia ia

LC5331B-321 LC5335B-100 TTH200 TTH300

5 PROCESS CONNECTION

6 6

For any other configuration, please contact us. SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

263

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 21, 22

SA2D Pt100 IP

CLASS

IEC 60751

ANTI-EXPLOSION

up to 450°C

DESCRIPTION

Process sensor for use in explosible zones with a dust environment, equipped with an interchangeable measuring element. For mounting in a thermowell (see page 238).

SA2D IEC 60751 / EN 60079-0 II 2 GD / Ex db IIC T6 Gb / Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db IP.6X Do not open when live Do not open in the presence of dust atmospheres LCIE 15ATEX3007 X / IECEx LCIE 15.0015 X Pt100 A 1x3 wires / 1x4 wires / 2x2 wires / 2x3 wires 4.5 - 6 -40…+450°C DS… / TS…

Length L1 max (mm)

1,500

Process connection

Type M extension - Type RU extension (makes it easy to orient the head). Threading: 1/2"NPT.Stainless steel. PSX Epoxy-coated light alloy 1 anti-explosion cable gland 3/4" NPT with nickel-plated brass fastening For non-armoured cable : Ø 7.0 - 12.0 mm For armoured cable : Ø ext. 10.0 - 16.0 mm Ø int. 7.0 - 12.0 mm

Head type Material Output Electrical connection

Cable diam. Equipment IP

Accessories

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) / Transmitter IP65 Measuring element, thermowell, cable gland

For any other configuration, please contact us.

264

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 21, 22

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

HEAD

SA2D

PSX

Référence tableau et schéma

Ø (mm) 6

MOUNTING -

OPTION

LENGTH L1 (mm) 1,250

EXTENSION -

PSX

4.5 6

1x3 wires: B 1x4 wires: C 2x2 wires: D 2x3 wires: E

Max. 1,500 mm*

Extension type M : M Extension type RU : R

*2x2-wire mounting limited to 250mm

Choix possible

CABLE GLAND

TRANSMITTER -

TRANSMITTER SCALE

0/200

6 Pour câble non armé : PE1 Pour câble armé : PE2 SANS : N

LC5333A-100 : D LC5331A-321 : B LC5335A-100 : C

TRANSMITTER INFORMATION (1 PT100 ONLY)

Transmitter Input

Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Output 4-20mA 4-20mA

Galvanic insulation NONE 1.5kV

Reference LC5333A-100 LC5331A-321

4-20mA + HART

1.5kV

LC5335A-100

CONNECTIONS

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

1x4 wires

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

2x2 wires

White White

Red Red

2x3 wires

Red

White

Red

White

Red Red

DIAGRAM (MM) 4

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

265

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 21, 22

DSM/TSM Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

SINGLE

up to 450°C

DUPLEX

DESCRIPTION

Interchangeable Pt100 element for use in TPS/SPS sensors. Equipped with support springs for anti-vibration mounting.

SPECIFICATIONS Model

DSM... / TSM…

Compliance with standards Type

Pt100

Class

A up to 450 °C | B from 450 to 600 °C

Mounting/Construction

1x3 wires / 1x4 wires / 2x2 wires / 2x3 wires

Sheath diameter (mm)

4.5 - 6

Min./Max. operating temp. (°C)

266

IEC 60751

-40…+600°C

Sheath material

316L

Length L1 Min/Max (mm)

1,500

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 21, 22

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering TYPE OF TERMINAL STRIP D Reference in table and diagram Possible choice

OPTION

ELEMENT TYPE -

Ø (mm)

SM1

LENGTH L1 (mm)

MOUNTING -

900

TRANSMITTER -

TRANSMITTER SCALE -

DIN ceramic terminal strip: D Socket for integrated transmitter: T

Single Pt100: S1 Duplex Pt100: S2

4.5 6

1x2 or 2x2 wires: 2 1x3 or 2x3 wires: 3 1x4 wires: 4

Max 1,500 mm

LC5333A-100: A LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C WITHOUT : N* *embase livrée fils libres (85 mm) sans boinier, ni transmeteur

0/150

DIAGRAM

5 1

TRANSMITTER INFORMATION

Transmitter Galvanic Input Output insulation Pt100 4-20mA SANS TC + Pt100 4-20mA 1,5kV TC + Pt100 4-20mA + HART 1,5kV Not compatible with duplex version

Reference

LC5333A-100 LC5331A-321 LC5335A-100

CONNECTIONS Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x3 wires

Connection 1 Pt100 Ω 1x4 wires

White

White White

Red Red

Connection 2 Pt100 Ω

2x2 wires

2x3 wires

Red

White

Red

White

Red Red

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

267

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 21, 22

SAX42D Pt100 IP

CLASS

IEC 60751

ANTI

EXPLOSION

jusqu'à 450°C

DESCRIPTION

SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Marking as per directive 2014/34/EU CE type inspection certificate Type Class Mounting Diameter (d) (mm) Min./max. operating temperature (°C) Length L1 max (mm) Process connection Head type Material Electrical connection

Accessories (p. 338)

SAX42D IEC 60751 / EN 60079-0 II 2 GD / Ex db IIC T6 Gb / Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db IP.6X Do not open when a voltage is present Do not open if there is dust in the atmosphere LCIE 14ATEX3007 X / IECEx LCIE 15.0015 X PT 100Ω A 1x3 wires / 1x4 wires / 2x2 wires / 2x3 wires 4.5 - 6 - 8 -40…+450°C

1,500 Without, under head G1/2, connection G1/2 LSX Light alloy epoxy coating with fastening 1 cable gland M20x1.5 for armoured Output 1 cable gland M20x1,5 module cable with fastening module Ø internal : 4.5mm to 8mm Cable diam. 7 mm to 12 mm Ø external : 7 mm to 12 mm Equipment

Ceramic terminal strip (standard) / Transmitter

IP67 Leak-tight fittings, rotating fittings, thermowell

For any other configuration, please contact us.

268

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES  DUST ZONES 21, 22

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL SAX42D

HEAD -

Reference in table and diagram

Ø SHEATH (mm)

LSX

LENGTH L1 (mm)

MOUNTING

1140

LSX : LSX

4.5 6 8

100 to 1500

1x3 wires : B 1x4 wires : C 2x3 wires : D

Possible choice

PROCESS CONNECTION

CABLE GLAND PE1

Without: 5 Cap: CAP Extension and connection For non-armoured cable: PE1 G 1/2": 6 For armoured cable: PE2 Connection hunder head G 1/2": 9

OPTION TRANSMITTER B

TRANSMITTER SCALE -

0/250

DIAL* -

6 LC5331A-321: B LC5335A-100: C LC5333A-100: D TTH200: T200 TTH300: T300

Without: XS AS: AS A: AA

*compatible with the TTH200/ TTH300 transmitters (see page 228)

CONNECTIONS

Branchement 1 Pt100 Ω

White

White White

White

Red Red

1x3 wires

DIAGRAM (MM)

Branchement 2 Pt100 Ω

1x4 wires

2x3 wires

INFORMATIONS TRANSMETTEUR (1 PT100 UNIQUEMENT)

Input

Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100 TC + Pt100

Transmitter Galvanic Output insulation 4-20mA WITHOUT 4-20mA 1,5kV

ATEX

Reference

ia ia

LC5333B-100 LC5331B-321

4-20mA + HART

1,5kV

LC5335B-100

4-20mA + HART

3,5kV

TTH200

4-20mA + HART

3,5kV

TTH300 4

5 PROCESS CONNECTION

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

6 6

269

THERMOWELLS

270

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

PRODUCT

TYPE

DESIGN

PROCESS CONNECTION

CONSTRUCTION

MODEL

PAGE

PMSV

272

PMSB

274

PDV

276

Screwed/Welded

PDB-VS

278

Double welding

PDB-2S

280

PCV

282

Screwed/Welded

PCB-VS

2 84

Double welding

PCB-2S

286

Full penetration

PCB-PP

288

Forged

PCB-F

290

Screwed Mechanically welded

Straight Flanged

Double welding

Screwed Thermowell

Straight Flanged

Bored Screwed

Tapered

Flanged

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

271

THERMOWELLS  MECHANICALLY WELDED

PMSV THERMOWELL

STRAIGHT

SCREWON

DESCRIPTION

Straight, screw-on, mechanically-welded thermowell for use in undemanding operating conditions. SPECIFICATIONS Model

PMSV

Max. pressure and temperature

100 bar / 350°C

Instrument connection

Leak-tight fitting

Sensor diameter

3 - 4.5- 6 mm 1/8"- 1/4" - 3/8" - 1/2" G 1/8"- 1/4" - 3/8" - 1/2"

Process connection Tube diameter D (mm)

5x3.5 - 6x5 - 9x7

Material

316

Length L min/max (mm)

272

50 to 400 mm

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

THERMOWELLS  MECHANICALLY WELDED

DESIGN YOUR THERMOWELL CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL PMSV

Ø TUBE (mm) A

Reference in table and diagram

Possible choice

L (mm)

SENSOR DIAMETER (mm)

PROCESS CONNECTION -

N38

5 x 3.5: A 6 x 5: B 9 x 7: C

50 100 150 200 300 400

3: 30 4.5: 45 6: 60

1/8" NPT: N18 1/4"NPT: N14 3/8"NPT: N38 1/2"NPT: N12 G 1/8": G18 G1/4": G14 G3/8": G38 G1/2": G12

DIAGRAM (MM) 1

PROCESS CONNECTION DIMENSIONS (MM) Process connection NPT 1/8" G NPT 1/4" G NPT 3/8" G NPT 1/2" G

X (MM) 35 35 45 40 45 40 50 45

Y (MM) 10 10 15 10 15 15 20 15

For any other configuration, please contact us.  Minimum order quantity : 10

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

273

THERMOWELLS ï&#x192;&#x161; MECHANICALLY WELDED

PMSB THERMOWELL

STRAIGHT

FLANGED

DESCRIPTION

Straight, flanged, mechanically-welded thermowell for use in undemanding operating conditions. SPECIFICATIONS Model

PMSB

Instrument connection Process connection

See table opposite

Tube D diameter (mm)

10, 12, 20

Material

316L - 321

Length L min/max (mm)

274

1/2"NPT

50 to 2,000 mm

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

THERMOWELLS ï&#x192;&#x161; MECHANICALLY WELDED

DESIGN YOUR THERMOWELL CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

MATERIAL

PMSB

Reference in table and diagram

FLANGE

L (mm)

218

1 316L : AC 321 : AR

Possible choice

OPTION

TUBE DIAMETER (mm)

10 12 20

150

PLUG + CHAIN -

TAG -

See table below 50 - 2 000 mm

YES NO

Personalized customer reference

DIAGRAM (MM)

2 1

1/2" NPT

TABLE OF FLANGES

2 ASME B16.5 Class Face

Flange code

Material

217 218 427 540 481 482

316L

1"1/2

150

316L

1"1/2

300

316L

1"1/2

600

321

1"1/2

150

321

1"1/2

321

1"1/2

EN1759-1 PN Face 20

100

300

600

100

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

For any other configuration, please contact us.

275

THERMOWELLS ï&#x192;&#x161; BORED

PDV

THERMOWELL BORED FROM BAR STOCK

SCREWON

STRAIGHT

DESCRIPTION

Straight, screw-on thermowell bored from bar stock, for use in demanding operating conditions. It offers an excellent mechanical pressure withstand. SPECIFICATIONS Model

PDV

Instrument connection

1/2"NPT 3/4"NPT - 1"NPT G3/4" - G1"

Process connection Diameter (mm)

Bore diameter (mm)

10 / 6.5

Material

304L - 316L - 321

Length L min/max (mm)

50 to 500 mm

Tip Roughness Non-Destructive Controls for compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU Coating

276

Normal - Thinned - Reduced Ra Material certificate

0.8 As per EN10204 3.1

at 1.5xPN for 15' Pressure (max.Internal 600 bar) as per ASME Section test XIII Division 1 Section UG-99 PMI

1 point Stellite, thickness 2 mm Halar, thickness 0.1mm Tantalum, thickness 0.5 mm

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

THERMOWELLS  BORED

DESIGN YOUR THERMOWELL CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL PDV

PROCESS CONNECTION -

G10

Reference in table and diagram

Possible choice

1 3/4"NPT : N34 1"NPT : N10 G3/4" : G34 G1": G10

304L : AB 316L : AC 321 : AR

OPTION

LENGTH L (mm)

MATERIAL

250

TIP -

REVÊTEMENT

NDC

S200

PLUG + CHAIN -

50 to 500 mm

Normal: N Thinned: A Reduced: R

Without: 0000 Stellite: SXXX L max.: 200 mm Halar: Mxxx Tantalum: Txxx (xxx: length in mm from tip)

In compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU (see table below).

TAG

YES NO

Personalized customer reference

DIAGRAM (MM) 2 3

NON-DESTRUCTIVE CONTROLS X

For compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU Material certificate

Pressure test (1.5xPN) 1

PMI

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

277

THERMOWELLS ï&#x192;&#x161; BORED

PDB-VS THERMOWELL BORED FROM BAR STOCK

STRAIGHT

FLANGED

ASME B16.5

DESCRIPTION

Straight thermowell bored from bar stock, with screwed and welded flange, for use in demanding operating conditions. It offers an excellent mechanical pressure withstand.

SPECIFICATIONS Model

PDB-VS

Compliance with standards

ASME B16.5

Instrument connection Process connection

1/2"NPT Flange

Diameter (mm)

Bore diameter (mm)

10 / 6.5

Material

316L - 321

Length L min/max (mm) Roughness

50 to 500 mm Ra Material certificate

Non-Destructive Controls for compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU

278

0.8 As per EN10204 3.1

Internal at 1.5xPN for 15' (max. 600 Pressure test bar) as per ASME Section XIII Division 1 Section UG-99 Performed according to EN ISO3452 Penetrant test and interpreted according to EN ISO23277 level 1 or ASME VIII div 1. PMI

Coating

As per table opposite

2 points (flange + thermowell) Stellite, thickness 2 mm Halar, thickness 0.1mm Tantalum, thickness 0.5mm

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

THERMOWELLS  BORED

DESIGN YOUR THERMOWELL CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

FLANGE

PDB-VS

217

Référence tableau et schéma

MATERIAL AC

700

1 As per table below

Choix possible

OPTION

LENGTH L (mm)

316L : AC 321 : AR

TIP

COATING

NDC

M100

PLUG + CHAIN NO

50 to 500 mm

Normal: N Thinned: A Reduced: R

Without: 0000 Stellite: SXXX L max.: 200mm Halar: Mxxx Tantalum: Txxx (xxx: length in mm from tip)

In compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU (see table opposite).

YES NO

TAG -

Personalized customer reference

DIAGRAM (MM) 2 4 1 3

A FLANGES

R NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING X

For compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU Material certificate: flange + thermowell

Weld penetrant test (COFREND 2)

1 1

Pressure test (1.5xPN) 1

PMI

FLANGES

Flange code

Material

400 413

316L 316L

DN 10/40 10/40

EN1092-1 PN 40 50

For any other configuration, please contact us. SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Face B1 B1

316L 316L 316L 316L 321 321 321 321

DN 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2

ASME B16.5 Class 150 300 600 600 600 150 300 600

Face RF RF RF RJ RJ RF RF RF

DN 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

316L 316L 316L 316L 316L 321 321 321 321 321

2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"

150 300 600 600 1500 150 300 600 600 1500

RF RF RF RJ RJ RF RF RF RJ RJ

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Flange code

Material

217 218 427 411 245 540 481 482 219 409 448 238 477 562 269 519 563 564

EN1759-1 PN Face 20 B1 50 B1 100 B1 100 B1 100 B1 20 B1 50 B1 100 B1

20 50 100 100 250 20 50 100 100 250

B1 B1 B1

279

THERMOWELLS ï&#x192;&#x161; BORED

PDB-2S THERMOWELL BORED FROM BAR STOCK

STRAIGHT

FLANGED

ASME B16.5

DESCRIPTION

Straight thermowell bored from bar stock, with flange welded on both sides (partial penetration), for use in demanding operating conditions. It offers an excellent mechanical pressure withstand. SPECIFICATIONS Model

PDB-2S

Compliance with standards

ASME B16.5

Instrument connection

1/2"NPT

Process connection

Flange

Diameter (mm)

Bore diameter (mm)

10 / 6.5

Material

316L - 321

Length L min/max (mm) Roughness

50 to 500 mm Ra Material certificate

Non-Destructive Controls for compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU

280

0.8 As per EN10204 3.1

Internal at 1.5xPN for 15' (max. 600 bar) as per ASME Section XIII Division 1 Section UG-99 Performed according to EN ISO3452 Penetrant test and interpreted according to EN ISO23277 level 1 or ASME VIII div 1. Pressure test

PMI Coating

As per table opposite

2 points (flange + thermowell) Stellite, thickness 2 mm Halar, thickness 0.1mm Tantalum, thickness 0.5mm

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

THERMOWELLS ï&#x192;&#x161; BORED

DESIGN YOUR THERMOWELL CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

FLANGE

PDB-2S

427

Reference in table and diagram

MATERIAL AC

1 As per table below

Possible choice

OPTION

LENGTH L (mm)

316L : AC 321 : AR

TIP

COATING

NDC

0000

PLUG + CHAIN NON

50 to 500 mm

Normal: N Thinned: A Reduced: R

Without: 0000 Stellite: SXXX L max.: 200mm Halar: Mxxx Tantalum: Txxx (xxx: length in mm from tip)

In compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU (see table opposite).

YES NO

TAG -

Personalized customer reference

DIAGRAM (MM) 2 1

4 3

A FLANGES

NON-DESTRUCTIVE CONTROLS X

For compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU Material certificate: flange + thermowell

Weld penetrant test (COFREND 2)

1 1

Pressure test (1.5xPN) 1

PMI

FLANGES

Flange code

Material

400 413

316L 316L

DN 10/40 10/40

EN1092-1 PN 40 50

For any other configuration, please contact us. SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Face B1 B1

Flange code

Material

217 218 427 411 245 540 481 482 219 409 448 238 477 562 269 519 563 564

316L 316L 316L 316L 321 321 321 321

DN 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2

ASME B16.5 Class 150 300 600 600 600 150 300 600

316L 316L 316L 316L 316L 321 321 321 321 321

2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"

150 300 600 600 1500 150 300 600 600 1500

Face RF RF RF RJ RJ RF RF RF

DN 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

RF RF RF RJ RJ RF RF RF RJ RJ

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

EN1759-1 PN Face 20 B1 50 B1 100 B1 100 B1 100 B1 20 B1 50 B1 100 B1

20 50 100 100 250 20 50 100 100 250

B1 B1 B1

281

THERMOWELLS ï&#x192;&#x161; BORED

PCV

THERMOWELL BORED FROM BAR STOCK

TAPERED

SCREWON

DESCRIPTION

Tapered, screw-on thermowell bored from bar stock, for use in demanding operating conditions. It offers an excellent mechanical pressure withstand. Compatible with PED 2014/68/EU. SPECIFICATIONS Model

PCV

Compliance with standards

ASME PTC19,3 TW-2016

Instrument connection

1/2"NPT

Process connection

3/4"NPT - 1"NPT - G3/4" - G1"

Thermowell shape

21x16 - 26x19

Bore diameter (mm)

6.5 - 8.5

Material

304L - 316L - 321

Length L min/max (mm) Roughness

Non-Destructive Controls for compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU

50 to 500 mm Ra Material certificate Calculation note

Pressure test PMI

Coating

282

0.8 As per EN10204 3.1 As per ASME PTC19.3 TW-2016 Internal at 1.5xPN for 15' (max. 600 bar) as per ASME Section XIII Division 1 Section UG-99 1 point Stellite, thickness 2 mm Halar, thickness 0.1mm Tantalum, thickness 0.5mm

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

THERMOWELLS  BORED

DESIGN YOUR THERMOWELL CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

CONE AXB (mm)

PROCESS CONNECTION

PCV

N10

Référence tableau et schéma

Choix possible

OPTION

Ø BORE

3/4"NPT : N34 1"NPT : N10 G3/4" : G34 G1": G10

21x16 : 21 26x19 : 26

6.5 : 65 8.5 : 85

LENGTH L (mm)

MATERIAL AB

400 4

304L : AB 316L : AC 321 : AR

COATING -

0000

PLUG + CHAIN

NDC -

NON

TAG -

50 to 500 mm Without: 0000 Compliant Stellite: SXXX with the PED L max.: 200mm directive Halar: Mxxx 2014/68/EU Tantalum: Txxx (see table (xxx: length in below). mm from tip)

YES NO

Personalized customer reference

DIAGRAM (MM) 2 4 3

5 1

NON-DESTRUCTIVE CONTROLS X

For compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU Material certificate: thermowell

Pressure test (1.5xPN) 1

PMI

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

283

THERMOWELLS ï&#x192;&#x161; BORED

PCB-VS THERMOWELL ASME B16.5

BORED FROM BAR STOCK

TAPERED

FLANGED

DESCRIPTION

Tapered thermowell bored from bar stock, with screw-on welded flange, for use in demanding operating conditions. It offers an excellent mechanical pressure withstand. Compatible with PED 2014/68/EU.

SPECIFICATIONS Model

PCB-VS

Compliance with standards

ASME B16.5

Instrument connection

1/2"NPT

Process connection

Flange

Thermowell shape AxB (mm)

21x16 - 26x19

Bore diameter d (mm)

6.5 - 8.5

Material

316L - 321

Length L min/max (mm) Roughness

Non-Destructive Controls for compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU

50 to 500 mm Ra Material certificate Stress withstand calculation note

284

0.8 As per EN10204 3.1 As per ASME PTC19.3 TW-2016

PMI Coating

As per table opposite

2 points (flange + thermowell) Stellite, thickness 2 mm Halar, thickness 0.1mm Tantalum, thickness 0.5mm

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

THERMOWELLS  BORED

DESIGN YOUR THERMOWELL CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

FLANGE

PCB-VS

427

Reference in table and diagram

Possible choice

CONE AXB (mm) 21

OPTION

Ø (mm) 65

MATERIAL AR

As per table below

21x16 : 21 26x19 : 26

6.5 : 65 8.5 : 85

LENGTH L (mm) -

316L : AC 321 : AR

250

COATING

NDC

S150

PLUG + CHAIN

50 to 500 mm

Without: 0000 Stellite: Sxxx L max.: 200mm Halar: Mxxx Tantalum: Txxx (xxx: length in mm from tip)

In compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU (see table opposite).

TAG -

YES NO

Personalized customer reference

SCHÉMA (MM) 1 2 5 3

NON-DESTRUCTIVE CONTROLS X

For compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU Material certificate: flange + thermowell

Weld penetrant test (COFREND 2) 1

Pressure test (1.5xPN) 1

PMI

FLANGES

Flange code

Material

400 413

316L 316L

DN 10/40 10/40

EN1092-1 PN 40 50

For any other configuration, please contact us.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Face B1 B1

FLANGES

Flange code

Material

217 218 427 411 245 540 481 482 219 409 448 238 477 562 269 519 563 564

316L 316L 316L 316L 321 321 321 321

DN 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2

ASME B16.5 Class 150 300 600 600 600 150 300 600

316L 316L 316L 316L 316L 321 321 321 321 321

2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"

150 300 600 600 1500 150 300 600 600 1500

Face RF RF RF RJ RJ RF RF RF

DN 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

RF RF RF RJ RJ RF RF RF RJ RJ

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

EN1759-1 PN Face 20 B1 50 B1 100 B1 100 B1 100 B1 20 B1 50 B1 100 B1

20 50 100 100 250 20 50 100 100 250

B1 B1 B1

285

THERMOWELLS ï&#x192;&#x161; BORED

PCB-2S THERMOWELL ASME B16.5

BORED FROM BAR STOCK

TAPERED

FLANGED

DESCRIPTION

Tapered thermowell bored from bar stock, with flange welded on both sides, for use in demanding operating conditions. It offers an excellent mechanical pressure withstand. Compatible with PED 2014/68/EU.

SPECIFICATIONS Model

PCB-2S

Compliance with standards

ASME B16.5

Instrument connection

1/2"NPT

Process connection

Flange

Thermowell shape AxB (mm)

21x16 - 26x19

Bore diameter d (mm)

6.5 - 8.5

Material

316L - 321

Length L min/max (mm) Roughness

Non-Destructive Controls for compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU

50 to 500 mm Ra Material certificate Stress withstand calculation note

286

0.8 As per EN10204 3.1 As per ASME PTC19.3 TW-2016

PMI Coating

As per table opposite

2 points (flange + thermowell) Stellite, thickness 2 mm Halar, thickness 0.1mm Tantalum, thickness 0.5mm

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

THERMOWELLS  BORED

DESIGN YOUR THERMOWELL CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

FLANGE

PCB-VS

Reference in table and diagram

Possible choice

427

CONE AXB (mm) 21

OPTION

Ø (mm) 65

As per table below

21x16 : 21 26x19 : 26

6.5 : 65 8.5 : 85

LENGTH L (mm)

MATERIAL -

250

316L : AC 321 : AR

COATING

NDC

S150

PLUG + CHAIN NO

50 to 500 mm

Without: 0000 Stellite: SXXX L max.: 200mm Halar: Mxxx Tantalum: Txxx (xxx: length in mm from tip)

In compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU (see table opposite).

YES NO

TAG -

Personalized customer reference

DIAGRAM (MM)

FLANGES

316L 316L 316L 316L 321 321 321 321

DN 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2

ASME B16.5 Class 150 300 600 600 600 150 300 600

Face RF RF RF RJ RJ RF RF RF

DN 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

316L 316L 316L 316L 321 321 321 321

2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"

150 300 600 600 150 300 600 600

RF RF RF RJ RF RF RF RJ

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Flange code

Material

217 218 427 411 245 540 481 482 219 409 448 238 562 269 519 563

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

EN1759-1 PN Face 20 B1 50 B1 100 B1 100 B1 100 B1 20 B1 50 B1 100 B1

20 50 100 100 20 50 100 100

B1 B1 B1

NON-DESTRUCTIVE CONTROLS X

For compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU Material certificate: flange + thermowell

Calculation note as per ASME PTC19.3 TW-2016 1

Weld penetrant test (COFREND 2) 1

Pressure test (1.5xPN) 1

PMI

FLANGES

Flange code

Material

400 413

316L 316L

DN 10/40 10/40

EN1092-1 PN 40 50

Face B1 B1

B1 B1 B1

For any other configuration, please contact us.

287

THERMOWELLS ï&#x192;&#x161; BORED

PCB-PP THERMOWELL ASME B16.5

BORED FROM BAR STOCK

TAPERED

FLANGED

DESCRIPTION

Tapered thermowell bored from bar stock with full-penetration welded flange, for use in demanding operating conditions. It offers an excellent mechanical pressure withstand. Compatible with PED 2014/68/EU. SPECIFICATIONS Model

PCB-PP

Compliance with standards

ASME B16.5

Instrument connection

1/2"NPT

Process connection

Flange

Thermowell shape AxB (mm)

21x16 - 26x19 - 31x26 - 36x33

Bore diameter d (mm)

6.5 - 8.5

Material

316L - 321

Length L min/max (mm) Roughness

Non-Destructive Controls for compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU

Coating

288

As per table opposite

50 to 500 mm Ra Material certificate Stress withstand calculation note

0.8 As per EN10204 3.1 As per ASME PTC19.3 TW-2016

Internal at 1.5xPN for 15' (max. 600 bar) as per ASME Section XIII Division 1 Section UG-99 Root and final, internal and external, performed as per EN ISO3452 and Penetrant test interpreted as per EN ISO23277 level 1 or ASME VIII div 1 for auto TIG, level 2 for manual TIG. 3 points PMI (flange, thermowell and weld) Stellite, thickness 2 mm Halar, thickness 0.1mm Tantalum, thickness 0.5mm Pressure test

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

THERMOWELLS  BORED

DESIGN YOUR THERMOWELL CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

FLANGE

PCB-PP

245

Reference in table and diagram

Possible choice

CONE AXB (mm)

Ø (mm)

OPTION

MATERIAL AC

As per table below

21x16 : 21 26x19 : 26 31x26 : 31 36x33 : 36

6.5 : 65 8.5 : 85

LENGTH L (mm) -

316L : AC 321 : AR

700

COATING

NDC

S200

PLUG + CHAIN

50 to 500 mm

Without: 0000 Stellite: SXXX L max.: 200mm Halar: Mxxx Tantalum: Txxx (xxx: length in mm from tip)

In compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU (see table opposite).

DIAGRAM (MM)

TAG -

YES NO

Personalized customer reference

5 2 3

HEAD AND THERMOWELL DEPTH

FLANGES

AxB (mm)

Diam. C (mm)

D (mm)

21x16 26x19 31x26 36x33

9.5

13.5

NON-DESTRUCTIVE CONTROLS X

For compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU Material certificate: flange + thermowell

Calculation note as per ASME PTC19.3 TW-2016

Weld penetrant test (COFREND 2)

1 1

Pressure test (1.5xPN) 1

PMI

DIMENSION LINKED TO FLANGE

Flange Class

E (mm)

≤ 600 >600

52.8 80

316L 316L 316L 316L 321 321 321 321

DN 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2 1"1/2

ASME B16.5 Class 150 300 600 600 600 150 300 600

Face RF RF RF RJ RJ RF RF RF

DN 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

316L 316L 316L 316L 316L 321 321 321 321 321

2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"

150 300 600 600 1500 150 300 600 600 1500

RF RF RF RJ RJ RF RF RF RJ RJ

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Flange code

Material

217 218 427 411 245 540 481 482 219 409 448 238 477 562 269 519 563 564

EN1759-1 PN Face 20 B1 50 B1 100 B1 100 B1 100 B1 20 B1 50 B1 100 B1

20 50 100 100 250 20 50 100 100 250

B1 B1 B1

For any other configuration, please contact us. SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

289

THERMOWELLS ï&#x192;&#x161; BORED

PCB-F THERMOWELL ASME B16.5

FORGED

TAPERED

FLANGED

DESCRIPTION

Tapered thermowell bored from bar stock with flange, made from forging interstage, for use in very demanding operating conditions. It offers an excellent mechanical pressure withstand. Compatible with PED 2014/68/EU.

SPECIFICATIONS Model

PCB-F

Compliance with standards

ASME B16.5

Instrument connection

1/2"NPT

Process connection

Flange

Thermowell shape AxB (mm)

26x19 - 31x26 - 36x33 - 41x36

Bore diameter d (mm)

6.5 - 8.5

Material

316L - 321

Length L min/max (mm) Roughness

Non-Destructive Controls for compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU

50 to 500 mm Ra Material certificate Stress withstand calculation note

Pressure test PMI

Coating

290

As per table opposite

0.8 As per EN10204 3.1 As per ASME PTC19.3 TW-2016 Internal at 1.5xPN for 15' (max. 600 bar) as per ASME Section XIII Division 1 Section UG-99 1 point (forged bar) Stellite, thickness 2 mm Halar, thickness 0.1mm Tantalum, thickness 0.5mm

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

THERMOWELLS  BORED

DESIGN YOUR THERMOWELL CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

FLANGE

PCB-F

Reference in table and diagram

Possible choice

CONE AxB (mm)

219

OPTION

Ø (mm) -

MATERIAL AC

As per table below

26x19 : 26 31x26 : 31 36x33 : 36 41x36 : 41

6.5 : 65 8.5 : 85

LENGTH L (mm)

COATING

400

M200

4 316L : AC 321 : AR

50 to 500 mm

DIAGRAM (MM)

NDC

PLUG + CHAIN

Without: 0000 Stellite: SXXX L max.: 200mm Halar: Mxxx Tantalum: Txxx (xxx: length in mm from tip)

In compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU (see table opposite).

TAG

YES NO

Personalized customer reference

FLANGES

1 ASME B16.5 Class Face

Material

217 218 427 411 463 540 481 482 245 541 219 409 448 238 477 502 562 269 519 563 564 565

316L

1"1/2

150

316L

1"1/2

300

316L

1"1/2

600

100

316L 316L

1"1/2 1"1/2

600 1500

RJ RJ

40 40

100 250

321

1"1/2

150

321

1"1/2

300

321

1"1/2

600

100

321 321 316L 316L 316L 316L 316L 316L 321 321 321 321 321 321

1"1/2 1"1/2 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"

600 1500 150 300 600 600 1500 2500 150 300 600 600 1500 2500

RJ RJ RF RF RF RJ RJ RJ RF RF RF RJ RJ RJ

40 40 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

100 250 20 50 100 100 250 420 20 50 100 100 250 420

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

HEAD AND THERMOWELL DEPTH

EN1759-1 PN Face

Flange code

B1 B1 B1

AxB (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

1"1/2

26x19

9.5

31x26 36x33 41x36

45 50

13.5 15

1"1/2 - 2" 2"

DIMENSION LINKED TO FLANGE

Flange Class

E (mm)

≤ 600 >600

52.8 80

NON-DESTRUCTIVE CONTROLS X

B1 B1 B1

For compliance with the PED directive 2014/68/EU Material certificate: flange + thermowell

Calculation note as per ASME PTC19.3 TW-2016 1

Pressure test (1.5xPN) 1

PMI

For any other configuration, please contact us. 291

SENSORS FOR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 292

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR THE SEMI-CONDUCTOR AND SOLAR POWER INDUSTRIES

294

MULTIPOINT SENSORS FOR REACTORS

296

SENSORS FOR HIGH-PRESSURE APPLICATIONS 302 SENSORS COMPLIANT WITH AMS 2750

306

SENSORS FOR NON-FERROUS ALLOY FOUNDRIES 312 ASPIRATED SENSORS

316

MULTIPAL: BEARING SENSORS

322

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

293

SENSORS FOR THE SEMI-CONDUCTOR AND POWER SOLAR INDUSTRIES 294

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS  SENSOR FOR NON-FERROUS ALLOYS

The manufacture of a semi-conductor component, whether it involves a discrete element (semi-conductor only containing one active component, such as a transistor) or integrated circuits (set of active or passive elements linked together on the same semi-conductor substrate and capable of performing at least one electronic circuit function), includes a large number of highly technical, specialized operations. • U sually, one of those operations is oxidation, which is the first of the 6 major steps in the production of a component. • A n integrated circuit may be composed of millions de transistors (as well as diodes, resistors and capacitors) made of doped silicon, all linked together according to an appropriate wiring diagram to create a computer logic, a memory or other type of circuit. Hundreds of microcircuits may be made on a single wafer. This first step in the processing of a semi-conductor component therefore involves oxidation of the board’s external surface in order to form a thin layer (approx. 1 micron thick) of silicon dioxide (SiO2). This layer serves above all to protect the surface against impurities and to provide a mask for the subsequent diffusion operation. The possibility of forming this protective dioxide layer on silicon is why silicon wafers are the most widely-used substrate for semiconductors. Oxidation, often called thermal oxidation, is performed in batches in a high-temperature diffusion oven. The layer of silicon dioxide is formed in atmospheres containing either oxygen (O2) (dry oxidation), or oxygen combined with water vapour (H2O) (wet oxidation). The temperatures in the oven range from 800 to 1,300 °C. Photovoltaic cell manufacturing also requires the use of ovens with several zones in which the temperatures range from 600°C to 1,300°C. • F or these applications, we develop and manufacture multipoint profile sensors and spikes. For profile sensors, we use a single ceramic sheath to insulate the TCs and an external quartz protective sheath. S, R or B thermocouples may be used. We can propose 2 to 6 thermocouples for a profile sensor. These sensors can be equipped with handles for easy, risk-free installation in the oven. • T he spikes may be single or duplex models. Numerous different versions can be produced, so please do not hesitate to ask us for a quotation.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

295

MULTIPOINT SENSORS FOR REACTORS

296

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS ď&#x192;&#x161; ASPIRATED SENSORS

The chemical and petrochemical industries make use of cutting-edge technologies and are characterized by their demanding requirements in terms of productivity, quality, efficiency and safety. Pyrocontrole proposes sensors which are reliable, accurate and safe for multipoint temperature measurement in catalysers and reactors. These sensors are often used to determine the temperature profiles of the process so as to control and optimize conversion efficiency, while reducing installation costs. Furthermore, precise control of the reactor temperature is important for the process, as well as for safety reasons due to the possibility of exothermic reactions. Depending on the application and the constraints specific to each installation, Pyrocontrole designs and manufactures multipoint temperature sensor versions suitable for every situation. They can be made using thermocouples or resistive sensors, ATEX-compliant or not, with or without transmitters. There may be up to 15 points in a 6 mm diameter to be as unintrusive as possible, over a length adapted to your process, and up to 40 when the elements are unattached.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

297

MULTIPOINT SENSORS FOR CHEMICAL REACTORS  MULTIGRAD

DESCRIPTION

Our multipoint sensors are available in several configurations, depending on the customer’s requirements. There may be from 3 to 40 measurement points depending on the sensor model. Multipoint temperature measurement assemblies can be installed in ATEX or non-ATEX zones and are certified as benefiting from protection mode “ia” or “d” depending on the type of mounting. Multipoint sensors comprise: • a junction box (ATEX: Ex “ia”, Ex “d” or non-ATEX) or connecting heads (ATEX Ex “d” or Ex “ia”)

• a n extension which may or may not be equipped with a secondary containment chamber • a mounting flange on the customer process • a bundle of sensors (thermocouples on the same generator line, straight, unattached and bendable thermocouples, or Pt100 sensors with straight sheathed cable) • p rotection of the bundle (cross brace, tube, flexible sheath, etc.) or no protection if you want to handle the sensing elements freely.

DIAGRAM OF SENSORS

Non-ATEX or ATEX EX “ia” junction box

Mounting with sensing elements on the same generator line in a tube

Mounting with straight sensing elements with cross braces to maintain them

Mounting with several ATEX Ex “ia” or “d” connecting heads

Mounting with unrestricted, bendable sensing elements

Non-contractual document - Please confirm specifications when ordering.

298

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

MULTIPOINT SENSORS FOR CHEMICAL REACTORS  MULTIGRAD

OUR STANDARDS

Temperature measurement assemblies with free, bendable elements: Model: PiPD Thermocouple diameter (mm) 1 2 3

Number of measuring points 8 to 40 8 to 28 4 to 12

Max. length (m) 36

Max. temperature (C°)*

Max. pressure (b)*

550

Model: PiGD Thermocouple diameter (mm) 4.5 6 8

Number of measuring points

Max. length (m)

Max. temperature (C°)*

Max. pressure (b)*

4 to 30

600

550

Note: We can supply the mounting support for the thermocouples.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

299

MULTIPOINT SENSORS FOR CHEMICAL REACTORS  MULTIGRAD

Model: PiTD Thermocouple diameter (mm) 4.5 6 8

Number of measuring points

Max. length (m)

Max. temperature (C°)*

Max. pressure (b)*

600

450

Assemblies in large-diameter protective tube: Thermocouple diameter (mm) 3

Number of measuring points 5 to 35

Model: STGD Protective tube type Max. length (m) (standard) 3" Sch.80 SS 321 6

Max. temperature (C°)*

Max. pressure (b)*

850

150

Note: The contact between the thermocouples and the protective tube is ensured by means of tapered guide tubes.

300

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

MULTIPOINT SENSORS FOR CHEMICAL REACTORS  MULTIGRAD

Assemblies with elements in small-diameter protective tube: Thermocouple diameter (mm) 1 1.5

Number of measuring points 6 to 15 6 to 8

Model: STPD Protective tube type Max. length (m) (standard) Ø6 mm SS 316L

Max. temperature (C°)*

Max. pressure (b)*

800

200

Note: Variant with cylindrical cover and compensation cable available.

Assemblies with positioning spacers: Model: EPPD Thermocouple diameter (mm) 2

Number of measuring points 4 to 12

Max. length (m)

Max. temperature (C°)*

Max. pressure (b)*

700

550

Note: Variant with cylindrical cover and compensation cable available.

Teebar assemblies: Thermocouple diameter (mm) 3

Number of measuring points 3 to 5

Model: TTPD Protective tube type Max. length (m) (standard) Ø6 mm SS 316L 6

Max. temperature (C°)*

Max. pressure (b)*

700

350

* The pressure and temperature levels indicated are given as indications and may vary according to your conditions.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

301

SENSORS FOR HIGH-PRESSURE APPLICATIONS

302

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Some processes in the chemicals sector require very high pressures to produce quality products. One such process is the manufacture of low-density polyethylene (LDPE). The LDPE production process is divided into five operations: • C ompression of the gas: after intake of ethylene, the gas is compressed in the first compressor with unreacted gas from the process. This initial compressed gas is remixed with unreacted gas and then enters the second compressor. • P olymerization: an initiator (organic peroxide) is added to this second compressed gas in the reactor. It is mixed by a stirring device. Polymerization is achieved under specific pressure and temperature conditions. • S eparation of the gas: the unreacted gas is then separated by passing it through 3 distinct separators. This separated gas is then recovered for reinjection upstream of the two compressors. It should be noted that some of the gas will be excluded from the process. • E xtrusion: once the unreacted gas has been removed, the polymers can be extruded in granulate form. • S torage and conditioning: the granules are dried and stored according to their particle size. Degassing is performed by hot air injection. The pressure in the polymerization process may be between 1,000 and 3,000 bar. Furthermore, the temperature is a critical quantity for the polymerization process, so it is crucial to monitor it. This means being capable of designing and manufacturing quick, accurate temperature sensors which can withstand these high pressures. Pyrocontrole proposes temperature sensors capable of withstanding up to 4,700 bar (i.e. more than 1.5xPN). A design can be developed which is tailored to suit your installation and operating constraints. Please do not hesitate to contact us for a quotation.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

303

MULTIPOINT SENSORS FOR CHEMICAL REACTORS  MULTIGRAD

HPTEMP THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

UP TO 5150 BAR

up to 350°C

DESCRIPTION

Temperature Sensor for high pressures up to 4,700 bars. HPtemp is designed to measure temperature in extreme pressure environments such as LDPE units. Developed to measure temperatures in high-pressure environments, this qualified sensor can be used for reliable, accurate measurement of fluid temperatures, with a response time under one second. Comprising a part immersed in the fluid, it is mounted using a screwed fitting and fixed with a double socket taper providing very high-level leak-tightness.

SPECIFICATIONS Operating temperature Response time

0.6 s

Maximum pressure

3,600 bars

Test pressure

5,150 bars

Fluid speed supported

304

Up to 350°C

100 m/s

Measuring element

Duplex K thermocouple

Protective sheath

Diameter from 1.5 to 6 mm Metal, 316L Fastening by screwed fitting Double socket taper for tightness

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

MULTIPOINT SENSORS FOR CHEMICAL REACTORS  MULTIGRAD

STRENGTHS

• P ressure range up to 4,700 bars • V ery short response time: less than one second •W ithstands shocks and vibrations • ATEX/ IECEx-compliant • P articularly compact: from 1.5 to 6 mm diameter

EXAMPLES

Our R&D team can develop tailored temperature sensors according to your specifications.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

305

SENSORS COMPLIANT WITH AMS 2750 306

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

CAPTEURS CONFORME Ã&#x20AC; L'AMS 2750 E

AMS 2750 THERMOCOUPLE APPLICATIONS

308

AMS 2750 CERTIFICATION

309

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

307

SENSORS COMPLIANT WITH AMS 2750

DESCRIPTION

Aerospace Material Specifications (AMS 2750) defines a certain number of rules concerning the thermal treatments of metals in the aerospace sector. As a specialist in pyrometric measurement, Pyrocontrole has a complete range of thermocouples compliant with the requirements of this standard. Discover the various applications of these sensors installed in industrial furnaces. Providing reliable, accurate measurements, the thermocouple range fulfils the four control functions required by the AMS 2750 standard for heat-treatment furnaces in classes 1 to 6. The higher the requirements of the furnace’s class, the more the instruments need to be accurate.

SPECIFICATIONS TUS (Temperature Uniformity Surveys)

Maximum SAT (System Accuracy Test) difference

°C

±3

± 1.1

±6

± 1.7

±8

± 2.2

± 10

± 2.2

± 14

± 2.8

± 28

± 5.6

Furnace class

AMS 2750 THERMOCOUPLE APPLICATIONS AMS 2750 thermocouples can be used for four applications. • S ensors for ensuring temperature uniformity in the furnace (TUS - Temperature Uniformity Survey), • S ensors for checking the accuracy of the reading (SAT -System Accuracy Test) • S ensors for controlling and recording the process • S ensors for monitoring the temperatures of the loads (sensors installed on the parts) • T he SAT/TUS tests must be performed by the customer with temperature sensors which operate independently from the instruments in the furnace.

O UR CALIBRATION SERVICES Equipped with its own COFRAC-accredited metrology laboratory, Pyrocontrole can supply COFRAC-accredited calibration certificates and specific reports concerning the requirements mentioned above: • C alibration of the beginning and end of the coil of sheathed cables used to manufacture the sensors. • C alibration every 140°C across the sensor’s operating range. • S ee page 24 In addition, we can also perform calibration per batch to guarantee that the batch of sensors is homogeneous.

AMS 2750 E REQUIREMENTS CONCERNING THERMOCOUPLE • § 3.1.2.6.2: Thermocouple accuracy: ±1.1°C or 0.4 % of |T|; whichever is larger. • § 3.1.2.6.3: maximum difference tolerated between the couples: ± 1.1° C

308

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS COMPLIANT WITH AMS 2750

Application (AMS classification) Reference standard (3.1.2 reference standard) Primary standard (3.1.3 primary standard) Secondary standard (3.1.4 secondary standard)

Certification of the AMS 2750E standard Reference Calibration frequency standard National ref. Before 1st use + every 5 years standard Reference Before 1st use + every 3 years standard Reference standard or primary standard

Before 1st use + every year Before 1st use + every 2 years Before 1st use + every 3 months

Mapping (3.1.5 temperature uniformity survey)

Measurement chain variations (3.1.6 system accuracy test)

Process (3.1.7 control, recording and monitoring)

Furnace class 1 and 2

Furnace class 3 to 6

Load (3.1.8 load)

Reference standard or primary standard

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Before 1st use - Prohibited afterwards Before 1st use + every 6 months Before 1st use + every 3 months

PYROCONTROLE offering Max. error

Temperature range

None

± 0.6 or ± 0.001 x t ± 1.1 or ± 0.004 x t ± 0.6 or ± 0.005 x t

-40°C ≤ t ≤ 1000°C (2)

600°C ≤ t ≤ 1700°C

± 2.2 or ± 0.0075 x t

J N K

375°C ≤ t ≤ 750°C -40°C ≤ t ≤ 1200°C -40°C ≤ t ≤ 1200°C

S/R

0°C ≤ t ≤ 1600°C

600°C ≤ t ≤ 1700°C

-40°C ≤ t ≤ 1000°C (2)

-40°C ≤ t ≤ 1000°C

600°C ≤ t ≤ 1700°C

K/N S/R B J K/N S/R B J K/N S/R B

-40°C ≤ t ≤ 1000°C 0°C ≤ t ≤ 1600°C 600°C ≤ t ≤ 1700°C 375°C ≤ t ≤ 750°C -40°C ≤ t ≤ 1200°C 0°C ≤ t ≤ 1600°C 600°C ≤ t ≤ 1700°C 375°C ≤ t ≤ 750°C -40°C ≤ t ≤ 1000°C 0°C ≤ t ≤ 1600°C 600°C ≤ t ≤ 1700°C

± 1°C or ± 0.0025 x t ± 1% or ± 0.005 x t ± 1.1 or ± 0.004 x t

Before 1st use - Prohibited afterwards Before 1st use + every 6 months

± 1 or ± 0.005 x t

Before 1st use

± 1.1 or ± 0.004 x t

Before 1st use

± 2.2 or ± 0.0075 x t

Before 1st use - Prohibited afterwards Before 1st use + every 6 months

± 2.2 or ± 0.0075 x t

309

MULTIPOINT SENSORS FOR CHEMICAL REACTORS ï&#x192;&#x161; MULTIGRAD

SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS

310

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

MULTIPOINT SENSORS FOR CHEMICAL REACTORS ï&#x192;&#x161; MULTIGRAD

SENSORS FOR NON-FERROUS ALLOY FOUNDRIES

312

LK SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 PYROJET SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

ASPIRATED SENSOR

316

MULTIPAL: BEARING SENSOR

322

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

311

SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS  SENSOR FOR NON-FERROUS ALLOYS

LK SENSOR THERMOCOUPLE IP

CLASS

IEC 584-1

up to 800°C

DESCRIPTION

Sensors for non-ferrous alloy foundries. Due to its excellent mechanical properties, the silicon nitride sheath offers very good resistance to breakage and abrasion. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Class Sheathed thermocouple diameter (mm) Thermocouple Operating temperature (°C) Length L1 Min/Max (mm) Length L2 Min/Max (mm) Support tube Material Protective tube Diameter Head type Material Output Output Cable diam. Equipment IP Accessories

312

LK IEC 584-1 K 1 4.5 Single 800°C 360 to 1160 mm 500 mm Diameter 21.3 mm Silicon nitride Si3N4 22 mm DIN B Light alloy 1 cable gland M20x1.5 5.5 to 7.5 mm Ceramic terminal strip IP54 Extension cables, compensation cables

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS  SENSOR FOR NON-FERROUS ALLOYS

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

LENGTH L1 (mm)

Reference in table and diagram

Possible choice

560 1 360 460 560 660 1060 1160

DIAGRAM (MM)

THERMOCOUPLE INFORMATION Conductor type

Nickel chrome / Nickel alloy

Temperature °C Min. Max. 0

+1,000

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Tolerance values 1.5°C or 0.4% of t

313

SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS  SENSOR FOR NON-FERROUS ALLOYS

PYROJET THERMOCOUPLE CLASS

IEC 584-1

CABLE OUTPUT

up to 800°C

DESCRIPTION

Sensors for non-ferrous alloy foundries. Due to its excellent mechanical properties, the silicon nitride sheath offers very good resistance to breakage and abrasion. SPECIFICATIONS Model Compliance with standards Type Class Sheathed thermocouple diameter (mm) Thermocouple Operating temperature (°C) Length L1 Min/Max (mm) Length L2 Min/Max (mm) Support tube Material Protective tube Diameter Cable Length (mm) Dimensions Output Operating temperature Connector

314

PYROJET IEC 584-1 K 1 4.5 Single 800°C 460 and 900 mm 500 mm Diameter 21.3 mm Silicon nitride Si3N4 28 mm flexible extension under metal braid 1200 4X6 250°C male compensated with cable clamp

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS  SENSOR FOR NON-FERROUS ALLOYS

DESIGN YOUR SENSOR CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL

LENGTH L1 (mm)

Pyrojet

Reference in table and diagram

Possible choice

900 1 460 900

DIAGRAM (MM)

THERMOCOUPLE INFORMATION Conductor type

Nickel chrome / Nickel alloy

Temperature °C Min. Max. 0

+1,000

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Tolerance values 1.5°C or 0.4% of t

315

SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS  ASPIRATED SENSORS

ASPIRATED SENSORS These sensors are designed to measure the temperature of gaseous environments, and particularly flames and fumes. The temperature indicated by a thermocouple plunged into a gas is usually different from the gas’s actual temperature. This indication is rendered false at the thermocouple’s hot junction by: • P oor heat exchange between the gas and the thermocouple, • L osses through radiation due to heat exchange between the hot junction and the surrounding environment, • T hermal conductivity along the thermocouple wires.

CA PYROCONTROLE proposes three types of sensors whose purpose is to: • E ncourage heat exchange by convection between the thermocouple and the gas. To achieve this, the speed of the gas must be increased at the level of the hot junction. The principle is therefore to aspirate part of the gas to be measured around the thermocouple. • R educe the various losses and, above all, the losses due to radiation from the hot junction. The use of aspirated sensors requires prior experimental determination of an efficiency coefficient specific to the instrument and depending on the speed of aspiration.

MINIATURE ASPIRATED SENSOR

INDUSTRIAL ASPIRATED SENSOR

316

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS  ASPIRATED SENSORS

Aspiration of the gas

OPERATION Water inlet

Shank Sheath (screen)

Thermocouple

Water outlet

Cooling circuit

Removable compensation cable

End-piece

The flame or fumes are aspirated into the sensor by means of a pump. This aspiration facilitates heat exchange by convection between the thermocouple and the gas. A thermocouple measures the temperature at the hot spot. The efficiency coefficient is determined “in situ”. It enables you to calculate the actual temperature of the gas sampled by correcting the influence of the nominal aspiration chosen. Heat loss by radiation from the hot junction is reduced by one or more sheaths placed inside the sensor’s end-piece. THE SHANK This contains the aspiration and cooling circuit, the systems for connecting and fastening the sensing element and the fastening elements for the end-piece. THE END-PIECE Its role is mainly to reduce losses due to radiation. The gas required for the measurement is aspirated via an orifice located at the tip of the end-piece. The end-piece is simple to remove.

EXPERIMENTAL DETERMINATION OF THE EFFICIENCY COEFFICIENT “E%” NOTATION • F: F orm factor calculated on the basis of a “static” temperature reading • F': F orm factor calculated on the basis of a “dynamic” temperature reading

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

• To: Temperature reading with zero aspiration • Tn: Temperature reading with nominal aspiration • T 0.25 : Temperature reading with aspiration at 1/4 of its nominal value • Tg : Actual gas temperature • E% : Efficiency coefficient Tn - To E% = 100 Tg - To

Tn - To F = Tn - T0.25

Δto F' = Δtn

•W HERE ΔTO = time necessary to go from Tn to To by shutting down the aspiration •Δ tn = time necessary go from To to Tn by restarting the aspiration These various coefficients depend on the temperature level, the characteristics of the gas and the sensor. They must therefore be measured “in situ”. Recommended nominal aspiration speed: 50 to 60 m/s at the level of the hot junction. In other words, for a thermocouple Ø1.6 with a sheath Ø 3: approximately 200 l/h STP by aspiration. E% can be determined on the basis of F or F’, using one of the two calculation charts attached. METHOD OF DETERMINATION Mount the sensor with the cooling circuit and the gas aspiration system. Keep the probe slightly tilted downwards to prevent airbubble formation at the tip of the sensor).

317

SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS  ASPIRATED SENSORS

• I f you choose to determine F, measure To, Tn and T0.25 Tn - To F = Tn - T0.25 • I f you choose to determine F’, measure Δto and Δtn Δto F' = Δtn • u se one of the attached calculation charts to determine E% Note the values which you have determined for: E%, Tn, To, T0.25, Δto and Δtn The value of E% can be used to determine Tg by means of the following equation: Tn-To + To Tg=100 E%

Compensation cable

Aspiration of the gas

Water outlet Water inlet

MINIATURE ASPIRATED SENSOR

Removable sensing element

USE Based on the principles described above, this sensor is characterized by its small dimensions and its operating temperature. It is intended mainly for measuring the temperature of gases with a low flow-rate or small flames in the laboratory. THE END-PIECE This comprises two concentric sheaths enveloping the thermocouple. The end-piece material, rhodium-platinum, enables it to withstand temperatures up to 1900° C for 15 min. THE SENSING ELEMENT This is a thermocouple whose type depends on the temperature to be measured. • Type K: 1100 °C • Type S or R: 1500 °C • Type B: 1600 °C With each sensor, a specific calibration table is provided for the batch of wires from which the thermocouple was assembled. This table can be used to establish the temperature/emf correspondence specific to the thermocouple used.

318

Ø 10 Aspiration and cooling circuit

Connection fitting

ø7

Removable end-piece with double sheath made of precious metal

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS  ASPIRATED SENSORS

SEMI-INDUSTRIAL ASPIRATED SENSOR

Compensation cable L = m

USE This is intended for semi-intensive use at temperatures up to de 1600° C, depending on the type of thermocouple with which it is equipped. Its design and light weight make it particularly easy to handle. It is used for checking combustion in fire boxes.

G1/2” thread for mounting of extension handle

THE END-PIECE This comprises 2 ceramic sheaths which act as screens to reduce losses by radiation. THE SENSING ELEMENT There are several possibilities: • s heathed K thermocouple with inconel sheath: 1100 °C • s heathed S or R thermocouple with 10% rhodium-platinum sheath: 1500 °C • sheathed B thermocouple with 10% rhodium-platinum sheath: 1600 °C. In each case, the output is provided by a compensation cable length to be defined.

Pneumatic aspirator (ejector) available as an option

Water inlet and outlet

Manifold 150

Cooled length

1200

Removable sensing element

ø 16

ø 15 max

250

Removable end-piece Ceramic sheath

Aspiration orifice

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

319

SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS  ASPIRATED SENSORS

INDUSTRIAL ASPIRATED SENSOR

Compensation cable

USE Intended for intensive use at temperatures up to 1600° C. The type of thermocouple depends on the temperature to be measured: • K thermocouple: 1100 °C • S or R thermocouple: 1500 °C • B thermocouple: 1600 °C

Pneumatic aspirator (ejector) available as an option

Handle

THE END-PIECE This comprises two rhodium-platinum sheaths which act as screens. The end-piece can be removed quickly. The gas necessary for the measurement is aspirated via two orifices at the tip of the end-piece. EXAMPLE OF INSTALLATION

Gas aspiration

Ovens

Water inlet

Removable sensing element

Water outlet

1990

Water inlet and outlet

ø 27 Stainless-steel aspiration and cooling circuit

Connection fitting

ø 7 Removable

end-piece with double rhodiumplatinum sheath Aspiration orifice

320

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS ï&#x192;&#x161; ASPIRATED SENSORS

ASPIRATED SENSOR E% Efficiency

1 sheath and several screens

1 sheath and 2 screens 1 sheath and 1 screen

90 80 60

Tn - To

Tn - T0.25

Form factor

10 11 12 13 14 15

1 sheath and 1 sheath and several screens 2 screens

E% Efficiency 99

1 sheath and 1 screen

90 80 60

F' =

20 1

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

11 12 13 14 15

to tn

Form factor

321

SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS  BEARING SENSOR

MULTIPAL Pt100 CLASS

IEC 60751

ATEX

up to 200°C

DESCRIPTION

Bearing temperature sensor for rotating machines. The Multipal sensor is designed to measure bearing temperatures at the heart of pumps, motors, gear motors, grinders, centrifuges, electrical generator sets, turbines and alternators. Equipped with a junction box on the frame of the rotating machine, this oil-tight multipoint sensor can be used to measure bearing temperatures inside the machine. The slightest overheating is detected by this detector with its quick response time so that the control system can be warned of a possible risk. SPECIFICATIONS Operating temperature Response time

< 3s. for Pt100, diameter 3 mm

Extension cable

Stainless-steel or Teflon sheath, 2, 3 or 4 conductors (with shielding braid for Teflon) Pt100 or Pt1000, mounting designed to withstand strong vibrations

Measuring element Leak-tightness Junction box Measurement tube Transmitter

322

Up to 200°C

Up to 20 bar oil pressure Certification: ATEX ia, IECEx Connection: direct or via a temperature transmitter Stainless steel 316L, diameter 3, 4.5 or 6 mm Clippable on DIN rail Input: Pt100 or Pt1000 / Output 4...20mA Hart or Fieldbus Foundation or Profibus DP

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

SENSORS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS  BEARING SENSOR

STRENGTHS

• Withstands strong vibrations • Quick response time • 1 or more measuring points • Qualified for explosive zones • Output via HART transmitter DIAGRAM (MM) IP 65 CONNECTING HEAD

G = 175

L = 300

127

2 rotating union joints

1/2 NPT 20

Type

PYRO

FRANCE

Modèle

sonde 2 sonde 3

EEx ia IIC

0080

II 1 G

Ø 3,17

sonde 1

N°

LCIE 03 ATEX 6040 X

MOUNTING WITH FITTING LEAK-TIGHT AT 10 BARS

Metal-plastic sheath 3 PT. 1 X 100 A 0°C - Class A

STAINLESS-STEEL PROTECTIVE TUBE

CONTROLE CHAUVIN ARNOUX GROUP

MCO

External earth terminal

Cable gland for armoured cable

ORDERS: PLEASE CONTACT US

Our R&D team can develop tailored temperature sensors to your specifications.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

323

BIMETALLIC THERMOMETERS

324

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

BIMETALLIC THERMOMETER WITH FIXED DIAL

326

TBM1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

BIMETALLIC THERMOMETER WITH MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIAL

330

TBM2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

GAS EXPANSION THERMOMETER

334

TDG1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

325

BIMETALLIC THERMOMETERS  FIXED DIAL

TBM1

WITH FIXED DIAL IMMERSED UP TO 1500 MM

DIAL DIAMETER 50 TO 150 MM

CLASS

DESCRIPTION

ATEX bimetallic thermometer, with adjustable zero available as an option. For corrosive liquids and gases in the agri-food industry, pharmacy, chemicals, petrochemicals and the nuclear sector. SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy class Ambient temperature Storage temperature Scale overrun Plunger PN Weld seams Measuring element Casing and frame Plunger and connector Dial Materials Needle Window Seals

Process connection

Protection

326

Class 1 (CL 1.0) -20...+60 °C -50...+70 °C 110 % of full scale (E.m.) 25 bar (without thermowell) Arc welding / Argon TIG Helicoidal bimetallic Stainless steel AISI 304 Stainless steel AISI 316 Aluminium, black graduations on white background Aluminium, black coating, adjustable zero Glass, SEKURIT glass Neoprene 1/2” NPT or BsP / male, 1/2" NPT / female 1/4” NPT or BsP / male (for plunger Ø ≤ 6.35 mm) 3/8” BsP / male (for plunger Ø ≤ 10 mm) 3/4” NPT or BsP / male, 3/4" NPT / female m20 x 1.5 / male, m27 x 2 / male IP 65, IP 66, IP 67, hermetically sealed

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

BIMETALLIC THERMOMETERS  FIXED DIAL

up to 600°C

ATEX

OPTION

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

327

BIMETALLIC THERMOMETERS  FIXED DIAL

DESIGN YOUR THERMOMETER CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: STANDARD MODEL TBM1

CASING -

Reference in table and diagram

Possible choice

RANGE

EB2

OPTION IMMERSED Ø

MOUNTING -

IMMERSED LENGTH

PROT. P6

750

PROCESS CONNECTION TYPE -

PROCESS CONNECTOR -

NM12

OPTIONS -

50 63 80 100 125 150

EA1 / EA2 / EB2 / EB3 ED1 / EE1 / EG1 / EG2 EG3 / EG4 / EG5 / EG6 EG8 / EG9 / EH1 /EH2 EH3 / EH4

1A 2A

60 14 80 95 10 12

P5 P6 P7 HS

50 mm to 1500 mm

RX RG RT

NM12 / BM12 NM14 / BM14 MM20 / BM38 TR15 / NM34 BM34 / NM27 NF12 / NF34

1/2 3/4 5/6 7/A B/C D

DIAGRAM (MM) 3

1A Direct, lower

3 1

63 80 100 125 150

A 12 9.5 12 15 15

B 48 48 48 48 48

ØC 62.5 80 100 118.5 149

ØD 70 89.5 111 129 161

Weight (g) 280 350 500 580 800

2A Centre, rear 1

50 63 80 100 125 150

A 6.5 10 9.5 12 15 15

B 23 23 23 23 23 23

ØC 51.5 62.5 80 100 118.5 149

ØD 57.5 70 89.5 111 129 161

Weight (g) 108 156 244 518 585 625

Process connector

328

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

BIMETALLIC THERMOMETERS  FIXED DIAL

CASING

050 063 080

100 125 150

50mm / 2" 63mm / 2"1/2 80mm / 3"

100mm / 4" 125mm / 4"1/2 150mm / 6"

PROCESS CONNECTION TYPE RX

Fixed

Adjustable

Pivoting / Rotary

PROCESS CONNECTOR MEASUREMENT RANGE (°C) EA1 EA2 EB2 EB3 ED1 EE1

-20…+40 °C -20…+60 °C -30…+70 °C -30…+120 °C -50…+100 °C -80…+120 °C

EG1 EG2 EG3 EG4 EG5 EG6

EG8 EG9 EH1 EH2 EH3 EH4

0…+50 °C 0…+60 °C 0…+80 °C 0…+100 °C 0…+120 °C 0…+150 °C

0…+200 °C 0…+250 °C 0…+300 °C 0…+400 °C 0…+500 °C 0…+600 °C

NM12 1/2''NPT (M) BM12 1/2''BSP(M) NM14 1/4''NPT(M) BM14 1/4''BSP (M)

MM20 M20*1.5mm (M) BM38 3/8'' BSP (M) TR15 1.5'' Triclover NM34 3/4''NPT (M)

BM34 3.4'' BSP (M) NM27 M27 x 1.5mm (M) NF12 /2''NPT (F) NF34 3/4''NPT (F)

OPTIONS

Several options are available; they should be indicated one after the other.

MOUNTING

Direct, lower

Centre, rear

IMMERSED DIAMETER 60 14 80

95 10 12

6.0 mm 1/4" (6.35mm) 8.0 mm

9.5 mm 10 mm 12 mm

PROTECTION P5 P6

IP65 IP66

P7 HS

316L casing and ring SEKURIT window External adjustment of zero Priming liquid (silicone oil -200°C) Priming liquid (glycerine -65°C) VITON seal Certificate 2.2 316L label 304L label Label on casing Atex

For any other configuration, please contact us.

IP67 Hermetically sealed

IMMERSED LENGTH xxxx

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D

50 mm to 1500 mm

MIN. IMMERSED LENGTH

Immersed diameter 6 mm - 1/4" 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm Measurement range (°C) Min. immersed length (mm) 0…50 130 110 110 110 0…60 110 95 95 95 0…80 95 70 70 70 0…100 75 70 70 70 0…120 70 60 60 60 0…150 60 50 50 50 0…200 50 45 45 45 0…250 40 35 35 35 0…300 60 50 50 50 0…400 50 45 45 45 0…500 45 40 40 40 0…600 40 35 35 35

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

329

BIMETALLIC THERMOMETERS  MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIAL

TBM2

WITH MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIAL IMMERSED UP TO 1500 MM

DIAL DIAMETER 80 TO 150 MM

CLASS

DESCRIPTION

Bimetallic thermometer with multidirectional dial. Adjustable zero. For corrosive liquids and gases in the agri-food industry, pharmacy, chemicals, petrochemicals and the nuclear sector.

SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy class Ambient temperature Storage temperature Scale overrun Plunger PN Weld seams Measuring element

Materials

Process connection

Protection

330

Class 1 (CL 1.0) -20...+60 °C -50...+70 °C 110 % of full scale (E.m.) 25 bar (without thermowell) Arc welding / Argon TIG Helicoidal bimetallic Casing and window Plunger and connector Dial Needle Window Seals

Stainless steel AISI 304 Stainless steel AISI 316 Aluminium, black graduations on white background Aluminium, black coating, adjustable zero Glass, SEKURIT glass Neoprene 1/2” NPT or BsP / male 1/4” NPT or BsP / male (for plunger Ø ≤ 6.35 mm) 3/8” BsP / male (for plunger Ø ≤ 10 mm) 3/4” NPT or BsP / male m20 x 1.5 / male, m27 x 2 / male IP 65, IP 66, IP 67

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

BIMETALLIC THERMOMETERS  MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIAL

up to 600°C

ATEX

OPTION

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

331

BIMETALLIC THERMOMETERS  MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIAL

DESIGN YOUR THERMOMETER CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: STANDARD MODEL TBM2

CASING -

Reference in table and diagram

Possible choice

RANGE

150

EG3

OPTION IMMERSED Ø

MOUNTING -

IMMERSED LENGTH

PROT. P5

250

PROCESS CONNECTION TYPE -

PROCESS CONNECTOR NM27

OPTIONS -

80 100 125 150

EA1 / EA2 / EB2 / EB3 EG1 / EG2 / EG3 / EG4 EG5 / EG6 / EG8 / EG9 EH1 /EH2 / EH3 /EH4

60 14 80 95 10 12

P5 P6 P7 HS

110 mm to 1500 mm

RX RG RT

NM12 / BM12 NM14 / BM14 MM20 / BM38 TR15 / NM34 BM34 / NM27

1/2 3/4 5/6 7/A B/C D

DIAGRAM (MM) 1

80 100 125 150

332

A 9.5 12 15 15

B 23 23 23 23

ØC 80 100 118.5 149

ØD 89.5 111 129 161

Weight (g) 662 839

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

BIMETALLIC THERMOMETERS  MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIAL

CASING

080 100

125 150

80mm / 3" 100mm / 4"

125mm / 4"1/2 150mm / 6"

-20…+40 °C -20…+60 °C -30…+70 °C -30…+120 °C 0…+50 °C 0…+60 °C

EG3 EG4 EG5 EG8 EG9 EG6

Fixed

Adjustable

Pivoting / Rotary

PROCESS CONNECTOR

MEASUREMENT RANGE (°C) EA1 EA2 EB2 EB3 EG1 EG2

PROCESS CONNECTION TYPE

EH1 EH2 EH3 EH4

0…+80 °C 0…+100 °C 0…+120 °C 0…+200 °C 0…+250 °C 0…+150 °C

0…+300 °C 0…+400 °C 0…+500 °C 0…+600 °C

NM12 1/2''NPT (M) BM12 1/2''BSP(M) NM14 1/4''NPT(M) BM14 1/4''BSP (M)

MM20 M20*1.5mm (M) BM34 3.4'' BSP (M) BM38 3/8'' BSP (M) NM27 M27 x 1.5mm (M) TR15 1.5'' Triclover NM34 3/4''NPT (M)

OPTIONS

Several options are available. They should be indicated one after the other.

MOUNTING

Centre, rear, multidirectional

IMMERSED DIAMETER 60 14 80

95 10 12

6.0 mm 1/4" (6,35mm) 8.0 mm

9.5 mm 10 mm 12 mm

PROTECTION P5 P6

IP65 IP66

P7 HS

For any other configuration, please contact us.

IP67 Hermetically sealed

IMMERSED LENGTH xxxx

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D

110 mm to 1500 mm

MIN. IMMERSED LENGTH

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

333

BIMETALLIC THERMOMETERS  GAS EXPANSION

TDG1

GAS EXPANSION THERMOMETER CAPILLARY UP TO 25 M

IMMERSED UP TO 2M

DIAL DIAMETER 100 TO 250 MM

DESCRIPTION

Gas expansion thermometer. Multiple mounting possibilities. For corrosive liquids and gases in the chemicals and petrochemicals sectors. SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy class Ambient temperature Storage temperature Scale overrun Plunger PN Weld seams Measuring element Casing and window Plunger and connector Dial Materials Needle Window Seals Process connection Protection

334

Class 1 (CL 1.0) 0...40 °C -50...+70 °C (without filler liquid) -20...+60 °C (with filler liquid) 110 % of full scale (E.m.) 25 bar (without thermowell) arc welding / Argon TIG Capsule of inert, non-toxic gas Stainless steel AIsI 304 Stainless steel AIsI 316 Aluminium, black graduations on white background Aluminium, black coating, adjustable zero Glass or SEKURIT glass (depending on filling) Neoprene or NBr (depending on filling) 1/2” NPT or BsP / male 1/4” NPT or BsP / male (for plunger Ø ≤ 6.35 mm) 3/8” BsP / male (for plunger Ø ≤ 10 mm) m20 x 1.5 / male IP 65, IP 66, IP 67

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

BIMETALLIC THERMOMETERS  GAS EXPANSION

CLASS

up to 700°C

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

335

BIMETALLIC THERMOMETERS  GAS EXPANSION

DESIGN YOUR THERMOMETER CONFIGURATOR CODE

Parameters to be indicated when ordering. Example: MODEL TYPE TDG1

CASING

RANGE

100

Reference in table and diagram

Possible choice

MOUNTING

EA2

Ø IMMERSED

PROTECTION P6

IMMERSED LENGTH 820

100 125 150 250

EA1 / EA2 / EA3 / EA4 / EA5 / EA6 EB1 / EB2 / EC1 / EC2 / ED1 / EF1 EG1 / EG2 / EG3 / EG4 / EG5 / EG6 EG7 / EG8 / EG9 / EH1 / EH2 / EH3 EH4 / EH5 / EJ1 / EK1 / Ek2

1A / 1B / 1C 1D / 2A / 2B

60 / 14 80 / 95 10 / 12

P5 P6 P7 HS

100 mm to 2000 mm

DIAGRAM (MM) 1A Lower output

A 12 15

100 125

Process connector

B 48 48

Process Multidirectional connector mounting

ØC 111 129

ØD 100 118,5

A 15 18,5

150 250 3

B 48 50

ØC 161 263

ØD 149 250

1D Mounting bracket

Capillary Process connector

10 12 1

100 125 150 250 3

A 12 15 15 18.5

B 52 50 52 51.5

ØC 111 129 161 263

ØD 100 118.5 149 250

ØI 6 6 6 7

ØN 134 150 186 290

M 128 143.5 172.4 286.5

S1 6 4 6 1.5

ØU 118 137 168 276 3

2A Central output

A B ØC ØD For casing dimensions, please see 1A, 1B

F 129

G 69

H 39

J K 101 161

2B Multidirectional mounting

Process connector

For casing dimensions, please see 1A, 1B 336

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

BIMETALLIC THERMOMETERS  GAS EXPANSION

OPTION PROCESS CONNECTION TYPE RX

PROCESS CONNECTOR NM34

ASSEMBLY CT

CAPILLARY MATERIAL

ARMOURING

CAPILLARY LENGTH

OPTIONS

2,850

RX RG RT

NM12 / BM12 / NM14 / BM14 MM20 / BM38 / TR15 / NM34 BM34 / NM27 / NF12 / NF34

ST CT

304L : AB 316L : AC

304L : AB 316L : AC PVC : HF

250 mm to 25,000 mm

1/2/3/4 5 / 6/ 7 / 8 9 / A/ B / C D

CASING

100 125

150 250

100mm / 4" 125mm / 4"1/2

-20…+40 °C -20…+60 °C -20…+80 °C -20…+100 °C -20…+120 °C -20…+180 °C

ED1 EF1 EG1 EG2 EG3 EG4

EB1

-30…+50 °C

EB2 EC1 EC2

-30…+70 °C -40…+40 °C -40…+60 °C

EG5 EG6 EG7

EG9 EH1 EH2 EH3 EH4

EG8

100 mm to 2000 mm

PROCESS CONNECTION TYPE RX

-50…+100°C -100…+60°C 0…+50 °C 0…+60 °C 0…+80 °C 0…+100 °C

xxxx

150mm / 6" 250mm /10"

MEASUREMENT RANGE (°C) EA1 EA2 EA3 EA4 EA5 EA6

IMMERSED LENGTH

0…+250 °C 0…+300 °C 0…+400 °C 0…+500 °C 0…+600 °C 0…+650 °C

EH5 0…+120 °C EJ1 50…+650 °C 0…+150 °C EK1 100…+600 °C 0…+160 °C EK2 150…+700 °C

0…+200 °C

Fixed

Adjustable

Pivoting / Rotary

PROCESS CONNECTOR NM12 1/2''NPT (M) BM12 1/2''BSP(M) NM14 1/4''NPT(M) BM14 1/4''BSP (M)

MM20 M20*1.5mm (M) BM38 3/8'' BSP (M) TR15 1.5'' Triclover NM34 3/4''NPT (M)

BM34 3.4'' BSP (M) NM27 M27 x 1.5mm (M) NF12 /2''NPT (F) NF34 3/4''NPT (F)

ASSEMBLY ST

direct (plunger)

remote (capillary)

CAPILLARY MATERIAL AB

304L

316L

ARMOURING

MOUNTING

1A 1B 1C

Lower output Direct Multidirectional Mounting on wall / surface

2" pipe mounting

Central output Rear Multidirectional

2A 2B

304 L

316 L

PVC (Max. ambient temp. 60°C)

CAPILLARY LENGTH xxxx

250 to 25,000mm

OPTIONS IMMERSED DIAMETER 60 14 80

95 10 12

6.0 mm 1/4" (6.35mm) 8.0 mm

9.5 mm 10 mm 12 mm

PROTECTION P5 P6

IP65 IP66

Several options are available. They should be indicated one after the other.

P7 HS

IP67 Hermetically sealed

For any other configuration, please contact us. SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D

316L casing and ring SEKURIT window External adjustment of zero Priming liquid (silicone oil -200°C) Priming liquid (glycerine -65°C) VITON seal Certificate 2.2 Filling with helium Maximum reading pointer 316L label 304L label Label on casing Atex

337

ACCESSORIES

338

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

340

WIRES AND CABLES

342

FASTENING COMPONENTS

344

TERMINAL STRIPS - ASSEMBLY-HEAD TRANSMITTERS

346

HEADS - CABLE GLANDS

347

PORTABLE DIGITAL THERMOMETERS

348

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

339

ACCESSORIES

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS CONNECTORS FOR PT100 Ω • For Pt100 Ω sensors, 3-wire mounting • Temperature withstand -50°C to +210 °C • Cable clamp for the miniature and standard connectors available as an option

Standard connector

Miniature connector

Male or female Male Female

Type

No. of pins

Dimensions L x w x h

Standard

35 x 25 x 12.5

Code L018290-000 L018211-004 L018250-017 L018280-000 L018200-005 L018200-006

Cable clamp for standard 3-pin connector Male Female

Miniature

19 x 24 x 8

Cable clamp for miniature 3-pin connector

COMPENSATED CONNECTORS FOR THERMOCOUPLES

Standard connector Male or female Male

Single or duplex Single Duplex

Female

Single Duplex

Female socket for panel

Single

Miniature connector

Size Standard Miniature Standard Standard Miniature Standard Standard Standard Miniature

Section Rectangle Rectangle Rectangle Rectangle Rectangle Rectangle Rectangle Circular Rectangle Rectangle*

Type J L12547J-000 L12587J-000 L12543J-000 L12548J-000 L12588J-000 L12544J-000 L12545J-000 L12546J-000 L12585J-000 L12584J-000

Type of thermocouple Type K Type T L12547K-000 L12547T-000 L12587K-000 L12587T-000 L12543K-000 L12543T-000 L12548K-000 L12548T-000 L12588K-000 L12588T-000 L12544K-000 L12544T-000 L12545K-000 L12545T-000 L12546K-000 L12585K-000 L12585T-000 L12584K-000 L12584T-000

Type N L12547N-000 L12587N-000 L12543N-000 L12548N-000 L12588N-000 L12544N-000 L12545N-000 L12585N-000 L12584N-000

Type S L12547S-000 L12587S-000 L12543S-000 L12548S-000 L12588S-000 L12544S-000 L12545S-000 L12546S-000 L12585S-000 L12584S-000

Cu-Cu Type B L12547C-000 L12587C-000 L12543C-000 L12548C-000 L12588C-000 L12544C-000 L12545C-000 L12585C-000 L12584C-000

* With two mounting lugs

TERMINAL STRIPS FOR THERMOCOUPLES Number of circuits 1

340

Size Standard

Type J L12549J-000

Type K L12549K-000

Type T L12549T-000

Type S L12549S-000

Cu-Cu Type B L12549C-000

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

ACCESSORIES

CABLE CLAMP • For connecting thermocouple wires, extension cables or compensation cables • Temperature withstand -50 °C to +210 °C • Colour coding as per IEC 584-3 (NFC42324)

Miniature cable clamp Connector type Standard Miniature Standard

Single or duplex Single Single Duplex

Standard size, rectangular face

Miniature size, rectangular face

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Code L125490-000 L125890-000 L125499-000

Standard size panel

PANELS FOR FEMALE THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTORS Connector type

Standard cable clamp

Number of circuits 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 24

Code L125401-000 L125402-000 L125403-000 L125404-000 L125405-000 L125406-000 L125408-000 L125410-000 L125412-000 L125416-000 L125420-000 L125424-000 L125801-000 L125802-000 L125803-000 L125804-000 L125805-000 L125806-000 L125808-000 L125810-000 L125812-000 L125816-000 L125820-000 L125824-000

341

ACCESSORIES

WIRES AND CABLES FOR THERMOCOUPLE COMPENSATION Type

Type T

Coating Bare wire

FEP insulation

"Tolerance class"

Glass silk insulation Bare wire

"Ø wire" 1.5mm 0.2 mm 0.3 mm 0.5 mm 0.2 mm 0.3 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 1.60 mm 0.2 mm

0.5 mm 0.8 mm 7 x 0.2 mm 1 mm 7 x 0.2 mm

1.5x 2.4 2x3 1.4 x 2.2 2.7 x 4.2 3

Conditioning by the metre 25 m coil 25 m coil 25 m coil 100 m coil 100 m coil 100 m coil by the metre by the metre 25 m coil 100 m coil 25 m coil 100 m coil 25 m coil 100 m coil by the metre by the metre by the metre by the metre by the metre

7 x 0.2 mm

2.2 x 3.2

by the metre

L219238-000

by the metre by the metre by the metre by the metre by the metre by the metre 25 m coil 100 m coil 25 m coil 100 m coil 25 m coil 100 m coil by the metre by the metre by the metre by the metre by the metre by the metre by the metre

L209409-000 L209410-000 L209412-000 L209414-000 L209415-000 L209417-000 L218401-000 L217401-000 L218402-000 L217402-000 L218403-000 L217403-000 L219413-000 L219421-000 L219422-000 L219423-002 L219424-000 L219446-000 L219438-000

by the metre

L219465-000

by the metre by the metre by the metre by the metre

L209608-000 L209609-000 L209709-000 L209909-000

0.3 mm

FEP insulation

0.5 mm Type J

2 Glass silk insulation Glass silk insulation with stainless-steel braid

Bare wire

FEP insulation

Type K

Type S Type R Type W/Re

342

0.4 mm 1.1 mm 1.3 mm

0.2 mm

0.4 mm

0.3 mm

1.1 mm

0.5 mm

1.3 mm 1.02 mm 0.9 x 1.3 1.1 x 1,8 1.3 x 2.2 1.6 x 2.6 2.7 x 4.2 2.3 x 3.2

Glass silk insulation

Ceramic coating Glass silk insulation with stainless-steel braid Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire Bare wire

1 1

0.8 mm

0.4 mm 1.1 mm 1.3 mm 0.4 mm 1.1 mm 1.3 mm 1.5 x 2.4

0.51 mm 0.60 mm 1.02 mm 1.62 mm 2.3 mm 2.9 mm

0.51 mm 0.25 mm 0.3 mm 0.5 mm 0.6 mm 1 mm 0.2 mm

"External Ø"

0.35 mm 0.50 mm 0.50 mm 0.50 mm

2.4 x 4.0

Code L209114-000 L218101-000 L218102-000 L218103-000 L217101-000 L217102-000 L217103-000 L219123-000 L209214-000 L218201-000 L217201-000 L218202-000 L217202-000 L218203-000 L217203-000 L219223-000 L219225-000 L219228-000 L219246-000 L219237-000

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

ACCESSORIES

Cable type A EXTENSION AND PROLONGATION FOR THERMOCOUPLES TC type

No. TC

1 TC

External sheath PVC

PVC 1 TC

Silicone FEP GS(3) 2 TC

PVC

1 TC

Silicone FEP GS(3)

2 TC

PVC PVC

1 TC

Silicone FEP GS(3) FEP PVC FEP GS(3)

Ext. Ø mm 4 4 5 7 7.5 7.8 5 3.5 4x6 4x6 5 4 5 7 7.5 7.8 4.2 5 3.5 4x6 4x5 4x6 5 4 5 7.5 7.8 5 3.5 4x6 3.5 4 3.5 4x6

Cable type B

X/C(1)

Class(2)

Ø cond.

X X X X X X X X X X X X C C C C X X X C X X C C C C C C C C C X X X

1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1

3 x 0.3 3 x 0.3 7 x 0.3 14 x 0.3 19 x 0.3 19 x 0.3 7 x 0.3 7 x 0.2 19 x 0.3 14 x 0.3 3 x 0.3 3 x 0.3 7 x 0.3 14 x 0.3 19 x 0.3 19 x 0.3 7 x 0.2 7 x 0.3 7 x 0.2 19 x 0.3 14 x 0.3 14 x 0.3 3 x 0.3 3 x 0.3 7 x 0.3 19 x 0.3 19 x 0.3 7 x 0.3 7 x 0.2 19 x 0.3 7 x 0.2 3 x 0.3 7 x 0.2 14 x 0.3

Cable Type B B B B A B B B C C B B B B A B B B B C C C B B B A B B B C B B B C

Cable type C

By metre

50 m coil

100 m coil

250 m coil

L929101-120 L929201-120 L929215-120 L929214-110 L929208-110 L929203-110 L929206-120 L929210-120 L929209-120 L929218-120 L929301-120 L929401-120 L929515-110 L929514-110 L929408-110 L929403-110 L929416-120 L929406-120 L929410-120 L929409-110 L929417-120 L929418-120 L929701-110 L929601-110 L929615-110 L929608-110 L929603-110 L929606-110 L929610-110 L929609-110 L929620-110 L929901-110 L929910-120 L929919-120

L921101-120 L921201-120 L921215-120 L921214-110 L921208-110 L921203-110 L921206-120 L921210-120 L921209-120 L921218-120 L921301-120 L921401-120 L921515-110 L921514-110 L921408-110 L921403-110 L921416-120 L921406-120 L921410-120 L921409-110 L921417-120 L921418-120 L921701-110 L921601-110 L921615-110 L921608-110 L921603-110 L921606-110 L921610-110 L921609-110 L921620-110 L921901-110 L921910-120 L921919-120

L922101-120 L922201-120 L922215-120 L922214-110 L922208-110 L922203-110 L922206-120 L922210-120 L922209-120 L922218-120 L922301-120 L922401-120 L922515-110 L922514-110 L922408-110 L922403-110 L922416-120 L922406-120 L922410-120 L922409-110 L922417-120 L922418-120 L922701-110 L922601-110 L922615-110 L922608-110 L922603-110 L922606-110 L922610-110 L922609-110 L922620-110 L922901-110 L922910-120 L922919-120

L923101-120 L923201-120 L923215-120 L923214-110 L923208-110 L923203-110 L923206-120 L923210-120 L923209-120 L923218-120 L923301-120 L923401-120 L923515-110 L923514-110 L923408-110 L923403-110 L923416-120 L923406-120 L923410-120 L923409-110 L923417-120 L923418-120 L923701-110 L923601-110 L923615-110 L923608-110 L923603-110 L923606-110 L923610-110 L923609-110 L923620-110 L923901-110 L923910-120 L923919-120

(1) - X: extension cable - C: compensation cable. (2) - Class: tolerance class as per IEC 584. (3) - GS: glass silk

EXTENSION AND PROLONGATION FOR PT100 Ω Wire or cable

Metal

No. wires

Fil

Ag Ni Ag

1 1 1 2

3 Câble

External sheath

External Ø

Ø wires

Silicone PVC PVC Silicone

1.1 mm 4.6 mm 4.2 mm 3.7 mm 4.6 mm

0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 16 x 0.2 mm 7 x 0.2 mm 7 x 0.2 mm 7 x 0.2 mm

Conductor insulation None None Glass silk Silicone PVC PVC PVC

FEP

2.1 mm

7 x 0.06 mm

FEP

None Tin-plated Cu None None Silver-plated Cu

Glass silk

3.5 mm

7 x 0.2 mm

Glass silk

None

PVC

5.0 mm

7 x 0.2 mm

PVC

FEP

3.3 mm

7 x 0.2 mm

FEP

Tin-plated Cu Silver-plated Cu

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Internal braid

External braid

Code (by the metre) L063105-000 L063205-000 L063404-000 L067824-000 L067803-000 L067810-000 L067805-000 L067813-000

Stainless steel

L067836-000 L067804-000 L067815-000

343

ACCESSORIES

FASTENING COMPONENTS Stainless steel cable gland

CABLE GLANDS Body material

Ferrule material

Stainless steel

FEP

Brass

For sheath Ø 1.5mm 2 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3.2 mm 4.5 mm 4.5 mm 6.0 mm 6.0 mm 6.0 mm 6.35 mm 8.0 mm 8.0 mm 8.0 mm 1.5 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 3.0 mm 4.5 mm 5,0 mm 6.0 mm 6.0 mm 6.0 mm 6.0 mm 8.0 mm 1.5 mm 3.0 mm 3.2 mm 4.5 mm 6.0 mm 6.0 mm 8.0 mm 1.5mm 3.0 mm 6.0 mm 8.0 mm

Code L078827-000 L078828-000 L078829-000 L078830-000 L078834-000 L078833-000 L078934-000 L078836-000 L078938-000 L078946-000 L078835-000 L078841-000 L078952-000 L078937-000 L228123-000 L228124-000 L228125-000 L078940-000 L228126-000 L078849-000 L228127-000 L078847-000 L078838-000 L078939-000 L228128-000 L228143-000 L228145-000 L078948-000 L228146-000 L078845-000 L228147-000 L078846-000 L078927-000 L078930-000 L078936-000 L078941-000

Stainless steel ferrules

SPARE FERRULES Material Stainless steel

Brass

FEP

344

Threading 1/8" NPT 1/8" NPT 1/8" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/2" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/2" NPT G1/2 1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/2" NPT G1/2 1/8" NPT 1/8" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/2" NPT 1/4" NPT 3/8 G tapered 1/4" NPT 3/8 G tapered G1/2 1/2" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/8" NPT 1/4" NPT G1/8 1/4" NPT G1/4 1/4" NPT G3/8 1/8" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT

For sheath Ø 1.5 mm 3 mm 4.5 mm 6 mm 3 mm 6 mm 2 mm 3 mm 4.5mm 6.0 mm 8.0 mm

Code L228173-000 L228175-000 L228176-000 L228177-000 L228185-000 L228187-000 L228194-000 L078857-000 L078859-000 L078864-000 L078873-000

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

ACCESSORIES

LEAK-TIGHT FITTINGS FOR WELDING - FOOD INDUSTRY Body material Stainless steel Stainless steel

Ferrule material Stainless steel Teflon

For sheath Ø “d” 5.0 mm 6.0 mm

Length 54 mm 54 mm

Code L228109-000 L228117-000

Thread G1"

Code LU78978-000 L079110-000 L078981-000 LU78825-001 LU78866-001 L079112-000 L078984-000

LEAK-TIGHT FITTINGS FOR WELDING - CEMENT Body material Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

Ferrule material Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

For welding Ø "d" mm (inches) 21,3 (1/2") 21,3 (1/2") 30 (-) 21,3 (1/2") 30,1 (-) 21,3 (1/2") 21,3 (1/2")

G1"1/4 G1"1/2 1"NPT

EBA FLANGES Description Flange Flange Flange and companion flange Flange Flange and companion flange Flange Flange and companion flange

Ø of protective tube 15 mm 21 mm 22 mm 27 mm 27 mm 32 mm 32 mm

Material

Cast iron

Spacing 56 mm

70 mm

Code L077310-000 L077311-000 L077312-000 L077314-000 L077316-000 L077319-000 L077320-000

BRAKE DISCS Tube diameter 21,3 mm 26,9 mm 32 mm

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

D2 21,6 27,2 32,2

Code L077916-000 LEL1711-000 LM43049-001

345

ACCESSORIES

TERMINAL STRIPS ASSEMBLY-HEAD TRANSMITTERS BB12 terminal strips

TERMINAL STRIPS Type

Head type

Sensor type

No. of terminals

BM04 BB02 BA02 BB12 BB13 BB04 BA04

MA DIN DIN A DIN DIN DIN DIN A

Pt 100 Ω / TC Pt 100 Ω / TC TC Pt 100 Ω / TC Pt 100 Ω / TC Pt 100 Ω / TC TC

4 2 2 2 3 4 4

Protection mode Standard

4-20 mA ATEX EEx”i”a 4-20 mA+ HART

Code L015007-000 L015015-000 L015054-000 L015055-000 L015060-000 L015062-000 L015065-000

Standard transmitters

TRANSMITTERS IN ASSEMBLY HEAD Output signal

V/V: screwed/screwed V/S: screwed/welded V/V V/V V/V V/S V/S V/V V/V

Standard ATEX EEx”i”a Programming kit

Input Universal: Pt 100 / all thermocouples Pt 100 All thermocouples

Insulation 1.5Kv None 1.5Kv

Code LC5331A-321 LC5333A-100 LC5334A-100

Universal: Pt 100 / all thermocouples

1.5Kv

LC5331B-221

Pt 100 Universal: Pt 100 / all thermocouples Universal: Pt 100 / all thermocouples

None 1.5Kv 1.5Kv

LC5333B-100 LC5335A-100 LC5335B-100 LC59050-000

Download free of charge the software for configuring your sensor head transmitters from www.pyrocontrole.com/en/support/download

346

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

ACCESSORIES

HEAD - CABLE GLANDS CONNECTING HEADS Type

Material

MA DAN DAN-V DAN DIN B DIN A DIN A KNE KST LSX-D LSX-W LSX-D LSX-W

Aluminium Aluminium Epoxy-coated alu Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Inox Epoxy-coated alu Epoxy-coated alu Stainless steel Stainless steel

Process connection M10 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2

Cable feed PE9 M20 M20 1/2"NPT M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 2xM20 M20 2xM20

DAN

Ø cable (mm) 3.5 - 5.5 4 - 12.5 4 - 12.5 4 - 12.5 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.5 4.5 - 7.5 4.5 - 7.5

Protection

See cable glands M20

IP54 IP54 IP65 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP68 IP68 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67

DIN A

Terminal strip BM04 BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB

DIN B

LSX-D

ATEX certificate

Without

With With With With

Controlled sale (see ID50 system p. 192)

Code L015001-000 L015300-000 L015305-000 L015017-000 L015320-000 L015330-000 L015332-000 L015042-000 L015035-000 L015340-000 L015345-000 L015350-000 L015355-000

LSX-W

Nickel-plated brass cable gland

CABLE GLANDS Type

Material

Nb of cable feed

Fastening

Reinforced cable

Internal cable Ø (mm)

PE9 1/2” NPT 1/2” NPT 1/2” NPT 3/4” NPT 3/4” NPT M20 M20 M20 M20 M20

Nickael-plated brass Nickael-plated brass Nickael-plated brass Nickael-plated brass Nickael-plated brass Nickael-plated brass Polyamide Nickael-plated brass Nickael-plated brass Nickael-plated brass Polyamide

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1

Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No

No No No No Yes No No No No Yes No

5 - 9.5 4-8 4-8 7 - 12 10 - 16 7 - 12 7 - 12 4-6 7 - 12 7 - 12 6 - 12

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Internal cable Ø (reinforced cable) ATEX certicate (mm) Without Without Without ATEX "d" 7 - 12 ATEX "d" ATEX "d" Without Without ATEX "d" 4.5 - 8 ATEX "d" ATEX "ia"

Code L017211-000 L017128-000 L017225-000 L017395-000 L017350-000 L017396-000 L017640-000 L017669-000 L017690-000 L017668-000 L017235-000

347

ACCESSORIES

CONTACT THERMOMETERS THERMOCOUPLES

C.A 1821 - C.A 1822 Ref. :

P01654821

P01654822

°C °F STRENGTHS • J, K, T, N, E, R or S thermocouples • Recording of up to 1 million points • Magnetized product compatible with MultiFix • USB and Bluetooth communication • Backlit digital display

SPECIFICATION C.A 1821 Sensor No. of inputs

Range

Resolution

ADDITIONAL INFO • Shockproof protective sheath available as an accessory • C ompatible with the Data Logger Transfer module of the Dataview® software for: - data display - programming of recordings - automatic report export

Accuracy

Functions Recording Alarms

CONTENTS C.A 1821 and C.A 1822 delivered with: • 1 carrying bag • 3 x 1.5V LR6 batteries • 1 USB cable • 1 measurement report

348

Data storage Power supply Battery life Dimensions/ weight Protection Operating temperature/ humidity Standards

C.A 1822

J, K, T, N, E, R or S thermocouple 1 2 J: -210 to +1200 °C / -346 to +2192 °F K: -200 to +1372 °C / -328 to +2501 °F T: -250 to +400 °C / -418 to +752 °F N: -200 to +1300 °C / -328 to +2372 °F E: -150 to +950 °C / -238 to +1742 °F R: 0 to +1767 °C / 32 to +3212 °F S: 0 to +1767 °C / 32 to +3212 °F Display in °C: θ < 1000 °C: 0.1°C and θ ≥ 1000 °C: 1°C Display in °F: θ < 1000 °F: 0.1°F and θ ≥ 1000 °F: 1°F (J, K, T, N, E) θ ≤ -100 °C ± (0.2 % R* +0.6 °C) - 100 °C < θ ≤ +100 °C ± (0.15 % R+0.6 °C) + 100 °C < θ ± (0.1 % R + 0.6 °C) (R, S) θ ≤ +100°C ± (0.15 % R +1.0 °C) +100°C < θ ± (0.1 % R +1.0 °C) Min., Max., HOLD, Alarms, Temperature Differential (C.A 1822) Manual start and stop on the product Programmed recording Visual alert on threshold overrun settable via Data Logger Transfer Possibility of triggering recording on alarm threshold More than 1 million points - Alkaline batteries: 3 x 1.5V LR6 or rechargeable NiMH battery - Mains connection via mains adapter / micro USB (option) 1,000 hrs (portable mode) / 3 years of recording (one measurement every 15 minutes) 150 x 72 x 32 mm / 260 g with batteries IP54 casing -10 to +60 ° C - 10 to 90 % RH IEC 61010-1 - IEC 61326-1

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

ACCESSORIES

CONTACT THERMOMETERS TEMPERATURE SENSORS

C.A 1823

Ref. : P01654823

°C °F STRENGTHS • Pt100 and Pt1000 resistive sensors • Recording of up to 1 million points • Magnetized product compatible with MultiFix • USB and Bluetooth communication • Backlit digital display

SPECIFICATIONS C.A 1823 Sensor No. of inputs Range Resolution Accuracy Functions Recording

ADDITIONAL INFO

Alarms

• Protective shockproof sheath available as an accessory • C ompatible with the Data Logger Transfer module of the Dataview® software for: - data display - programming of recordings - automatic report export

Data storage

CONTENTS C.A 1823 delivered with: • 1 carrying bag • 3 x 1.5V LR6 batteries • 1 USB cable • 1 measurement report

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Power supply Battery life Dimensions / weight Ingress protection Operating temperature / humidity Standards

Pt100 or Pt1000 sensor 1 -100 to +400 °C -148 to +752 °F Display in °C: 0.1°C Display in °F: 0.1°F ± (0.4 % R +0.3 °C) Min., Max., HOLD, Alarms Manual start and stop on the product Programmed recording Visual alert on threshold overrun settable via Data Logger Transfer Possibility of triggering recording on alarm threshold More than 1 million points - Alkaline batteries: 3 x 1.5V LR6 or rechargeable NiMH battery - Mains connection via mains adapter / micro USB (option) 800 hrs (portable mode) / 3 years for recording (one measurement every 15 minutes) 150 x 72 x 32 mm / 260 g with batteries IP54 casing -10 to +60 ° C - 10 to 90 % RH IEC 61010-1 for 50 V voltages in category II - IEC 61326-1

349

GLOSSARY

350

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

GLOSSARY

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

351

GLOSSARY

GLOSSARY Austenitic: Refers to the crystalline structure of the Series 300 stainless steels. Carbide precipitation: The process by which chrome carbide forms by precipitation to transform into steel. The carbon atoms combine with the chrome atoms until the chrome is locally exhausted, thus reducing the chrome available to form a protective film of chrome oxide. This process allows localized intergranular corrosion by salts and acids. Carbide precipitation occurs when a stainless steel from the 300 Series is maintained at a temperature of approximately 800 ºF. Carburizing environment: Contains carbon vapour (e.g. hydrocarbons). At high temperatures, carbon may react with the alloys to produce metal carbides. This reaction may lead to fragilization. Usually, an alloy's high nickel content enables it to withstand carburization, but without totally preventing it. Cold junction (reference junction): Junction whose known temperature is used as a reference for the measurement (in theory: 0 °C, in practice: measured). Compensation cable: Cable comprising conductors different from those in the thermocouple, but with thermoelectric characteristics such that the error resulting from their use is low in a given temperature range. Conventionally, the temperature to which the junctions between the thermocouple elements/compensation conductors will be exposed is limited to 200 °C, so that the electromotive force developed in the two compensation conductors is equal to that developed by the thermocouple at the same temperature. Correspondence table: Table establishing the link between the sensor output indication and the value of the quantity to be measured. When the reference junction of a thermocouple is maintained at 0 °C, the electromotive force which it delivers when its measurement junction is raised to a temperature t is characteristic of the thermocouple and the temperature. For each type of thermocouple, emf/temperature correspondence tables are drawn up which enable users to deduce the temperature t of the emf measured or vice versa. Corrosive environment: An environment containing oxygen which will react with metals at high temperature, causing the formation of oxides on the surface. For the alloys to withstand high temperatures, a stable protective oxide film must have

352

formed on the surface. The presence of chrome and aluminium in an alloy helps to create an excellent protective film of chromium oxide and aluminium oxide. Creep: At high temperatures, the mechanical resistance of metals may be reduced. Over time and if they are subjected to high temperatures, metals slowly expand when they are subjected to the constant pressure of the volume of a body and they break more easily than usual. Dysfunction: Situation which exists when the equipment, protective systems and components do not fulfil their planned function and may generate an ignition source. A foreseeable dysfunction is one which we know through experience may occur during the product's life span. A rare dysfunction only occurs exceptionally. Explosible atmosphere: Atmosphere which may become explosive. Explosive atmosphere: Defined as a mixture of inflammable substances in the form of gas, vapour, mist or dust, etc. • With air; • In normal atmospheric conditions; • In which, after ignition, combustion spreads to the whole of the unburned mixture. Extension cable: Cable comprising conductors of the same type as the elements in the thermocouple and extending the thermocouple to the junction of reference. Ferritic: Refers to the crystalline structure of the stainless steels in the 400 Series. Hot junction (measurement junction): Junction located at the point where the temperature is measured. Ignition source: Inherent to the instrument concerned, a specific feature whose activation represents a risk of ignition. A distinction must be made between the two concepts during the risk analysis. The possible ignition sources are listed in EN 1127-1. On a site transforming combustible materials, and in the presence of oxygen in the ambient air, the ignition source is the only element which can easily be eliminated to prevent an explosion. 13 ignition sources are identified in EN 1127-1.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

GLOSSARY

Inert environments: An inert gas such as argon. The alloys are not a problem in this type of environment. Another variant of inert environments is the absence of any atmosphere at all, i.e. a vacuum. This type of environment is increasingly widely used for heat treatments.

R(t) = R0 [1 + At + Bt2 + Ct3 (t-100)] from -200 °C to 0 °C A = 3.9083 x 10-3 °C-1 B = - 5.775 x 10-7 °C-2 C = - 4.183 x 10-12 °C-3

Insulation resistance: Electrical resistance between the sensing element and the neighbouring conductive parts belonging either to the sensor itself or to its environment. Its value depends on the operating conditions, particularly the temperature.

Measurement chain: The measurement of a physical quantity implies not only the use of a sensor, but also the use of a measuring instrument. The measurement chain is a series of transducers and measuring instrument connection systems placed between the sensor - the first element in the chain - and the indicator system which is the last element (or the measurement transducer).

Insulated thermocouple: Thermocouple in which the two elements are electrical isolated from one another outside the junction. Interchangeability: Quality characterizing a sensor's ability to be replaced with another sensor without altering the performance of a measuring system. International Temperature Scale (ITS): a is made between: - the practical international Kelvin temperature: T90. Unit: the Kelvin, symbol: K - the practical international Celsius temperature: t90. Unit: degree Celsius, symbol: °C These two temperatures are linked by the equation: t90 = T90 – 273.16 K The Kelvin is also equal to 1/273.16 of the thermodynamic temperature of water's triple point. ITS 90 is based on the temperature values assigned to a certain number of reproducible equilibrium states (fixed points) and on the specified instruments calibrated at these temperatures. Interpolation between the fixed-point temperatures is performed by means of formulae used to establish the relation between the indications on these instruments and the International Temperature Scale values. Joule effect: Any conductor in which an electric current flows is subject to heating via what is called the Joule effect. Law of resistance/temperature variation: The fundamental values of the platinum measurement resistors in the 0 to 850°C and –200 to 0°C operating ranges are determined on the basis of the following interpolation functions (values based on ITS 90): R(t)-R0 (1 + At + Bt2) from 0 °C to 850 °C

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

Measurement range: Algebraic difference between the extreme values of the quantity to be measured for which the rated metrological characteristics of the sensor remain guaranteed. The units are those of the quantity to be measured. Normal operation: Situation which exists when the equipment, protective systems and components fulfil their planned function in the context of their design parameters. Small leaks may be part of normal operation. Failures requiring repairs or shutdown are not considered to be part of normal operation. Passivation: This involves plunging 300 Series stainless steel into 10 % citric acid for 10 to 30 minutes. The acid removes the iron particles which may have been incorporated into the surface during treatment, but does not attack the stainless steel. Indeed, as this acid is highly oxidizing, the chrome oxide film is reinforced, thus increasing the steel's corrosion withstand. Reducing environment: Contains hydrogen in carbon compounds and does not form a protective oxide film on alloys. In the presence of hydrogen, it may spread to the thermowells and thermocouples. This propagation causes the formation of "green rot", which takes its name from the dark green colour of its surface. This type of attack is not always simple to detect, however. In the case of chrome-alumel thermocouples, green rot magnetizes the chrome-plated wire, making the measurements false. This effect is easy to check on with a magnet: if the two wires are magnetic, green rot has formed (in reality, this phenomenon is not found only in totally "reducing" environments. It only occurs in the presence of a small amount of hydrogen in a mainly reducing environment. When these conditions are present, there is preferential oxidation of the chrome contained in the alloy).

353

GLOSSARY

Repeatability error: For each value of the quantity to be measured, there are two values of the sensor indication, depending on whether this value was reached by increasing or decreasing variation. The repeatability error is equal to the maximum deviation observed on these two values in the measurement range. Reproducibility: Quality characterizing the ability of a sensor to provide indications which agree for a given value of the quantity measured, without taking the systematic errors into consideration. Resistivity: At a constant temperature, the resistivity of a metal conductor of given length and cross-section is a specific characteristics of the material and depends on its type. It is expressed in ohm-metre. ρ=RxS/L ρ = resistivity of the material (Ω.m) R = resistance measured (Ω) S = conductor cross-section (m2) L = conductor length (m) Resolution: Smallest perceptible variation of the information provided by a measuring instrument in the conditions of reference. For a resistance thermometer, the resolution is the limit towards which the ratio ΔR tends when Δt tends towards 0. Response deviation: For a given value of the quantity to be measured, the response deviation is the difference between the sensor output indication and the conventionally true value provided by the correspondence table, a standard or a theoretical law. Seebeck effect (or thermoelectric effect): The term "Seebeck effect" is used to refer to the phenomenon by means of which an electric current is generated in a circuit comprising two conductors of different types whose junctions are placed at two different temperatures. Self-heating: Specific heating of the temperature sensor under the effect of the current flowing in it. This quantity, which depends on the conditions of use and, more particularly, the features of the surrounding environment. Expressed in degrees per Watt: °C.W-1

354

Self-heating coefficient: If a current of known intensity flows through a sensing element whose resistance is R, the power (P = R.I2) produced by the Joule effect raises the temperature by Δt; the self-heating coefficient is then defined as K = Δt / P K is expressed in degrees per Watt: °C.W-1 Sensitivity: For a given value of the quantity measured, the sensitivity is expressed by the quotient of the increase in the variable observed divided by the corresponding increase of the value measured: ΔR / Δt For a thermocouple: ΔE / Δt

Sensor: Part of a measuring instrument used to acquire information concerning the quantity to be measured, comprising the proof body (if there is one) and the sensing element which translates the value measured. Sheathed thermocouple: Thermocouple bedded in a mineral insulant compressed inside a leak-tight, bendable metal sheath. Stabilized carbide: To reduce the probability of carbon precipitation, some stainless steels in the 300 Series are stabilized with a small amount of titanium, tantalum or niobium which combines preferentially with the carbon, thus separating the chrome. This result can also be obtained with low-carbon stainless steels which contain less carbon for combination with the chrome. Stress corrosion: When a metal is subjected to the joint action of a mechanical stress through tension and an aggressive environment, the metal may fissure. Stress corrosion fissures are frequent in the presence of chlorides. Stress-relieving annealing: A type of heat treatment used to reduce the internal stresses in order to prevent the appearance of fissures due to stress corrosion. Sulphurizing environment: Contains sulphide compounds which are often produced when burning coal or fuel oil. The sulphide may be present as sulphur dioxide, as is the case in oxidizing environments, or as hydrogen sulphide (H2S), in reducing atmospheres. The latter is less suited because the environment does not help with the formation of a protective film of oxide. Alloys which contain nickel (nearly all the alloys

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

GLOSSARY

currently used at high temperatures) are subject to attack by sulphides because the melting point of sulphur is low when the alloy contains nickel. Alloys with a high chrome content (more than 18 %) which contain aluminium form a sulphur-resistant oxide film in oxidizing environments. Temperature: By uniting two identical bodies at the same temperature, we obtain a new body whose mass and volume have doubled, but whose temperature remains unchanged. Although it is possible to define the equality of two temperatures, it is not possible to define their addition. Temperature is not therefore a measurable quantity in the strict sense of the term, but is only identifiable. In terms of thermodynamics, it is possible to specify what the "temperature" quantity, which can be defined by means of Carnot's principle, represents. In these conditions, the "thermodynamic temperature" is expressed according to a unit of the property considered, rather than according to a scale. Temperature coefficient: Mean value of the resistance variation between 0 and 100°C, given by the following equation: α 100 = (R100 – R0 ) / 100 x R0, where R0 and R100 are the resistance values at 0 and 100 °C, respectively; α is expressed in °C-1 Temperature measurement assembly (or pyrometer assembly): Assembly comprising the sensing element (thermometric resistor or thermocouple), its electrical insulation and, if relevant, its shielding and protection. A temperature measurement assembly is equipped with electrical connection systems (connectors, junctions, terminals, etc.) and mechanical fastening elements.

Time constant: The sensor's response at a given temperature level can usually be assimilated to an exponential law with the form: S (t) = S1 + (S2 – S1)(1 – exp(-t/τ)) S (t): sensor output indication S1 sensor output indication corresponding to the initial temperature value S2 sensor output indication corresponding to the final temperature value τ time constant The time constant is the 63% measurement response time where the sensor reaction time is negligible. Transfer by conduction: Conduction occurs when materials, particularly solids, are directly in contact. Conduction is an energy transfer (heat transfer) from the hottest particles to the coldest. Transfer by convection: Convection is a heat transfer which occurs in fluids (and gases) in movement. Convection concerns the energy transfer due to particle-to-particle interaction in the moving fluid. Transfer by radiation: Hot and even lukewarm objects emit infrared electromagnetic radiation which may heat other remote objects, while losing their own energy. The use of reflective materials usually provides insulation against heat transfer by radiation. Weld disintegration: Corrosion caused by localized carbide precipitation on either side of the weld.

Thermal insulation: Heat is transmitted from one material to another by conduction, convection and/or radiation. Insulators are used to minimize these heat transfers. Thermocouple: Assembly comprising two homogeneous conductors of different types, connected at their tips and developing an electromotive force due to the Seebeck effect which depends on the temperatures of their junctions. In practice, a thermocouple comprises two conductor elements connected at one of their ends, with the two other ends connected to a measuring instrument.

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

355

INDEX

356

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

GLOSSARY

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

357

INDEX

INDEX A AMS 2750 ��306 AS-A ��198 Aspirated sensor ��316 ATEX ��182 Accessories ��338

B BA02 ��346 BA04 ��346 BB02 ��346 BB04 ��346 BB12 ��346 BB13 ��346 BM04 ��346 Bearing sensors ��322 Bimetallic thermometers ��324 Brave discs ��345

C CA 1821/C.A1822 ��348 CA 1823 ��349 CA 3420 �� (Please contact us) CA 6510 �� (Please contact us) CA 6520 �� (Please contact us) CA 6530 �� (Please contact us) Cable glands ��347 CADID A ��108 CADID B ��110 CADID C ��112 CADID D �� 114 CADID E ��116 CADID F ��122 CADID G ��124 CADID H ��118 CADID J ��120 CADID LB ��126 CADID LC ��128 CADID LD ��130 CADID LE ��132

358

CADID XB ��134 CADID XC ��136 CADID XD ��138 CADID XE ��140 Calibration seroices ��24 COFRAC calibration �� 28 Compensated connectors for thermocouples ��340 Connection bars for thermocouples ��340 Connectors for Pt 100Ω ��340 Contact thermometers ��348 CPS TOUCH �� (Please contact us)

D DAN ��347 DG / TG ��178 DGM / TGM ��260 DSM / TSM ��266 Digital & portable thermometers ��348 DIN A ��347 DIN B ��347 DS / TS ��180

E EBA flanges ��345 Electrical connections ��342 ETR �� 32 ETT �� 34 Explosive environment sensors ��182 Extension for ID50 ��192

F Fastening components ��344 Ferrules ��344 Flanges ��345

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

INDEX

H Head ��347 High-pressure sensors ��302 High-temperature sensors ��102 HPTEMP ��304

I Id50 �� 194/222 IDG50 �� 204/206/232/234 Industrial aspirated sensor ��296 In-site calibration �� 30

L Leak-tight fittings ��345 LK ��312 LSX ��347 LSX-D ��347 LSX-W ��347

M M20 ��323 MA ��323 Miniature aspirated sensor ��294 Multigrad ��298 MULTIPAL ��322 Multipoint sensors ��296

N Non-ferrous sensors ��312

P PCB-2S ��286 PCB-F ��290 PCB-PP ��288 PCB-VS ��284 PCV ��282 PDB-2S ��280 PDB-VS ��278 PDV ��276 PE9 ��347 PIPD ��299 PIGD ��299 PITD ��300

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

PMSB ��274 PMSV ��272 Process sensors ��172 PT100 extension ��343 Pyrocontrole calibration ��27 Pyrojet process sensors ��314

S S1 ��74 S1i �� 220/254 S2 ��76 S40 �� 80 S41 ��78 S43 �� 84 S44 �� 82 S51 �� 86 SA1 ��154 SA2 ��156 SA3 ��158 SA4 ��160 SA5 ��162 SA1D ��226 SA2D ��263 SA1G ��202 SAX41G ��214 SAX42G ��238 Semi-conductor & power solar industries sensors ��294 Semi-industrial aspirated sensor ��316 Sheated sensors �� 36 Skxx ��72 SPS ��176 SPxx �� 92 SS1 ��144 SS2 ��146 SS3 ��148 SS4 ��150 SS5 ��152 SS6 ��154 Surface & ambient temperature sensors ��142 Sx2 �� 90 Sx3 �� 92

359

INDEX

TA �� 66 TA1D ��242 TA2D ��258 TA1G ��208 TAX41D ��244 TAX42D ��262 TAX41G ��210 TAX42G ��236 TB �� 68 TBM1 ��326 TBM2 ��330 TCG1 �� 38 TCG3 �� 40 TCG4 �� 52 TCG5 �� 54 TCG6 �� 56 TCG11 �� 58 TCG31 �� 42 TCG32 �� 44 TCG33 �� 46 TCG34 �� 48 TCG35 �� 50 TCG3i ��218/250 TCG32i �� 220/252 TCG51 �� 60 TCGx2 �� 62 TCGx3 �� 64 TDG1 ��334 Terminal strips ��346 TH200/300 �� 200/228 Thermocouple extension ��343 Thermowells ��270 TMA ��70 TPS �� 174 Transmitters ��346 TS1 ��160 TS2 ��156 TS3 ��158 TTPD ��301

Wire & cable ��342

360

# 1/2” NPT ��344 3/4” NPT ��344

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

NOTE

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

361

NOTE

362

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

NOTE

SENSORS CATALOGUE | WWW.PYROCONTROLE.COM

363

YOUR CONTACTS FRANCE SOUTH-WEST SECTOR

Telephone: +33 (0)4 72 14 16 31 sud.est@pyrocontrole.fr

WEST SECTOR

Telephone: +33 (0)4 81 76 02 55 ouest@pyrocontrole.fr

CHAUVIN ARNOUX

Immeuble Front Office 12 - 16 rue Sarah Bernhardt 92600 Asnières-sur-Seine Tel. : +33 1 44 85 44 85 Fax : +33 1 46 27 07 48 info@chauvin-arnoux.fr www.chauvin-arnoux.com

ILE-DE-FRANCE/NORTH-EAST SECTOR Telephone: +33 (0)4 81 76 02 54 idf.nord.est@pyrocontrole.fr

INTERNATIONAL PYROCONTROLE EXPORT DEPARTMENT

10 SUBSIDIARIES WORLDWIDE CHAUVIN ARNOUX METRIX Immeuble Front Office 12 - 16 rue Sarah Bernhardt 92600 Asnières-sur-Seine Tel. : +33 1 44 85 44 85 Fax : +33 1 46 27 07 48 info@chauvin-arnoux.fr www.chauvin-arnoux.com

GERMANY CHAUVIN ARNOUX GMBH

ITALY AMRA SPA

SWITZERLAND CHAUVIN ARNOUX AG

AUTRICHE CHAUVIN ARNOUX GES.M.B.H

MIDDLE EAST CHAUVIN ARNOUX MIDDLE EAST

USA CHAUVIN ARNOUX INC

CHINA SHANGHAI PU-JIANG ENERDIS INSTRUMENTS CO. LTD

UNITED KINGDOM CHAUVIN ARNOUX LTD

Ohmstraße 1 77694 KEHL / RHEIN Tel.: +49 7851 99 26-0 Fax: +49 7851 99 26-60 info@chauvin-arnoux.de www.chauvin-arnoux.de

Via Sant’Ambrogio, 23 20846 MACHERIO (MB) Tel. : +39 039 245 75 45 Fax : +39 039 481 561 info@amra-chauvin-arnoux.it www.chauvin-arnoux.it

Gastgegasse 27 1230 WIEN Tél. : +43 1 61 61 9 61 Fax : +43 1 61 61 9 61-61 vie-office@chauvin-arnoux.at www.chauvin-arnoux.at

CHAUVIN ARNOUX ENERGY

16, rue Georges Besse 92182 Antony Cedex - France Tel. : +33 1 75 60 10 30 Fax : +33 1 46 66 62 54 info@enerdis.fr www.chauvin-arnoux-energy.com

3 Floor, 23 Building Gemdale Viseen Minhang Technology & Industrial Park Project 1288 lane, Zhongchun Road Minhang District, SHANGHAI City. Tél. : +86 21 65 21 51 96 Fax : +86 21 65 21 61 07 info@chauvin-arnoux.com.cn

SPAIN CHAUVIN ARNOUX IBÉRICA SA C/ Roger de Flor N°293 1a Planta 08025 BARCELONA Tel. : +34 902 20 22 26 Fax : +34 934 59 14 43 info@chauvin-arnoux.es www.chauvin-arnoux.es

MANUMESURE

9, allée Jean Prouvé 92110 Clichy - France Tel. : +33 1 75 61 01 80 Fax : +33 1 47 33 28 02 info@manumesure.fr www.manumesure.fr

FRANCE PYROCONTROLE 6 bis, av du Docteur Schweitzer 69881 Meyzieu Cedex - France Tel. : +33 4 72 14 15 40 Fax : +33 4 72 14 15 41 info@pyrocontrole.com www.pyrocontrole.com

PO Box 60-154 1241 2020 JAL EL DIB (Beirut) - LEBANON Tel. : +961 1 890 425 Fax : +961 1 890 424 camie@chauvin-arnoux.com www.chauvin-arnoux.com

Unit 1 Nelson Ct, Flagship Sq Shaw Cross Business Pk, Dewsbury West Yorkshire - WF12 7TH Tel. : +44 1924 460 494 Fax : +44 1924 455 328 info@chauvin-arnoux.co.uk www.chauvin-arnoux.com

SCANDINAVIA CA MÄTSYSTEM AB

Sjöflygvägen 35 SE-183 62 TABY Tel. : +46 8 50 52 68 00 Fax : +46 8 50 52 68 10 info@camatsystem.com www.camatsystem.com

MIDDLE EAST Chauvin Arnoux Middle East P.O. BOX 60-154 1241 2020 JAL EL DIB LEBANON Tel: +961 1 890 425 Fax: +961 1 890 424 camie@chauvin-arnoux.com www.chauvin-arnoux.com

UNITED KINGDOM Chauvin Arnoux Ltd Unit 1 Nelson Ct, Flagship Sq, Shaw Cross Business Pk Dewsbury, West Yorkshire WF12 7TH Tel: +44 1924 460 494 Fax: +44 1924 455 328 info@chauvin-arnoux.co.uk www.chauvin-arnoux.com

Moosacherstrasse 15 8804 AU / ZH Tel. : +41 44 727 75 55 Fax : +41 44 727 75 56 info@chauvin-arnoux.ch www.chauvin-arnoux.ch

d.b.a AEMC Instruments 15 Faraday Drive Dover - NH 03820 Tel. : +1 (800) 945-2362 Fax : +1 (603) 742-2346 sales@aemc.com www.aemc.com

906 131 137 - Ed.1 - 2020 - Non-contractual document - Please confirm specifications when ordering - Photos and illustrations non-contractual.

Telephone: +33 (0)4 72 14 15 40 export@pyrocontrole.com